Best Products for Reliable Results
Lab Companion Korea - International head office #1005, Byucksan Digital valley 6-cha, 481-4 Gasan-Dong, Geumcheon-Gu, Seoul 153-704, Korea Tel +82 2 2627 3816 Fax +82 2 3143 1824 e-mail overseas!jeiotech.com
ⰒLab Companion China A-2113 Oriental International Plaza, 85 LouShanGuan Rd, Changning District, Shanghai, 200336, China Tel +86 21 5108 9161 Fax +86 21 3251 1083 e-mail longjuncao!jeiotech.com
ⰒLab Companion SEA (South East Asia) No.57-59, Jalan Adenium 2G/6, Pusat Perniagaan Adenium, 48300 Bandar Bukit Beruntung, Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia Tel +603 6028 5833 Fax +603 6028 5822 e-mail labcomp!streamyx.com
ⰒLab Companion U.S.A. 1-A Gill st. Woburn, MA 01801, U.S.A. Tel +1 781 376 0700 Fax +1 781 376 0704 e-mail info!jeiotech.com
ⰒLab Companion Europe Unit 3, Tower Industrial Park, Chalgrove, Oxfordshire, OX44 7XZ, United Kingdom Tel +44 1865 400321 Fax +44 1865 400736 e-mail labcompanion!medlinescientific.com
/
Bat hs &C ircu Rec lato ircu rs / lati Ho / ng tpla De C o sic tes ole / cat rs ( &S Pip ors C t ette hill irre / ers s / rs Fum ) / / Pla eH Vor Ref stic ood t r e ige wa x s / m re rat ixe ors Fur / rs Ult &F nitu / ras ree Tem re oni z e / p rs cC era Inc lea / t u uba re C ner Sha tor s / ham ker s / s / ber Oth Ove s / er P He ns atin rod Tem / g uct &C Pum per s / atu ool ps ing re & App Blo end Hu cks mid ixe s ity Cha mb ers /
Be Pro st Re duc liab ts f le R or esu lts
BEST PRODUCTS for RELIABLE RESULTS Immaculate service
We also endeavor to enhance the customer value through immaculate service in order to be the first choice of our customers.
One step solution
Jeio Tech’s products are put under strict quality control from the most basic metal processing to final inspections. Also, our highly integrated engineering team strives to deliver outstanding quality to our clients based on over 25 years of technical experience in instrument manufacturing. Our professorial know-how will always never cease to live up to its reputation as ‘the primary partner for the customers’ research needs.’
Global leader ‘Lab Companion’
In the first place, our ergonomically designed products minimize the maintenance problems and mechanical troubles. And our worldwide service teams with highly trained service engineers are ready to provide tailored customer service.
Lab Companion is Jeio Tech’s laboratory instrument brand. It has grown into an international brand thanks to its quality and service since 1989. Our Ultimate goal is we keep on striving to continue to provide our clients with safe, high quality, and user-friendly products aiming at setting new standards for the global market.
Standard certificates
In addition to CE, UL, GD (Good Design Award), Jeio Tech (Lab Companion) obtained ISO
9001:2008
CLS-Safety Control System Custom Logical Safe Control System Thanks to our technical know-how accumulated for over two decades, we developed a versatile safety control system equipped with adjustable warning and safety functions for user safety and convenience. All of our instruments are equipped with this patented safety devices and circuits which operate independently in case of electric or electronic system malfunction.
CFC-Fee refrigerant Protect the Global Environment
Fu zzy te Control Sys
Our patented BDBC2 Fuzzy Control System allows our temperature and humidity chambers very low temperature with automatic control adjustment. In addition, our patented Cascading Refrigeration and Heating System for optimal humidity control significantly increase the energy efficiency of our chambers.
RS-232 Communication Interface PC Control Software Temperature values and effective heating and cooling capacity are displayed on PC. Time parameters and individual temperature profiles can be programmed and recorded by the PC.
m
Balanced Dehumidifying and Bath Cooling Fuzzy Control
midifying & B hu Cooling ath
BDBC2-Fuzzy Control System
Balanced D e
All Jeio Tech products use HFC refrigerant which causes NO damage to the ozone layer complying with the Montreal Protocol.
TABLE of CONTENTS The contents of this catalogue are based on the following conditions unless otherwise specified:
1) Products without refrigerators t Under room temperature of 25Ⳅ and no load t "QQMJDBCMF PQFSBUJPO UFNQFSBUVSF
3) All specifications may be changed without prior notice subject to our performance improvement.
range: 15 to 40Ⳅ.
2) Products with refrigerators t 6OEFS SPPN UFNQFSBUVSF PG Ⳅ and no load t "QQMJDBCMF PQFSBUJPO UFNQFSBUVSF range: 18 to 35Ⳅ. (excellent for Temperature Chambers or Temperature & Humidity Chambers,
4) Our website includes detailed information of all Jeio Tech products with up-to-date technical data.
see P. 157-208.)
Baths & Circulators 010 013 014 015 016 018
008
Heating Baths Shaking & Heating Baths Viscometer Heating Baths Heating Bath Circulators Refrigerated & Heating Bath Circulators Cold Trap Bath
Desiccators
022
023 Cubic Vacuum Desiccators 024 Round Vacuum Desiccators 024 Cylindrical Vacuum Desiccators
Fume Hoods 028 033 034 038 038
Clean Benches Bench Top Fume Hoods Ductless Fume Hoods PCR Workstations UV Sterilization Cabinets
www.jeiotech.com
Furniture 044 Tall Cabinets 047 Base Cabinets 050 Gas Cylinder Cabinets
Incubators
054
056 Incubators 060 Low Temperature Incubators 066 Incubated & Refrigerated & Illuminated Shakers 072 Mini Incubator 073 Hybridization Oven
Ovens 026
042
078
080 Forced Convection Ovens 087 Natural Convection Ovens 090 Vacuum Ovens
Pumps 092 Electrical Aspirator Pumps 093 Rotary Vacuum Pumps
092
Recirculating Coolers (Chillers)
094
096 Recirculating Coolers (General Models) 098 Recirculating Coolers (Low Temp. Models) 100 Recirculating Coolers (Advanced Low Temp. Models)
102 Recirculating Coolers (High Temp. Models)
Vortex mixers
156
156 Vortex Mixers
Temperature Chambers 158 160 Temperature Chambers (Floor Standing Models)
166 Temperature Chambers (Tabletop Models)
Refrigerators & Freezers 106 Temperature & Humidity Chambers 174
108 Laboratory Refrigerators 112 Pharmacy Refrigerators 116 Laboratory Freezers
176 Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)
Shakers 124 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133
120
Advanced Orbital Shakers Dual-Action Shakers Economy Shakers Mini Shaker Microplate Shaker Rocking Shaker Waving Shaker Heating Shaker Separatory Funnel Shaker
188 Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)
195 Fingerprint Development Chamber 198 Clean Temp. & Humid. Chamber 204 Plant Growth Chambers
Pipettes 208 Mechanical Pipettes 208 Electronic Pipettes 208 Pipette Controller / Aid
Plasticware
Heating & Cooling Blocks
212 213 214 215
138
139 Heating & Cooling Block 140 Heating Blocks
145 Hotplates 146 Hotplate Stirrers 148 Magnetic Stirrers (Scale & Digital & Multi-position Models)
150 Overhead Stirrers (Economy & Analog Models)
151 Overhead Stirrers (Digital Models)
212
Ice Pan & On-Ice rack Carboys Flask Supports Tube Racks
Ultrasonic Cleaners
216
216 Ultrasonic Cleaners
Other Products Hotplates & Stirrers
208
142
218
218 Electrophoresis System 220 Magnetic Drives 221 Clamp hoders
Appendixes 223 Technical Data 227 Index
222
Baths & Circulators SELECTION GUIDE
Heating Baths Analog Models (Economy)
Heating Baths Shaking & Heating Baths Viscometer Heating Baths Heating Bath Circulators Refrigerated & Heating Bath Circulators Cold Trap Bath
Working Temp. Range [Ⳅ/ⳅ]
Description
Digital Models (Economy)
Dual Models (Economy)
General Purpose
Shaking & Heating Viscometer
BW-05B BW-10B BW-20B BW-05H BW-10H BW-20H BW-0505H BW-0510H BW-1010H BW-1020H BW-05G BW-10G BW-20G BS-06 BS-11 BS-21 BS-31 VB-25G VB-40G
Bath Volume
Temperature Page Stability [±Ⳅ/ⳅ]
[L/cu ft]
3.5 / 0.1 Amb. +7 to 100 11.5 / 0.4 / Amb. +12.6 to 212 20 / 0.7 3.5 / 0.1 Amb. +5 to 100 11.5 / 0.4 / Amb. +9 to 212 20 / 0.7 3.5 & 3.5 / 0.1 & 0.1 3.5 & 11.5 / 0.1& 0.4 Amb. +5 to 100 / Amb. +9 to 212 11.5 & 11.5 / 0.4 & 0.4 11.5 & 20 / 0.4 & 0.7 5 / 0.2 Amb. +5 to 100 10 / 0.4 / Amb. +9 to 212 20 / 0.7 17 / 0.6 25 / 0.9 Amb. +5 to 100 / Amb. +9 to 212 37 / 1.3 55 / 1.9 25 / 0.9 Amb. +5 to 150 / Amb. +9 to 302 40 / 1.4
0.5 / 0.9
10
0.1 / 0.18
10
0.1 / 0.18
10
0.2 / 0.36
12
0.2 / 0.36
13
0.05 / 0.09 0.1 / 0.18
14
Bath Circulators Working Temp. Bath Volume Temperature Page [L/cu ft] Range [Ⳅ/ⳅ] Stability [±Ⳅ/ⳅ]
Description CW-05G CW-10G CW-20G CW-30G RW-0525G RW-1025G RW-2025G RW-3025G RW-0540G RW-1040G RW-2040G RW-3040G
Heating
Refrigerated & Heating (to -25Ⳅ)
Refrigerated & Heating (to -35Ⳅ)
Amb. +5 to 150 / Amb. +9 to 302
-25 to 150 / -13 to 302
-35 to 150 / -31 to 302
5 / 0.2 10 / 0.4 20 / 0.7 30 / 1.1 5 / 0.2 10 / 0.4 20 / 0.7 30 / 1.1 5 / 0.2 10 / 0.4 20 / 0.7 30 / 1.1
0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 0.1 / 0.18 0.1 / 0.18 0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 0.08 / 0.14 0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 0.08 / 0.14
15
16
16
Cold Trap Bath Description Cold Trap
CTB-10
Working Temp. Range [Ⳅ/ⳅ] Down to -40 / -40
Bath Volume [L/cu ft] 4.8 / 0.17
Page 18
Accessories & Options Description for Baths & Circulators for Viscometer Heating Baths for Shaking & Heating Baths
Page 20-21 21 19
GENERAL APPLICATIONS
General Applications
BW Models
Bacteriological Examinations Coagulation Tests Coliform Determinations Crude Oil Research Cytochemistry Examinations Demulsibility Research Enzyme Studies Food Processing QC Genetic Studies Hormone Studies Immunological Research Incubation for Microbiological Assays Molecular Biology Protein Studies Serological Tests Thawing Cryopreservation Vials Tissue Culture Studies Virology Research Warming Reagents Water Quality Research
t t
Baths & Circulators BS Models CW - RW Models t t
t t t
t t t t t t
t t t t
t t t t
t
t
t
t
t t t t t t t t
t
t t t
t t t t
t
t t t t
Additional Applications of Heating Bath Circulators - Clinical chemistry and analytics, external temperature control applications for measuring cells, photometers, refractometers, polarimeters, viscometers, metrology, etc.
Additional Applications of Refrigerated and Heating Bath Circulators - Routine laboratory temperature control applications, external temperature control applications for measuring cells, photometers, refractometers, polarimeters, viscometers, fermentors, electrophoresis chambers, chromatography columns, rotary evaporators, rheometers, etc. * Above listed applications are for general and storage purpose use.
TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features 1) Built-in power cutoff circuit with audible and visual alarms: - Automatic power cutoff to the heater and controller before the unit shuts down in case of overheating. - Two separate fuses. 2) Time setting functions for both Automated Run and Off. (except for BW-B and BW-H Models):
- Integrated time setting function for Delayed ON/OFF. - Operation mode selection function between Automated Run and Manual Run. 3) Protection against low fluid level and dry running. (except for BW-B and BW-H Models): - Intermittent alert sounds along with a visual alarm on the control panel. - Automatic shut down of the heater following the alarms to protect users and samples.
User-friendly Control Features 1) Advanced electronic and program controls. (except for BW-B Models): - Microprocessor PID temperature control with easy-to-use calibration and auto tuning features. - Preset three most commonly used temp. settings provided. - Simple conversion between Celsius and Fahrenheit. 2) Intuitive control display based on HMI (Human Machine Interface) design concept. (except for BW-B and BW-H Models): - Similar key arrangements for entire products. - Splash-proof and easy-to-clean keypad and bright LED displays. - A quick lock button preventing accidental resetting of parameters.
Constructional Features 1) High-quality 304 grade stainless steel interior bath and dirt-repellent powder coating for all external surface. 2) Corrosion-resistant stainless steel construction of all wetted parts allowing other bath fluids as well as water. 3) Corrosion-resistant, seamless, leak-proof, round-cornered, and easy-to-clean stain less steel reservoir.
B
Baths & Circulators Heating Baths (Economy)
Economical water baths for optimal temperature control. A wide range of available water baths (Analog, Digital, or even Dual Models) is ideal for both your needs and budget.
Operating Features of BW-B (Analog Models) t +7âł„ above room temperature to 100âł„. t On / Off temperature control. t Over-temperature protection with alarm. t Analog knob with fine adjustment.
BW-10B
with an optional Gable Cover
Operating features of BW-H (Digital & Dual Models) t +5âł„ above room temperature to 100âł„ t Microprocessor PID temperature control. t Over-temperature protection with alarm. t Digital LED displays of temperature readouts and set. temperature values to 0.1âł„ or 1âł„
Constructional Features t Low-profile design with sloped control panel for easier access and better safety
BW-10H
with an optional Gable Cover
t Additional inner circulation system using our patented agitator. (for Digital & Dual Models) t Individually programmable and temperature controllable dual reservoirs. (for Dual Models) t Various optional accessories: gable and flat covers, test tube racks, spring wire racks, half-shelf adjusters, etc. * See BW-H or BW-B accessories depending on their respective bath sizes.
BW-0510H 10
with an optional Open-rings Cover
Optional Accessories t Transparent Polypropylene Gable Covers, Open-ring Cover, Stainless Steel Flat Covers t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks, Half-shelf Adjusters see page 20-21
Baths & Circulators
Heating Baths (Economy)
Specifications & Ordering Information Analog Models Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Stability (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)
BW-05B
BW-10B 11.5 / 0.4 20 / 0.7 Amb. +7 to 100 / Amb. +12.6 to 212 0.5 / 0.9
240×136, 115 / 9.4×5.4, 4.5
300×240, 165 / 11.8×9.5, 6.5
498×300, 165 / 19.6×11.8, 6.5
303×242×245 / 11.9×9.5×9.6
357×330×290 / 14.1×13×11.4
564×392×290 / 22.2×15.4×11.6
1)
Bath Opening / Depth (W×L, D) (mm / inch)
Dimension
Overall (W×L×H, H) (mm / inch)
Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.
BW-20B
3.5 / 0.1
6.5 / 14.3 60Hz, 3 A AAH46011K 60Hz, 5.8A AAH46013U
10 / 22 60Hz, 4.3A AAH46021K 60Hz, 8.3A AAH46023U
50Hz, 3 A AAH46012K
50Hz, 4.3A AAH46022K
18.5 / 40.8 60Hz, 8.7A AAH46031K 60Hz, 8.3A AAH46033U
50Hz, 8.7A AAH46032K
1) Technical data according to DIN 12876.
Specifications & Ordering Information Digital Models Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Stability 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Bath Opening / Depth (W×L, D) (mm / inch)
Dimension
Overall (W×L×H) (mm / inch)
Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.
BW-05H
BW-10H
BW-20H
3.5 / 0.1
11.5 / 0.4 Amb. +5 to 100 / Amb. +9 to 212 ±0.1 / 0.18
20 / 0.7
240×136, 150 / 9.4×5.4, 5.9
300×240, 200 / 11.8×9.5, 7.9
498×300, 200 / 19.6×11.8, 7.9
307×216×266 / 12.1×8.5×10.5
364×316×318 / 14.3×14.4×12.5
564×372×318 / 22.2×14.6×12.5
6.5 / 14.3 3.0A AAH45115K 5.8A AAH45113U
9.5 / 21 4.3A AAH45125K 8.3A AAH45123U
15.5 / 34.2 8.7A AAH45135K 8.3A AAH45133U
1) Technical data according to DIN 12876.
Specifications & Ordering Information Dual Models Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Stability 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)
BW-0505H
BW-0510H
BW-1010H
BW-1020H
3.5 & 3.5 / 0.1 & 0.1
3.5 & 11.5 / 0.1 &0.4 11.5 & 11.5 / 0.4 & 0.4 Amb. +5 to 100 / Amb. +9 to 212 ±0.1 / 0.18
11.5 & 20 / 0.4 & 0.7
240×136, 150 Per chamber
240×136, 150 & 300×240, 200
300×240, 200 Per chamber
300×240, 200 & 498×300, 200
(W×L, D & W×L, D) (mm / inch)
9.4×5.4, 5.9 Per chamber
9.4×5.4, 5.9 & 11.8×9.5, 7.9
11.8×9.5, 7.9 Per chamber
11.8×9.5, 7.9 & 19.6×11.8, 7.9
Overall
590×200×265 / 23.2×7.8×10.4
544×300×318 / 21.4×11.8×12.5
706×300×318/ 27.8×11.8×12.5
844×356×318 / 33.2×14.6×12.5
9.7 / 21.3 3 & 3A AAH47115K 5.8A & 5.8A AAH47113U
12.4 / 27.3 3 & 4.3A AAH47125K 5.8A & 8.3A AAH47123U
14 / 30.8 4.3A & 4.3A AAH47135K 8.3A & 8.3A AAH47133U
17.6 / 38.7 4.3A & 8.7A AAH47145K 8.3A & 8.3A AAH47143U
Bath Opening / Depth Dimension (W×L, D & W×L, D) (mm / inch)
Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12876.
11
B
Baths & Circulators Heating Baths (General)
Outstanding temperature control water baths for diverse applications. Microprocessor PID controller guarantees all BW-G Models precise temperature control. In addition, the built-in digital timer and programming functions are ideal for critical research, quality control, and regulatory tests.
Operating Features t +5âł„ above room temperature to 100âł„ t Microprocessor PID control / Automatic tuning / Calibration t Digital timer for delayed ON / OFF. (from 1 min to 99 hr 59 min) t Protection aga inst over-temperature and low fluid level t Convenient memory function of up to three frequently used temperature settings t Digital LED display. (0.1âł„ resolution) t Splash-proof keypad
Constructional Features t Corrosion-resistant stainless steel construction of all wetted parts allowing other bath fluids as well as water and silicone fluids
BW-05G with the included SUS Cover Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 20-21
t Stainless Steel Flat Type Cover t Open-rings Covers t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks, Half-shelf Adjusters
t Low-profile reservoir design with easy-to-use digital controller with dual LED displays t Protection against low fluid level and dry-running with audible and visual alarms t Automatic shut down of the heater following the alarms t Isolated design of heater, and sensor by a baffle plate to protect users and samples against direct contact
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range (âł„ / âł…) Temperature Stability (Âąâł„ / âł…)
BW-05G 5 / 0.2
(WĂ—L, D) (mm / inch)
Dimension
Overall / with Gable Cover (WĂ—LĂ—H) (mm / inch)
Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12876.
12
BW-20G 20 / 0.7
231Ă—150, 160 / 9.1Ă—5.9, 6.3 355Ă—260Ă—334 / 14Ă—10.2Ă—13.1 10 / 22 3A AAH41405K 5.8A AAH41406U
410Ă—311Ă—354 / 16.1Ă—12.2Ă—14 14 / 31 4.4A AAH41415K 8.3A AAH41416U
471Ă—390Ă—374 / 18.5Ă—15.4Ă—14.7 18 / 40 8.7A AAH41425K 8.3A AAH41426U
1)
Bath Opening / Depth
BW-10G 10 / 0.4 Amb. +5 to 100 / Amb. +9 to 212 0.2 / 0.36 285Ă—211, 180 / 11.2Ă—8.3, 7.1
345Ă—290, 200 / 13.6Ă—11.4, 7.9
Baths & Circulators
Shaking & Heating Baths
Reciprocal shaking & heating baths. All BS Models feature rapid and accurate shaking by adopting silent and anti-vibration BLDC (Brushless DC) motors. And their precise and constant temperature control provides ideal sample incubation conditions suitable for DNA, tissue, or cell culture applications.
Operating Features t +5âł„ above room temperature to 100âł„. t Microprocessor PID control / auto tuning / calibration t Digital timer for delayed ON / OFF. (from 1 min to 99 hr 59 min) t Protection against over-temperature t Digital LED display. (0.1âł„ and 1 rpm resolution) t Splash-proof keypad
Constructional Features t Separate control keys for shaker mechanism allowing the unit also to be used as a constant temperature bath t Minimal shock to the samples thanks to the shaker’s gentle start feature t Multiple LED displays for setting various values t Isolated design of agitator, heater, and sensor by a baffle plate to minimize the turbulence in the bath fluid and also to protect users and samples against direct contact
BS-31 with the included Gable Cover and Spring Wire Rack
t Removable shaking carriage designed for external assembly avoiding direct contact with the bath fluid
Included Accessories t Stainless steel Gable Cover t Spring Wire Rack Optional Accessories t Universal Platform, Dedicated Platform, Flask Clamps, etc t Test Tube Racks see page 19
t Minimization of the liquid loss and dripping of the bath liquid into the samples thanks to the included gable cover t Included SUS 304 spring wire rack with double-two-tier providing various ways of glassware settings
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range (âł„ / âł…) Temperature Stability 1) (Âąâł„ / âł…) Motion / Speed Range (RPM) Shaking System Recip Stroke Length (mm / inch) Bath Opening /Depth (WĂ—L, D) (mm / inch)
Dimension
Overall (WĂ—LĂ—H) (mm / inch)
Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.
BS-06 17 / 0.6
BS-11
BS-21
25 / 0.9
BS-31 55 / 1.9
109Ă—243, 235 / 4.3Ă—9.6, 9.3
37 / 1.3 Amb. +5 to 100 / Amb. +9 to 212 0.2 / 0.36 Reciprocating / 20 to 180 25, 30, 35 / 1.0, 1.2, 1.4 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2 229Ă—243, 235 389Ă—243, 235 / 9.0Ă—9.6, 9.3 / 15.3Ă—9.6, 9.3
430Ă—440Ă—355 / 16.9Ă—17.3Ă—14 26 / 57 3.7A AAH44061K 3.7A AAH44062K 7.1A AAH44063U
550Ă—440Ă—355 / 21.7Ă—17.3Ă—14 30 / 66 4.6A AAH44111K 4.6A AAH44112K 8.8A AAH44113U
860Ă—490Ă—355 / 33.9Ă—19.3Ă—14 42 / 93 8.9A AAH44311K 8.9A AAH44312K
710Ă—440Ă—355 / 28Ă—17.3Ă—14.3 35 / 77 8.9A AAH44211K 8.9A AAH44212K -
670Ă—350, 235 / 26.4Ă—13.8, 9.3
-
ⲟ BS-21 and BS-31 Models are available ONLY for 230V. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12876.
13
B
Baths & Circulators Viscometer Heating Baths
Ultra precise temperature control with excellent visibility. VB-G Models provide superb temperature stability as well as crystal-clear visibility required for kinematic viscosity measurement using glass capillary viscometers.
Operating Features t +5âł„ above room temperature to 150âł„ t Microprocessor PID control / Automatic tuning / Calibration t Digital timer for delayed ON/OFF. (from 1 min to 99 hr 59 min) t Protection against over-temperature and low fluid level t Convenient memory function of up to three frequently used temperature settings t Digital LED displays. (0.01âł„ resolution at 0~99.9âł„ and 0.1âł„ resolution at 100~150âł„)
t Splash-proof keypad t Simple conversion between Celsius and Fahrenheit t RS-232 interface
Constructional Features t Crystal-clear visibility provided by double tempered safety glass windows in front and rear sides
VB-40G with the included SUS Covers
t Isolated design of agitator, heater, and sensor by a baffle plate to minimize the turbulence in the bath fluid and also to protect users and samples against direct contact
Included Accessories t Stainless steel Covers for holes on the Top t Cooling Coil Optional Accessories t Tube Holders for U-shaped Viscometer Glass Tubes
t Optimal temperature equilibrium achieved by a vane type stirrer with strong circulation power
(Up to 5 holders for VB-25G and up to 8 holders for VB-40G)
see page 21
t Operations at below or slightly above ambient temperature allowed by the included stainless steel cooling coil.
t Cooling Circulators
(for operations from 10âł„/50âł…, use an optional cooling circulator)
t Ă˜ 51mm holes (for glass capillary viscometer tubes) and a Ă˜12.6 mm hole. (for a thermometer)
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range 2) (âł„ / âł…) Temperature Stability 1) (Âąâł„ / âł…) Bath Opening / Depth (WĂ—L, D) (mm / inch) Cover Lids / Hole for Thermometer (mm) Dimension Overall (WĂ—LĂ—H) (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No.
VB-25G 25 / 0.9
* VB-25G and VB-40G Models are available ONLY for 230V. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12876. 2) If you want to operate the unit below Amb. + 5âł„ (Amb. + 9âł…), an optional cooling circulator is required. The lowest temperature when using an optional cooling circulator is +10âł„ (+50âł…). For ordering information, see page 17.
14
VB-40G
40 / 1.4 Amb. +5 to 150 / Amb. +9 to 302 0.05 / 0.09 0.1 / 0.18 145Ă—265, 368 / 5.7Ă—10.4, 14.5 295Ă—265, 368 / 11.6Ă—10.4, 14.5 5ea / Ă˜ 51, 1ea / Ă˜12.6 8ea / Ă˜51, 1ea / Ă˜12.6 492Ă—374Ă—547 / 19.4Ă—14.7Ă—21.5 642Ă—374Ă—547 / 25.3Ă—14.7Ă—21.5 28 / 61.7 37 / 81.6 60Hz, 13 A 50Hz, 13 A 60Hz, 13 A 50Hz, 13 A AAH43301K AAH43302K AAH43401K AAH43402K
Baths & Circulators
Heating Bath Circulators
External and internal circulation with powerful pumping capability CW-G Models are specially designed for precise temperature control of external instruments or for immersion purposes using a powerful pump with five adjustable pressure steps.
Operating Features
t +5âł„ above room temperature to 150âł„
t Microprocessor PID control / Automatic tuning / Calibration
t Digital timer for delayed ON / OFF. (from 1 min to 99 hr 59 min)
t Protection against low fluid level and dry-running
t Convenient memory function of up to three frequently used temperature settings
t Digital LED display. (0.1âł„ resolution)
t Splash-proof keypad
t RS-232 interface
Constructional Features
t Accurate, stable, and efficient temperature management by using a powerful variable-speed pump. (1 to 3 steps of pump for
t Powerful pressure and suction pumps provide contrast pressure and flow rate throughout the whole temperature range.
t Isolated design of agitator, heater, and sensor by a baffle plate to minimize the turbulence in the bath fluid and also to protect users and samples against direct contact
t Protection against low fluid level and dry running by automatic shut down of the heater together with audible and visual alarms
internal circulation and 4 and 5 steps for external circulation)
t Corrosion-resistant, seamless, leak-proof, round-cornered, and easy-to-clean stainless steel bath with a drain valve
t Compact footprints ideal for cramped lab space
CW-05G with the icluded SUS Covers Included Accessorie
Optional Accessories see page 20-21
t Stainless Steel Flat Type Cover t One 30cm (1 ft) Length and Ă˜12mm of Silicone Rubber Tubing t Suction Function for Pump t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range 2) (âł„ / âł…) Temperature Stability 1) (Âąâł„ / âł…) Max. Pressure, Max. Flow Rate Pump Max. Suction Flow Rate Bath Opening / Depth (WĂ—L, D) (mm / inch)
Dimension
Overall (WĂ—LĂ—H) (mm / inch)
Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No.
CW-05G 5 / 0.2
Certification without CW-30G
CW-10G
CW-20G
150Ă—99, 160 / 5.9Ă—3.9, 6.3
20 / 0.7 Amb. +5 to 150 / Amb. +9 to 302 0.05 / 0.09 0.1 / 0.18 5.9 PSI (406.8 millibar), 7.4 gallons / minute (28 liters / minute) 2.6 gallons / minute (10 liters / minute) 211Ă—154, 180 290Ă—214, 200 / 8.3Ă—6.1, 7.1 / 11.4Ă—8.4, 7.9
220Ă—395Ă—424 / 8.7Ă—15.6Ă—16.7 12.5 / 27.6 4.5A AAH52305K 8.6A AAH52306U
281Ă—450Ă—444 / 11.1Ă—17.7Ă—17.5 15 / 33 6.7A AAH52315K 8.6A AAH52316U
0.05 / 0.09
10 / 0.4
360Ă—510Ă—464 / 14.2Ă—20.1Ă—18.3 17.5 / 38.6 8.8A AAH52325K 8.6A AAH52326U
CW-30G 30 / 1.1 0.1 / 0.18
300Ă—264, 230 / 11.8Ă—10.4, 9 370Ă—560Ă—494 / 14.6Ă—22Ă—19.4 19.5 / 43 8.8A AAH52335K 8.6A AAH52336U
1) Technical data according to DIN 12876. 2) If you operate the unit in 1 to 3 steps of pump, the temperature range can be from Amb. +5âł„ but in 4 and 5 steps, the range will be from Amb. +15âł„
15
B
Baths & Circulators
Refrigerated & Heating Bath Circulators
Rapid heating and cooling throughout the entire temperature range. Specially designed to be used with Refractometers and Viscometers, RW-G Models feature accurate and stable temperature control capability even at very low temperatures (as low as -35âł„) by adopting a powerful pump for both external and internal circulation.
Operating Features t Temp. range: from -35âł„ to 150âł„ for RW-40G Models. from -25âł„ to 150âł„ for RW-25G Models t Microprocessor PID control / automatic tuning / calibration t Digital timer for delayed ON / OFF. (from 1 min to 99 hr 59 min) t Protection against over-temperature and low fluid level t Convenient memory function of up to three frequently used temperature settings t Digital LED display. (0.1âł„ resolution) t Splash-proof keypad t RS-232 interface
Constructional Features t Suitable for both internal and external bath environment due to reduced turbulence by using five-speed duplex pump and built-in cooling coil. (1 to 3 steps of the pump for internal circulation and 4 and 5 steps for external circulation)
t Isolated design of agitator, heater, and sensor by a baffle plate to minimize the turbulence in the bath fluid and also to protect users and samples against direct contact t Protection against low fluid level and dry running by automatic shut down of the heater together with audible and visual alarms t Corrosion-resistant, seamless, leak-proof, round-cornered, and easy-to-clean stainless steel reservoir with a drain valve t Usage of CFC-free refrigerant (R-134A, R-404A) and a double service valve for leakage prevention t Quick-release front grille for easy cleaning of the condenser t Compact footprints ideal for cramped lab space
RW-0525G with the included SUS Cover Included Accessories t Stainless steel Flat Cover t 30 cm (1 ft) long and Ă˜12 mm Silicone Rubber Tubing Optional Accessories t Additional Suction Pumps see page 20-21 t Test Tube Racks and Spring Wire Racks
* Applicable for CW-G, RW-25G, and RW-40G Models * Bath fluid: water (at the normal Temperature)
16
Baths & Circulators
Refrigerated & Heating Bath Circulators
Specifications & Ordering Information RW - 25G Models (for temperature range from -25Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ) Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range 2) (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Stability 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at -20Ⳅ (-4ⳅ), W at 0Ⳅ (+32ⳅ), W Cooling Capacity at +20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), W Refrigerator Max. Pressure, Max. Flow rate Pump Max. Suction Flow Rate 3) Bath Opening / Depth (W×L, D) (mm / inch)
Dimension
Overall (W×L×H) (mm / inch)
Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.
RW-0525G 5 / 0.2
RW-1025G
RW-2025G
10 / 0.4
RW-3025G
0.05 / 0.09 30 230 320 1 / 3 LBP, R-507
20 / 0.7 -25 to 150 / -13 to 302 0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 50 260 250 410 380 560 1 / 3 LBP, R-507 1 / 2 LBP, R-404A 5.9 PSI (406.8 millibar), 7.4 gallons / minute (28 liters / minute) 2.6 gallons / minute (10 liters / minute)
30 / 1.1 0.08 / 0.14 390 570 680 3 / 4 LBP, R-404A
150×99, 160 / 5.9×3.9, 6.3
211×154, 180 / 8.3×6.1, 7.1
290×214, 200 / 11.4×8.4, 7.9
300×264, 230 / 11.8×10.4, 9
302×438×690 / 11.9×17.2×27.2
360×490×780 / 14.2×19.3×30.7
380×560×825 / 15×22×32.5
440×620×895 / 17.3×24.4×35.2
37 / 81.6 7A AAH57001K 7A AAH57002K 12.6A AAH57003U
44 / 97 9.2A AAH57011K 9.2A AAH57012K 12.6A AAH57013U
60 / 132.2 12.8A AAH57021K 12.8A AAH57022K
70 / 147.7 13.8A AAH57031K 13.8A AAH57032K -
-
* RW-2025G and RW-3025G Models are available ONLY for 230V. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12876. 2) The cooling capacity is measured on a 230V / 60Hz electrical condition. 3) The additional suction function is optional.
Specifications & Ordering Information RW - 40G Models (for temperature range from -35Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ) Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range 2) (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Stability 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at -20Ⳅ (-4ⳅ), W at 0Ⳅ (+32ⳅ), W Cooling Capacity at +20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), W Refrigerator Max. Pressure, Max. Flow rate Pump Max. Suction Flow Rate 3) Bath Opening /Depth (W×L, D) (mm / inch)
Dimension
Overall (W×L×H) (mm / inch)
Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.
RW-0540G 5 / 0.2
RW-1040G
RW-2040G
10 / 0.4
RW-3040G
0.05 / 0.09 80 150 280 1 / 2 LBP, R-404A
20 / 0.7 -35 to 150 / -31 to 302 0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 150 400 330 660 450 800 1 / 2 LBP, R-404A 3 / 4 LBP, R-404A 5.9 PSI (406.8 millibar), 7.4 gallons / minute (28 liters / minute) 2.6 gallons / minute (10 liters / minute)
30 / 1.1 0.08 / 0.14 440 700 880 1 LBP, R-404A
150×99, 160 / 5.9×3.9, 6.3
211×154, 180 / 8.3×6.1, 7.1
290×214, 200 / 11.4×8.4, 7.9
300×264, 230 / 11.8×10.4, 9
302×438×690 / 11.9×17.2×27.2
360×490×780 / 14.2×19.3×30.7
380×560×825 / 15×22×32.5
440×620×895 / 17.3×24.4×35.2
38 / 83.8 8.5A AAH57101K 8.5A AAH57102K
44 / 97 10.7A AAH57111K 10.7A AAH57112K
60 / 132.2 13.8A AAH57121K 13.8A AAH57122K
67 / 147.7 14.8A AAH57131K 14.8A AAH57132K
* RW-40G Models are available ONLY for 230V. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12876. 2) The cooling capacity is measured under 230V / 60Hz electrical condition. 3) Additional suction pump is optional.
17
B
Baths & Circulators Cold Trap Bath
Digital temperature display. Effective capture of moisture or condensate. Also useful as quick cooling baths.
Features t LED temperature display. t Protection against over-current. t Easy installation and maintenance of glass traps. (Two glass traps included)
t Quick-release front grille for easy cleaning of the condenser. t Compact size and little noise. t Built-in dissolving system to easily remove ice or solid matter stuck on the bath. t Durable stainless steel bath. t Transparent acrylic lids on top of the glass trap to check condensate level in the trap.
Standard Accessories
CTB-10
CTB-10 with the included U-type Glass Traps (2EA)
Model
Cat. No.
Description
Related accessory
FCA1110
U-type Glass Trap
Specifications & Ordering Information Specifications Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)
Material
Dimension
Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.
18
CTB -10 Down to - 40 / - 40
Bath External Bath Up Desk Insulation Refrigerator Volume (L / cu ft) Bath (Ø×H, mm) Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs)
Stainless steel, 1.2t, Double painted & baked Stainless steel, 1.5t Polyurethane foam (30mm) 1 / 2 HP, R-404A (LBP) 4.8 / 0.17 Dia, 210×204 / 8.3×8 360×465×555 / 14.1×18.3×21.9 46 / 101.4 4.5 A AAH62011K 4.5 A AAH62012K
Baths & Circulators
Accessories & Options
for Shaking & Heating Baths
Universal Platforms
Flask Clamps
Dedicated Platforms
Test Tube Racks
Universal Platforms & Flask Clamps The universal platforms provide flexibility for mixing different size test tubes and glassware on a single platform. Various clamps or racks can be interchanged or added easily using mounting holes on the platform. (only for BS Models) BS-06 Universal Platform Cat. No.
BS-11
BS-21
BS-31
AAA44521
AAA44522
AAA44523
AAA44524
9 3 2 2 2 1 -
12 9 4 4 4 2 1 1
20 15 8 8 6 4 2 1
32 24 12 12 12 6 3 2
Max. Mountable Flask Clamps* Cat. No. Erlenmeyer Flask Size AAA23550 AAA23551 AAA23552 AAA23556 AAA23553 AAA23554 AAA23555 AAA23557
for 50mL for 100mL for 250ml for 300mL for 500ml for 1L for 2L ◊ for 2.8L ◊
◊ 2 and 2.8L flasks must be used due to height restrictions, respectively. * Flask clamps for universal platforms are sold separately.
Dedicated Platforms When using glassware of the same size, dedicated platforms with preinstalled 250 mL or 500 mL clamps provide maximum capacity for each platform size. If you need to use different size glassware, purchase other suitable clamps separately. (only for BS Models) Cat. No. AAA44531 AAA44532 AAA44541 AAA44542 AAA44551 AAA44552 AAA44561 AAA44562
Description Dedicated Platform for BS-06 with 250mL Flask Clamps 2ea on Dedicated Platform for BS-06 with 500mL Flask Clamps 2ea on Dedicated Platform for BS-11 with 250mL Flask Clamps 4ea on Dedicated Platform for BS-11 with 500mL Flask Clamps 4ea on Dedicated Platform for BS-21 with 250mL Flask Clamps 8ea on Dedicated Platform for BS-21 with 500mL Flask Clamps 6ea on Dedicated Platform for BS-31 with 250mL Flask Clamps 12ea on Dedicated Platform for BS-31 with 500mL Flask Clamps 12ea on
Ⲽ Dedicated platforms are sold with maximum number of flask clamps preinstalled.
Test Tube Racks Highly durable stainless steel test tube racks feature adjustable angle and tube height support without requiring any base plate. You can easily mount and release test tube racks. Cat. No. AAA44581 AAA44582 AAA44583 AAA44585 AAA44586
Description for 86 Test Tubes for 86 Test Tubes for 58 Test Tubes for 32 Test Tubes for 19 Test Tubes
8mm dia. (0.3˝) 10mm dia. (0.4˝) 12mm dia. (0.5˝) 16mm dia. (0.6˝) 25mm dia. (1.0˝)
Insert Capacity of Racks* BS-06 1EA
BS-11 2EA
BS-21 3EA
BS-31 4EA
* No declination. Ⲽ Customized accessories to meet your specific requirements can be also provided. For inquiries, please contact your dealer.
19
B
Baths & Circulators Accessories & Options
for Baths & Bath Circulators
Transparent Polypropylene Gable Covers
Stainless Steel Flat Covers
Open-rings Covers
Transparent Polypropylene Gable Covers Made of transparent polypropylene, gable covers allow easy sample monitoring, prevent liquid loss due to evaporation, and also protect samples from contamination due to direct dripping of the bath liquid into the samples. The gable type roof accommodates glassware of varying heights. (only for BW-H and BW-B Models) Cat. No. AAA45531 AAA45532 AAA45533
Description
Suitable for
Transparent Polypropylene Gable Type Transparent Polypropylene Gable Type Transparent Polypropylene Gable Type
BW-05H / BW-05B BW-10H / BW-10B BW-20H / BW-20B
Stainless Steel Flat Covers
Made of stainless steel to prevent corrosion and rust. (only for BW-H and BW-B Models) Cat. No. AAA45541 AAA45542 AAA45543
Description
Suitable for
Stainless steel flat type Stainless steel flat type Stainless steel flat type
BW-05H / BW-05B BW-10H / BW-05B BW-20H / BW-05B
Open-rings Covers
Beakers or Erlenmeyer flasks can be placed directly onto the perforated stainless steel half-shelf adjuster or water tank bottom. By adjusting ring size for each glassware, liquid loss due to evaporation is minimized. (only for BW-H, B8-B, BW-G Models) Cat. No. AAA45521 AAA45524 AAA45522 AAA45525 AAA45526 AAA45523 AAA45527 AAA45528 AAA41561 AAA41564 AAA41562 AAA41565 AAA41566 AAA41563 AAA41567 AAA41568
Description with 2 openings with 1 opening with 4 openings with 2 openings with 1 opening with 8 openings with 6 openings with 2 openings with 2 openings with 1 opening with 4 openings with 2 openings with 1 opening with 6 openings with 4 openings with 1 opening
Suitable for
80mm dia. (3.1˝) 110mm dia. (4.3˝) 80mm dia. (3.1˝) 110mm dia. (4.3˝) 185mm dia. (7.3˝) 80mm dia. (3.1˝) 110mm dia. (4.3˝) 185mm dia. (7.3˝) 80mm dia. (3.1˝) 110mm dia. (4.3˝) 80mm dia. (3.1˝) 110mm dia. (4.3˝) 185mm dia. (7.3˝) 80mm dia. (3.1˝) 110mm dia. (4.3˝) 185mm dia. (7.3˝)
BW-05H / BW-05B BW-10H / BW-10B BW-20H / BW-20B BW-05G BW-10G BW-20G
Test Tube Racks
Highly durable stainless steel test tube racks feature adjustable angle and tube height support without requiring any base plate. You can easily mount and release test tube racks. Cat. No. AAA44581 AAA44582 AAA44583 AAA44585 AAA44586 AAA41531 AAA41532 AAA41533 AAA41535 AAA41539 AAA45551 AAA45552 AAA45554 AAA45556 AAA45561
* No declination.
20
Description for 86 Test Tubes for 86 Test Tubes for 58 Test Tubes for 32 Test Tubes for 19 Test Tubes for 50 Test Tubes for 50 Test Tubes for 33 Test Tubes for 16 Test Tubes for 10 Test Tubes for 176 Test Tubes for 176 Test Tubes for 84 Test Tubes for 68 Test Tubes for 33 Test Tubes
8mm dia. (0.3˝) 10mm dia. (0.4˝) 12mm dia. (0.5˝) 16mm dia. (0.6˝) 25mm dia. (1.0˝) 8mm dia. (0.3˝) 10mm dia. (0.4˝) 12mm dia. (0.5˝) 16mm dia. (0.6˝) 25mm dia. (1.0˝) 8mm dia. (0.3˝) 10mm dia. (0.4˝) 12mm dia. (0.5˝) 16mm dia. (0.6˝) 25mm dia. (1.0˝)
Insert Capacity of Racks* BW-10G CW-20G, 30G RW-2025G, 2040G RW-3025G, 3040G 2EA
BW-20G 3EA RW-1025G RW-1040G CW-10G
BW-05H BW-05B BW-05G 1EA BW-10H BW-10B
BW-20H BW-20B
1EA
2EA
Baths & Circulators
Accessories & Options
for Baths & Bath Circulators
Spring Wire Racks
Half-shelf Adjusters
Additional Suction Pumps
Spring Wire Racks
Additional Suction Pumps*
Ideal for holding a wide variety of tubes, flasks, and other glassware. All components are made of stainless steel.
Additional suction device for more powerful external and internal circulation. Maximum suction flow rate is 10.0 liters per minute. (only for CW-G and RW-G Models)
(for all models)
Cat. No. AAA45502 AAA45503 AAA41502 AAA41503 AAA51522 AAA51523
Suitable for BW-10H / BW-10B BW-20H / BW-20B BW-10G BW-20G CW-20G / RW-2025G, 2040G CW-30G / RW-3025G, 3040G
Cat. No. 52503 52513 52523 52533
Suitable for CW-05G / RW-0525G, 0540G CW-10G / RW-1025G, 1040G CW-20G / RW-2025G, 2040G CW-30G / RW-3025G, 3040G
* Adding this additional suction function after your purchase is timeconsuming and costly. Prior request is highly recommended.
Half-shelf Adjusters Stainless steel perforated sample tray shelves with adjustable height support prevent leaks and guard against rust and contamination. (only for BW-H, BW-B, and BW-G Models)
Cat. No. AAA45511 AAA45512 AAA45513 AAA41551 AAA41552 AAA41553
Suitable for BW-05H / BW-05B BW-10H / BW-10B BW-20H / BW-20B BW-05G BW-10G BW-20G
for Viscometer Heating Baths Viscometer Tube Holders Specially designed to hold a two-opening viscometer glass tube and made of Bakelite, renowned for its high thermal endurance. (only for VB Models) Cat. No. AAA43501
Suitable for VB-25G (need Max. 5 holders) VB-40G (need Max. 8 holders)
Viscometer Tube Holders
Cooling Circulators The temperature range of viscometer heating baths can be lowered up to +10âł„ (+50âł…) when used with an optional cooling circulator. (only for VB Models)
Cat. No. AAH57011K AAH57012K AAH57021K AAH57022K
Suitable for VB-25G (230V, 60Hz) VB-25G (230V, 50Hz) VB-40G (230V, 60Hz) VB-40G (230V, 50Hz)
Cooling Circulators * RW-1025G (230V, 60Hz) RW-1025G (230V, 50Hz) RW-2025G (230V, 60Hz) RW-2025G (230V, 50Hz)
* Refer to p.16-17 for more information on the cooling circulators.
21
Desiccators Offering a wide selection of vacuum desiccators including new UV-blocking models with outstanding vacuum capability to suit your specific requirements.
VDC-41
VDC-21 / VDC-31
VDC-11 / VDC-11V
Cubic Vacuum Desiccators
VDR-25 VDR-20
VDP-25UG
VDP-30UG
VDR-30 VDP-30G / VDP-25G
Round & Cylindrical Vacuum Desiccators
SELECTION GUIDE Cubic Vacuum Desiccators Round Vacuum Desiccators Cylindrical Vacuum Desiccators
Description
Cubic Models
Round Models Cylindrical Models
Internal Volume (L / cu ft)
VDC-11/11U
11 / 0.4
VDC-21/21U
23 / 0.8
VDC-31/31U
35 / 1.2
VDC-41/41U
45 / 1.6
VDR-20 / 20U / 20G /20UG
6 / 0.2
VDR-25 / 25U / 25G / 25UG
10 / 0.4
VDR-30 / 30U / 30G / 30UG
20 / 0.7
VDP-25 / 25U / 25G / 25UG
16 / 0.6
VDP-30 / 30U / 30G / 30UG
25 / 0.9
Vacuum Range (MPa)
Body Material
1.33 Ă— 10- 4 Mpa
PC
(Analog)
(Polycarbonate)
Desiccators
Cubic Vacuum Desiccators Integrally molded cubic box design enabling outstanding vacuum capability with virtually no leakage and exceptional durability. Various models available with respect to sizes and UV-blocking effect.
Features t Maximum vacuum of 1 Torr(1.33×10-4 Mpa) for more than 72 hours. t High quality silicone gasket ensures greaseless airtight seal for the clean and cost effective test environment. t Highly transparent, shatterproof, non-corrosive, and easy to clean polycarbonate construction. t Three-way stopcock provides great convenience for consistent and uniform vacuum draw, vacuum release, or gas exchange. The barbed fitting on each side secures attachment of tubing. t Maximized utilization of internal space using maximum four to six shelves depending on product sizes. t Stackable space-saving design allowing efficient usage of cramped lab space. t Easy vacuum level checking with the standard vacuum gauge attached to the front door.
VDC-31
t Minimizing damages or discoloration of light-sensitive samples.
Included Accessories
(only for U models)
t Four built-in ports allowing easy attachment of tubing.
t Vacuum Gauge t Drying Agent Tray t Perforated Sample Trays
Specifications & Ordering Information Cubic Vacuum Desiccators Model 1) Internal Volume (L / cu ft)
VDC-11/11U
VDC-21/21U
VDC-31/31U
VDC-41/41U
11 / 0.4
23 / 0.8
35 / 1.2
45 / 1.6
Gauge Range (Mpa)
0 to - 0.1 9.5 / 0.37
Nozzle (mm / inch, Ø) Max. Permissible Vacuum (bodies) Max. Load (kg / lbs) / for Shelf
1.33×10- 4 Mpa 3 / 6.6
Number of Shelves (included / max.)
5 / 11 2/4
3/5
Bodies Material
Polycarbonate
Perforated Sample Tray Drying Agent Tray / Locker
Polypropylene
Vacuum Seal Dimension (W×D×H)
Silicone Rubber
Internal (mm / inch)
248x254x238 / 9.8x10x9.4
346x365x246 / 13.6x14.4x9.7
355x375x345 / 14 x 14.8 x 13.6
355x374x445 / 14x14.7x17.5
Exterior (mm / inch)
322x285x271 / 12.7x11.2x10.7
420x392x281 / 16.5x15.4x11.1
420x397x381 / 16.5x15.6x15
420x397x491 / 16.5x15.6x19.3
4.2 / 9.3
8.2 / 18.1
10.8 / 23.8
12.2 / 26.9
Without UV Block Effect
AAAD4001
AAAD4021
AAAD4011
AAAD4031
With UV Block Effect (U)
AAAD4101
AAAD4121
AAAD4111
AAAD4131
Net Weight (kg / lbs) Cat. No.
3/6
1) U models are translucent(amber-colored) vaccum desiccators with ultraviolet block effect.
D
Desiccators
Round & Cylindrical Vacuum Desiccators
Round design featuring light weight yet high tensile strength. High-quality silicone O-ring and specially designed ‘Locking Clip’ allowing outstanding vacuum capability with virtually no leakage.
Features t Maximum vacuum of 1 Torr (1.33×10-4 Mpa) for more than 72 hours. t High quality silicone gasket ensures greaseless airtight seal for the clean and cost effective test environment. t Highly transparent, shatterproof, non-corrosive, and easy to clean polycarbonate construction. t Three-way stopcock provides great convenience for consistent and uniform vacuum draw, vacuum release, or gas exchange. The barbed fitting on each side secures attachment of tubing. t Flange lock holding the top and the bottom together during non-vacuum conditions. t Various models available with respect to sizes and UVblocking effect. t Minimizing damages or discoloration of light-sensitive samples (only for U/UG models).
VDR-25G / VDP-25G
t A vacuum gauge attachable at the center of the lid for easy vacuum level checking (only for G/UG models).
Included Accessories t Drying Agent Tray (only for VDR Models) t Perforated Sample Trays (only for VDR Models) t Flange Locker
t The top and bottom of cylindrical vacuum desiccators and round vacuum desiccators are compatible with each other for diverse use. t Newly designed cylindrical desiccators are used by ideal for storing tall equipment, gas substitution, general drying and preserving.
Specifications & Ordering Information Round Vacuum Desiccators Model 1) Internal Volume (L / cu ft)
VDR-20/20G VDR-20U/20UG
VDR-25/25G VDR-25U/25UG
6 / 0.2
10 / 0.4
Nozzle (mm / inch, Ø)
Perforated Sample Tray
Polypropylene
Vacuum Seal
Silicone Rubber Ø242×279(354) / Ø9.5×11(13.9)
Ø308×325(400) / Ø12.1×12.8(15.7)
Ø385×399(475) / Ø15.2×15.7(18.7)
Ø308×374(449) / Ø12.1×14.7(17.7)
Ø385×384(459) / Ø15.2×15.1(18.1)
1.5 / 3.3
2.5 / 5.5
4.2 / 9.3
2.7 / 5.9
4.0 / 8.8
Clear body
AAAD2011
AAAD2111
AAAD2211
AAAD3011
AAAD3021
Clear body with Vacuum gauge (G)
AAAD2021
AAAD2121
AAAD2221
AAAD3111
AAAD3121
UV block effect body(U)
AAAD2031
AAAD2131
AAAD2231
AAAD3211
AAAD3221
UV block effect body with Vacuum gauge(UG)
AAAD2041
AAAD2141
AAAD2241
AAAD3311
AAAD3321
1) G models come standard with a vacuum gauge U models are translucent(amber-colored) vaccum desiccators with ultraviolet block effect.
24
25 / 0.9
Polypropylene
Drying Agent Tray Locker
Cat. No.
16 / 0.6
Polycarbonate
Body / Base for VDP
Net Weight (kg / lbs)
20 / 0.7 9.5 / 0.37
Lid / Bottom for VDR
Dimension Exterior (mm / inch)
VDP-30/30G VDP-30U/30UG
1.33×10-4 Mpa
Max. Permissible Vacuum (Bodies)
(W×H)
VDP-25/25G VDP-25U/25UG
0 to -0.1
Gauge Range (Mpa)
Material
VDR-30/30G VDR-30U/30UG
Desiccators
Accessories & Options
Drying Agent Tray for VDC
Perforated Sample Tray for VDC
Drying Agent Tray for VDR
Perforated Sample Trays for VDR
Vacuum Seal for VDR
Flange Locker for VDR
Vacuum gauge for VDR / VDP
Stopcock for VDR
for Cubic Vacuum Desiccators Cat. No. VDC0035 VDC0003 VDC0037 VDC0005 VDC0032 VDC0033 VDC0015 VDC0034 AAAD4501 EDA4214 VDR0004 VDR0005
Optional Accessories
VDC-11/11U
VDC-21/21U
VDC-31/31U
VDC-41/41U
t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t
Perforated Sample Tray Drying Agent Tray
Vacuum seal Stopcock Vacuum gauge Silicagel (20g) Silicagel (40g)
for Round & Cylindrical Vacuum Desiccators Cat. No. AAAD1501 AAAD1502 AAAD1503 AAAD1511 AAAD1512 AAAD1513 VDR0001 VDR0002 VDR0003 VDR0015 VDR0016 VDR0017 AAAD1521 AAAD3501 EDA4300 VDR0004 VDR0005
Optional Accessories Drying Agent Tray
Perforated Sample Tray
Vacuum seal
Flange Locker Stopcock Vacuum gauge Silicagel (20g) Silicagel (40g)
VDR-20/20G VDR-25/25G VDR-30/30G VDP-25/25G VDP-30/30G VDR-20U/20UG VDR-25U/25UG VDR-30U/30UG VDP-25U/25UG VDP-30U/30UG t t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t t
t t t t t t
t t t t t t
25
Fume Hoods SELECTION GUIDE Clean Benches Bench Top Fume Hoods Ductless Fume Hoods PCR Workstations UV Sterilization Cabinets
Fume Hoods Description
Filter
Work Surface
Page
BC-01E BC-11E Clean Benches
BC-21E
HEPA filter
BC-01H
Grade 304 Stainless Steel
28-31
BC-11H BC-21H Bench Top Fume Hoods
PMH-720
Ductless Fume Hoods
DLH-01G
6 Different Filter Types (optional)
DLH-11G PW-01
PCR Workstations
PW-11
HEPA filter
PW-21 UV Sterilization Cabinets
Polyethylene
33
6 Different Work Surface Types (optional)
34-36
Transparent Acrylic Resin (10mm/0.39� thick)
38-40
UVC-01 -
UVC-11 UVC-21
Grade 304 Stainless Steel
Accessories & Options Description
Page
for Clean Benches
GENERAL APPLICATIONS
32
for Bench Top Fume Hood
33
for Ductless Fume Hoods
37
for PCR Workstations & UV Sterilization Cabinets
41
General Applications
BC
Fume Hoods PW
t
t
DLH
PMH
Chemical Sampling Chemical Preparation
t
t
in an electron microscopy or histology laboratory,forensic, and pharmaceutical applications, depending on the solvents used
t
t
t
t
Asbestos Handling
Cosmetic Production to Photochemical Dental Laboratory Electronics Inspection / Repair
t t
t
Fingerprinting General Forensics Medical Device Assembly Non-biohazardous [Tissue] Culture Maintenance Non-toxic IV Solution Preparation Numerous Vapor-generating Laboratory Processes
t
t
t
t
t
t
PCR
t t
t
t
t
t t
t
t
t
Powder Extraction QA / QC Testing
t
t
(HPLC preparation and biochemistry protocols can be performed with improved safety and comfort)
Plant Tissue Culture Maintenance
t t
Slide Preparation Staining with Volatile
t
t
t
t
t
Sterile Media Preparation
t
Syringe Filling
t
Tissue Fixation / Staining Preparation
t
t
t t
Touch up Painting
t
t
Weighing Toxic Powders
t
t
Welding Fumes
t
t
* Above listed applications are for general and storage purpose use.
TECHNICAL BENEFITS Clean Benches
Ductless Fume Hoods
PCR workstations & UV Sterilization Cabinets
Safety Features
Constructional Features
Constructional Features
1) UV-blocking tempered glass sliding door.
1) Easy-to-operate control panel: - Consist of fluorescent lamp, Fan Start/Stop, Blower speed controller, alarm, menu and etc. 2) Built-in anemometer for visually monitoring real-time input air velocity.
1) Powerful and uniformly distributed UV-C illumination.
2) Automatic switch off of the UV lamp when the door is opened. 3) Lighting mode selection by a 3-position (UV/OFF/Fluorescent) toggle switch. (BC-E model) 4) 99.99% efficient HEPA filter. 5) separate fuses protecting against overcurrent. Constructional Features
3) Transparent front door and bothsides made of acrylic resin providing clear inside view. 4) Door Stay: fixture to fix it when door open at 2 steps. (if it’s dropped without backing up, result in damage, and fixing magnetic enable to open hold it to 1 step-door.)
1) Magnehelic differential pressure gauge measuring the HEPA filter efficiency. (BC-E model-optional)
5) Protection against overcurrent.
2) Dirt-repellent powder coating on the external surface.
6) Optional mobile stand with lockable casters for easy relocation.
3) Easy-to-reach light and blower switches. 4) Grade 304 stainless steel work surface with high chemical resistance. 5) Digital airflow rate sensor for automated airflow speed control. (BC-H model)
6) Using a BLDC motor in the blower provides a quiet (less than 65dB) and comfortable working environment. (BC-H model)
7) Each digital display is equipped inside and front. (BC-H model) - Ease to check the unit conditions (for detecting velocity, temperature, and humidity) during use.
(average lifespan: 8,000 hours)
2) Automatic switch off of the UV lamp when the door is opened unintentionally. 3) 99.99% efficient HEPA filter. 4) Protection against overcurrent. 5) Pre-filter extending the life of main HEPA filters. (PW models) 6) Intelligent digital controller for timer, alarm, and blower speed. (PW models) 7) Chemical-resistant work surface. (UVC-models)
F Please visit
Fume Hoods Clean Benches .com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Fume Hood products Information is readily available on our website.
BC-11H with optional Stand Included Accessories see page 32
t HEPA Filter, Pre-Filter t Electrical Socket
BC-11E with optional Stand Included Accessories see page 32
t HEPA Filter, Pre-Filter
ⲟ Product design subject to change without notice.
28
Fume Hoods
Clean Benches
Vertical laminar flow clean benches! ISO Class 4 air cleanliness as per ISO 14644-1. (equivalent to Class 10 as per US Federal Standard 209E) Nominal downflow velocity. (0.45 m/sec for BC-H, 0.3 m/sec for BC-E) High-quality pre-filter and main HEPA filter. Ergonomically sloped front. Control Panel
Filtration Features t ISO Class 4 (US Class 10) HEPA filter for optimal protection against cross-contamination. t 0.3 μm and larger particulates removed with 99.99% efficiency, leak-tight HEPA filter, and meets class 10. (US Federal Standard 209E) t Comfortable front access for inspection of HEPA filter and easy validation. - Standard gas detector hole for easy checking of HEPA filter leak performance test. t High-quality polyester fiber pre-filter (with minimal pressure loss and 85% arrestance on the A.F.I. test) for trapping larger particles and increasing the life of the main HEPA filter.
BC-H
Ⲽ The HEPA filters life span depending on the test room conditions has a life span about 3 years.
Safety & Constructional Features t UV-blocking and impact-resistant tempered glass door. t If the sash is opened during UV-lamp operation, UV lamp automatically turns OFF to protect users. t Lighting mode selection by a 3-position toggle switch (UV/OFF/Fluorescent) preventing harmful UV exposure. (BC-E model) t Highly durable, rust-free, and easy-to-clean grade 304 stainless steel work surface. t Smoothly sliding front door stoppable at any height for user’s safety and easy transport of equipments into the workspace. t Adjustable blower control knob located next to the front blower switch. (BC-E model)
Additional BC-H Features t Interlocking Smart Door System - Simply open the door while UV-lamp is ON. Interlocking smart door system will automatically turn OFF UV-lamp, turn ON Fluorescent lamp and Blower instead of your manual control. t If the sash is opened more than the recommended sash height level, during operation, warning alarm will activate and alarm users to lower the window to the recommended sash level to prevent contamination of samples. t When UV light intensity is lower than 80%, UV warning lamp is automatically ON to let users know when to change UV-lamp. t Digital differential pressure sensor allows for easy verification of HEPA filter condition great for knowing when to change HEPA filter. t Digital airflow rate sensor (Microprocessor) for automated airflow speed control. - Offers continual airflow speed of same velocity and extends the HEPA filter life span. t Exclusive diffusing muffler structure forms high quality laminar flow. t Using a BLDC motor in the blower provides a quiet and comfortable working environment. (less than 65dB) t Two digital displays for the best convenience. - Even if any test is ongoing inside of the chamber, unit conditions such as velocity, temperature and humidity can be easily checked and controlled by inner display. t The inner left side magnetic board allows some memos and small tools.
BC-E
Service Fixtures (optional)
Gas
Vacuum
Air
29
F
Fume Hoods Clean Benches
Dimension (Model: BC-11H) Air Flow Diagram
1. Pre Filter
7
1244 / 49”
550 / 21.7”
1435 / 56.5”
615 / 24.2”
2. Blower
3. Diffusing Muffler
8. Sliding Front Sash Window
4. HEPA Filter
9. Inner Magnetic Board(left side)
5. Control Panel 10. Service Fixture
1140 / 44.9”
6
710 / 28.0”
5 8 9 10 11 12
450 / 17.7”
2 3 4
5
430 / 16.9”
1
6. UV Lamp
7. Fluorescent Lamps
11. Inner Control Panel
12. Electrical Outlet socket
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Air Flow Type Air Volume (Minimum / Maximum) Laminar Airflow Velocity (m / s / fpm) Air Cleanliness within Work space Filters
HEPA Filter Pre Filter
Noise Level Materials
Illumination
Main Body Work Surface Windows (Front / Side) Intensity (lux) Fluorescent lamp (W) UV lamp (W)
Electric Socket Outlets Internal (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H)
External without Stand (mm / inch) External with Stand (mm / inch)
Net Weight (Body) (kg / lbs) Net Weight (Body+Stand) (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 1ph) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 1ph) Cat. No.
30
BC-01H
BC-11H
BC-21H
Vertical laminar flow 0 to 1020 cmh / 0 to 600 cfm 0 to 2040 cmh / 0 to 1200 cfm 0.3 / 59 0.45 / 89 0.3 / 59 ISO 14644-1 Class 4, US Federal Standard 209E Class 10 Typical efficiency of 99.99% on 0.3⽅ (US MIL - STD -282) ; Micro glass fiber Media, Particle board, AL separator, Neoprene gaskets Polyester fibers with an filter efficiency of 85% (A·F·I TEST) ; Aluminum frame, Polyester fiber media Typically < 65dB at initial blower speed Steel powder coating Stainless steel grade 304, Hairline treatment Colorless and transparent UV absorbing 5mm tempered glass > 650 30Wx2ea 32Wx2ea Electronically ballasted Fluorescent Lamp 25Wx1ea 30Wx1ea 25Wx2ea electronically ballasted UV Lamp 230V socket 944×550×670 / 1244x550x670 / 1844x550x670 / 37.2x21.7x26.4 49.0x21.7x26.4 72.6x21.7x26.4 1135×615×1140 / 1435×615×1140 / 2035×615×1140 / 44.7x24.2x44.9 56.5x24.2x44.9 80.1x24.2x44.9 1135×615×1832 / 1435×615×1832 / 2035×615×1832 / 44.7x24.2x72.1 56.5x24.2x72.1 80.1x24.2x72.1 140 / 308.6 185 /407.9 225 / 496 170 / 374.8 215 / 474 255 / 562.2 60Hz / 2.0 A 50Hz / 2.2 A 60Hz / 2.46 A 50Hz / 2.66 A 60Hz / 3.0 A 50Hz / 3.2 A AAHA5011K AAHA5012K AAHA5021K AAHA5022K AAHA5031K AAHA5032K 60Hz / 3.38 A 60Hz / 4.26 A 60Hz / 5.34 A AAHA5013U AAHA5023U AAHA5033U
Fume Hoods
Clean Benches
Dimension (Model: BC-11E) Air Flow Diagram
1
12
2
11
3 4
5
8 6 7
9 10
1. Pre Filter
2. Blower
7. Service Fixture
3. HEPA Filter
4. UV Lamp
8. Sliding Front Sash Window
11. Blower Speed Controller
5. Fluorescent Lamps
9. Electrical Outlet socket
6. Tempered Glass Side Panel
10. Stainless Steel Grade 304 Work Surface
12. Differential Pressure Gauge
Specifications & Ordering Information Model
BC-01E
Air Flow Type Air Volume (Minimum / Maximum) Laminar Airflow Velocity (m / s / fpm) Air Cleanliness within Work space Filters
HEPA Filter Pre Filter
Noise Level Main Body Work Surface Windows (Front / Side) Intensity (lux) Illumination Fluorescent lamp (W) UV lamp (W) Electric Socket Outlets Materials
Dimension (W×D×H)
BC-11E
BC-21E
Vertical laminar flow 274 to 914 cmh / 119 to 399 cfm 0.3 / 59 ISO 14644-1 Class 4, US Federal Standard 209E Class 10 Typical efficiency of 99.99% on 0.3⽅ (US MIL - STD -282) ; Micro glass fiber Media, Particle board, AL separator, Neoprene gaskets Polyester fibers with an filter efficiency of 85% (A·F·I TEST) ; Aluminum frame, Polyester fiber media Typically < 67dB at initial blower speed steel grade 304 & Steel powder coating Stainless steel grade 304 Colorless and transparent UV absorbing 5mm tempered glass > 650 30W×2ea electronically ballasted Fluorescent Lamp 30W electronically ballasted UV Lamp 230V socket or 120V socket x 2
Internal (mm / inch)
970×540×570 / 38.2×21.3×23.2
1270×540×570 / 50×21.3×23.2
1870×540×570 / 73.6×21.3×23.2
External without Stand (mm / inch)
1040×630×1060 / 40.1×24.8×42.7
1340×630×1060 / 52.8×24.8×42.7
1940×630×1060 / 76.4×24.8×42.7
External with Stand (mm / inch)
1040×630×1780 / 40.1×24.8×70.1
1340×630×1780 / 52.8×24.8×70.1
1940×630×1780 / 76.4×24.8×70.1
110 / 242.5 130 / 286.6 60Hz / 1.7A 50Hz / 1.82A AAHA4011K AAHA4012K 60Hz / 3.48A AAHA4013U
127 / 280 150 / 330.7 60Hz / 1.7A 50Hz / 1.82A AAHA4021K AAHA4022K 60Hz / 3.48A AAHA4023U
163 / 359.4 190 / 418.9 60Hz / 1.7A 50Hz / 1.82A AAHA4031K AAHA4032K 60Hz / 3.48A AAHA4033U
Net Weight (Body) (kg / lbs) Net Weight (Body+Stand) (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V / 1ph) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V / 1ph) Cat. No.
31
F
Fume Hoods
Accessories & Options
for Clean Benches
HEPA Filter (1EA included) - 99.99% efficient HEPA filter, industry standard size for economical replacement.
Service Fixture (optional) - For convenient hooking up with a gas/air/ vacuum source inside the workspace. - CSA limited (Canadian Standards Association)
Electrical Socket (optional-only for BC-E) - For equipments used inside the workspace. - 120V or 230V outlets available.
Pre Filter (1EA included) - Easy-to-replace pre-filter for trapping larger particles and extending the life of HEPA filters.
Basic Stand (optional) Stand with Casters (optional)
Differential Pressure Gauge (optional-only for BC-E)
- Basic Stand : Economical basic stand without casters made of powder coated steel. (only for BC-E)
- Magnehelic differential pressure gauge measuring pressure drop across the HEPA filter to monitor its efficiency
- Stand with Casters : Mobile stand made of powder-coated steel ideal for easy relocation.
BC-H Cat. No. AAAB1601 AAAB1602 AAAB1603 AAAB1611 AAAB1612 AAAB1613 AAAB1621 AAAB1622 AAAB1623
Description HEPA Filter
Pre-Filter
Stand with Casters
Suitable for
Cat. No.
BC-01H BC-11H BC-21H BC-01H BC-11H BC-21H BC-01H BC-11H BC-21H
AAAB1631
BC-01H(230V)
AAAB1632
BC-01H(120V)
AAAB1633 AAAB1634
Description
BC-11H(230V)
UV Lamp
BC-11H(120V)
AAAB1635
BC-21H(230V)
AAAB1636 AAAB1561
Suitable for
BC-21H(120V) Gas cock
BC-01/11/21H
BC-E Cat. No. AAAB1501 AAAB1502 AAAB1503 AAAB1511 AAAB1512 AAAB1513 AAAB1521 AAAB1522 AAAB1523 AAAB1531
Description HEPA Filter
Pre Filter
Basic Stand Stand with Casters
Suitable for
Cat. No.
BC-01E BC-11E BC-21E BC-01E BC-11E BC-21E BC-01E BC-11E BC-21E BC-01E
AAAB1532 AAAB1533 AAAB1541 AAAB1542 AAAB1543 AAAB1544 AAAB1545 AAAB1546 AAAB1551 AAAB1561 AAAB1571
Description Stand with Casters
UV Lamp
Electrical Socket Gas Cock Differential Pressure Gauge
ⲟ In addition to standard accessories, we can provide customized accessories to meet your specific needs. Please contact your local dealer for details.
32
Suitable for BC-11E BC-21E BC-01E (230V) BC-01E (120V) BC-11E (230V) BC-11E (120V) BC-21E (230V) BC-21E (120V) BC-01/11/21E BC-01/11/21E BC-01/11/21E
Fume Hoods
Bench Top Fume hoods Ideal for use in limited laboratory spaces. Cost-effective, fully portable alternative to metal hoods.
Features t Compact design for easy moving and space saving. t Transparent polycarbonate front door for observation. t The door opens to five positions for comfort and convenience. t One-piece molded design for leak-tight and exceptional durability. t Chemical resistance and spark-less polyethylene. t An exhaust motor is required. The unit can be connected to an in-house laboratory exhaust system. Either 150mm (6”) dia flexible duct can be used. t Rounded inner corners for continuous air flow and easy cleaning.
PMH-720
Stopper
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Permissible air velocity (m/s, fpm) Permissible Environmental Condition
Material
Cat. No.
Temperature 2Ⳅ to 60Ⳅ Maximum relative humidity 80% Maximum altitude up to 2,000m
Main Body
Polyethylene
Window
Polycarbonate
External (WxDxH, mm/inch) Dimension
PMH-720 0.3 to 1 / 59.1 to 196.9
Entrance (WxD, mm/inch)
720x450x560 / 28.3x17.7x22 560x300 / 22x11.8
Duct Hole (O.D., mm/inch)
150 / 6
Net Weight (kg / lbs)
7 / 15.4 AAAB5011
33
F Please visit
Fume Hoods
Ductless Fume Hoods .com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Fume Hood products Information is readily available on our website.
DLH-01G Optional Accessories see page 37
34
t Stand with Caster t Different Types of Chemical Filters t 6 Different Types of Work Surfaces
Fume Hoods
Ductless Fume Hoods Safe and energy-saving mobile workspace free from toxic vapors and fumes without the need of costly ductwork. Meeting or exceeding various international safety standards.
Safety Standards Compliance t Efficiency and capacity of activated carbon filters : BS 7989:2001 t Structure, electrical outlet, lighting, and sound level : BS 7258-1:1994 t Local smoke, large volume visualization, face velocity, and tracer gas : ANSI/ASHRAE 110-1995 and NF EN 14175-1 Digital Controller
Constructional Features t Easy monitoring of the internal airflow speed thanks to the built-in anemometer. t Convenient change of filter cartridges by opening the upper front cover. t Fully or half openable front door for convenient transport of experimental apparatuses and equipments into or out of the workspace. t Large-capacity blower maintaining sufficient intake flow rate and reducing noise. (less than 55 dB under normal operation)
Anemometer
t Fluorescent light installed outside the workspace in order to prevent the airflow hindrance as well as the contamination while maintaining illumination intensity. t Built-in utility hole for easily routing the cords or wires of the equipments placed inside the hood. t A variety of filters and work surfaces available to suit your specific experimental needs. (refer to accessory section) Utility Hole
Front Cover
Selection Guide for Chemical Filters Code
Filter Name
GF AC HF FF AM
Activated Carbon Filter Acid Filter Halogen Compound Filter Formaldehyde Filter Ammonia / Amine Filter
HEPA
HEPA Filter
Application All common laboratory chemicals, especially VOC, Organic, Benzene, Toluene, etc An acidic solvent; Acetic acid, etc Halogen compounds like Chlorine, Flourine, Iodine, Bromine, Astatine, etc Formadehyde applications Ammonia / Amines by chemisorptions Biohazardous aerosols and other visible and non-visible particles (filtration efficiency: 99.99% at 0.3 microns)
35
F
Fume Hoods
Ductless Fume Hoods
Dimension (Model: DLH-01G) Air Flow Diagram
1
2
4
3
5 6
1250
7
834
8
9 10
11 12
1. Exhaust Hole 9. Front Door
2. Front Cover
3. Blower
10. Side Viewing Panel
4. Control Panel
5. Chemical Filter
11. Door Opening Fixed Magnet
6. Pre Filte
7. F.L. Lamp (inner)
8. Anemometer
12. Utility Hole
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Fume HoodType Permissible Environmental Condition Controller Face Velocity Air Flow Meter Main Filter Pre Filter Main Body Work Surface Window (Front / Side) Fluorescent Light Intensity Noise Level Internal (mm / inch) External without Stand (mm / inch) Dimension External with Stand (mm / inch) (W×D×H) Net Weight (Body) (kg / lbs) Net Weight (Body+Stand) (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (100V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Materials
36
DLH-01G
DLH-11G Ductless
Temperature 5Ⳅ to 40Ⳅ Maximum relative humidity 80% Maximum altitude : Altitude up to 2,000m Microprocessor control Initial set point: 0.4m/s, 80fpm Swing vane type Chemical Filter (optional 6 different filters) Washable high efficiency nylon filter 2.0mm steel (epoxy powder-coated) Optional 6 different work surfaces 8mm / 6mm thick acrylic resin > 600lux 55dB under normal operation 880×640×800 / 34.6×25.2×31.5 1180×640×800 / 46.5×25.2×31.5 900×660×1250 / 35.4×26×49.2 1200×660×1250 / 47.2×26×49.2 900×660×1985 / 35.4×26×78.1 1200×660×1985 / 47.2×26×78.1 100 / 220.5 118 / 260.1 120 / 264.6 140 / 308.6 0.7A AAHB2001K AAHB2011K 0.6A AAHB2002K AAHB2012K 1.3A AAHB2003U AAHB2013U 1.5A AAHB2004U AAHB2014U
Fume Hoods
Accessories & Options for Ductless Fume Hoods
Gas Detector and Tubes
Filters
Work Surface
Stand with Caster
Cat. No. AAAB2521 AAAB2522 EDA9191 EDA9192 EDA9199 EDA9200 EDA9201 EDA9202 EDA9203 EDA9204 EDA9205 EDA9206 EDA9193 EDA9194 EDA9196 EDA9198
Description Stand with Casters GF Activated Carbon Filter AC Acid Filter HF Halogen Compounds Filter FF Formaldehyde Filter AM Ammonia / Amines Filter HEPA Filter Pre filter
Suitable for
Cat. No.
DLH-01G
AAAB2501 AAAB2502 AAAB2503 AAAB2504 AAAB2505 AAAB2506 AAAB2507 AAAB2508 AAAB2509 AAAB2510 AAAB2511 AAAB2512 AAAB2531 EAA1550 EAA1551 EAA1552 EAA1553 EAA1554 EAA1555
DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G
Description Work Surface (SUS #304) Work Surface (SUS #316L) Work Surface (Ceramite) Work Surface (Polypropylene) Work Surface (Bakelite) Work Surface (PVC) Gas Detector (KITAGAWA AP-20) Gas Detecting Tube (Benzene, GASTEC-121SP (0.5-10ppm)) Gas Detecting tube (Toluene, GASTEC-122L (1-100ppm)) Gas Detecting tube (Acetic acid, GASTEC-81L (0.125-25ppm)) Gas Detecting tube (Chloroform, GASTEC-137 (4-400ppm)) Gas Detecting tube (Formaldehyde, GASTEC-91LL (0.05-1ppm)) Gas Detecting tube (Ammonia, GASTEC-3L (0.5-60ppm))
Suitable for DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G
DLH 01G /11G
ⲟ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.
37
F Please visit
Fume Hoods
PCR Workstations & UV Sterilization Cabinets .com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Fume Hood products Information is readily available on our website.
PCR Workstations Included Accessories see page 41
t HEPA Filter t Pre Filter t UV Lamp t Fluorescent Lamp
UV Sterilization Cabinets Included Accessories see page 41
38
t UV Lamp t Fluorescent Lamp
Fume Hoods
PCR Workstations & UV Sterilization Cabinets Specially designed to minimize the sample contamination during PCR applications by combining ISO Class 4 (US Class 10) clean air environment with UV light sterilization capability. â&#x20AC;&#x201C; PW Models Ideal for effective decontamination of reagents and equipments before carrying out sensitive PCR experiments using a high-quality UV lamp with timer control â&#x20AC;&#x201C; UVC Models Safety Features
PCR Workstations
t Built-in safety interlock switch which shuts off the UV light automatically when the door is opened. t UV-blocking door and side panels made of transparent acrylic resin providing clear inside view. t Audible alarm for protecting the samples against UV over-exposure. t Protection against overcurrent.
Digital Controller
Constructional Features t Effective sterilization using a long-life 254 nm UV lamp. (average life spen : 8,000 hour lifespan)
t Anti-glare fluorescent lamp installed on the center ceiling of the workspace area minimizing shadows and relieving eye strain. t Programmable digital UV light timer with Delayed OFF function. t User-friendly microprocessor-based control panel with an LCD (PW Models) or VFD ( UVC Models) with responsive touch buttons. t Easy blower speed adjustment by the control panel. (PW Models) t Easy-to-clean grade 304 stainless steel work surface with high chemical resistance against various organic solvents. (UVC Models)
Additional PW Features
Air Flow
Filtration t ISO Class 4 (US Class 10) HEPA filter for optimal protection against cross-contamination. t Neoprene gaskets ensuring that the HEPA filter is airtight to the body unit.
UV Sterilization cabinet
t Durable HEPA filter. (The HEPA filters life span depending on the test room conditions has a life span of 3 years.)
t High-quality polyester fiber pre-filter (with minimal pressure loss and 85% arrestance on the A.F.I. test) for trapping larger particles and increasing the life of the main HEPA filter. t Convenient change of filter cartridges by opening the upper front cover. t Adjustable digital blower speed switch located in the front with use of large capacity blower is adopted into the equipment.
Digital Controller
39
F
Fume Hoods
PCR Workstations & UV Sterilization cabinets
Specifications & Ordering Information PCR Workstations Model
PW-01
PW-11
Air Flow Type Max. Air Volume (cmh / cfm)
557 / 327
697 / 408
Min. Air Volume (cmh / cfm)
167 / 97
209 / 121
929 / 546 279 / 162 0.3 / 60
Laminar Airflow Velocity (m / s / fpm) Air Cleanliness Filter
ISO 14644-1Class 4 Typical efficiency of 99.99% at 0.3 ⽅ US MIL -STD -282 ; Micro glass fiber Media, Particle board, Aluminum separator, Neoprene gaskets
HEPA Filter Pre Filter
Polyester fibers with an efficiency of 85% (A·F·I TEST); AL frame, Polyester fiber media Typically < 60 dBA at initial blower speed
Noise level (dBA) Material
Work Surface
Illumination Capacity
(W×D×H)
10mm thick acrylic resin (clear type)
Window (Front, Side / Back) Intensity
Dimension
PW-21
Vertical
8mm / 10mm thick acrylic resin (clear type) >1000
Fluorescent Lamp (lux) UV Density (⽦ / ⽊)
165
185
330
Fluorescent Lamp
15W×1EA
20W×1EA
30W×1EA
15W×1EA
20W×1EA
30W×1EA
Interior (mm / inch)
UV Lamp
700×585×602 / 27.5×23×23.7
880×585×602 / 34.6×23×23.7
1180×585×602 / 46.5×23×23.7
Exterior (mm / inch)
720×605×964 / 28×24×38
900×605×964 / 35.4×24×38
1200×605×964 / 47.2×24×38
56.2 / 123.9
Net Weight (Body) (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No.
64.2 / 141.5
77.8 / 171.5
60Hz, 1.3A
50Hz, 1.3A
60Hz, 1.4A
50Hz, 1.4A
60Hz, 1.5A
50Hz, 1.5A
AAHB3001K
AAHB3002K
AAHB3011K
AAHB3012K
AAHB3021K
AAHB3022K
60Hz, 2.2A
60Hz, 2.7A
60Hz, 2.9A
AAHB3003U
AAHB3013U
AAHB3023U
Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.
Specifications & Ordering Information UV Sterilization cabinets Model Intensity Illumination Capacity Material
Dimension (W×D×H)
Fluorescent Lamp (Lux)
UVC-01 >800
UVC-21 >1000
UV Density (⽦ / ⽊)
150
385
450
Fluorescent Lamp
8W×1ea
15W×1ea
20W×1ea
UV Lamp
8W×1ea
15W×1ea
20W×1ea
Work Surface
Stainless steel grade 304 5 mm thick acrylic resin
Window (Front, Back / Side) Interior (mm / inch)
433×500×468 / 17.0×19.7×18.4
583×500×468 / 23×19.7×18.4
880×500×468 / 34.6×19.7×18.4
Exterior (mm / inch)
450×509×610 / 17.7×20×24
600×509×610 / 23.6×20×24
900×509×610 / 35.4×20×24
Net Weight (Body) (kg / lbs)
15 / 33.1
17.5 / 38.6
20 / 44.1
Electrical Requirements (230V)
60Hz, 0.1A
50Hz, 0.1A
60Hz, 0.2A
50Hz, 0.2A
60Hz, 0.3A
50Hz, 0.3A
Cat. No.
AAHB4001K
AAHB4002K
AAHB4011K
AAHB4012K
AAHB4021K
AAHB4022K
Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.
Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.
40
UVC-11 >900
60Hz, 0.2A
60Hz, 0.4A
60Hz, 0.6A
AAHB4003U
AAHB4013U
AAHB4023U
Fume Hoods
Accessories & Options for PCR Workstaions & UV Sterilization Cabinets General UV Dose and Time Required Average UV Dose Required
Pathogen
(⽦ . s/⽊)
PW-01 165
Average UV Time Required (⽦/ ⽊ /sec.) UVC-01 PW-11 UVC-11 PW-21 150 185 385 330
UVC-21 450
S. enteritidis
4,000
25
27
22
10
13
B. megatherium sp. (spores)
2,730
17
18
15
7
9
9 6
B. subtilis
7,100
43
47
39
18
22
16
Eberthella typhosa
2,140
13
14
12
6
7
5
Escherichia coli (E. coli)
3,000
19
20
17
8
10
7 13
Micrococcus candidus
6,050
37
40
33
16
19
Proteus vulgaris
2,640
16
18
15
7
8
6
Pseudomonas aeruginosa
5,500
34
37
30
14
17
12
Pseudomonas aeruginosa
3,500
22
23
19
9
11
8
S. typhimurium
8,000
49
53
44
21
25
18
Shigella paradysenteriae
1,680
101
11
10
4
6
4
Spirillum rubrum
4,400
27
29
24
11
14
10
Staphylococcus albus
1,840
12
12
10
5
6
4
* Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (20 to 25Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 60 ). * Above listed applications are for general purpose use.
for PCR Workstations Cat. No.
Description
EDA9219 EDA9220
PW-11 PW-21
CHE4436
PW-01 Fluorescent Lamp
CHE4409
PW-11
HEPA Filter
PW-21
CHE4431 CHE4427
Suitable for PW-01
HEPA Filter
EDA9221 CHE4410
Filters (PW Models)
PW-01 UV Lamp
PW-11
CHE4423
PW-21
Pre Filter
for UV Sterilization Cabinets Cat. No.
Description
CHE4435 CHE4436
UVC-11 UVC-21
CHE4434 CHE4427
Suitable for UVC-01
Fluorescent Lamp
CHE4410 CHE4431
Lamps (PW and UVC Models)
UVC-01 UV Lamp
UVC-11
UV Lamp
UVC-21
Fluorescent Lamp
41
Furniture SELECTION GUIDE
Tall Cabinets Stand Type (DS-SL)
Stand Type (DS-S)
Tall Cabinets Base Cabinets Gas Cylinder Cabinets
Width(mm) 476 Height(mm) Depth(mm) Model 24047-D6 Depth(mm) Model -
560 2400 700 24056-D6 -
644
476
560
24064-D6
18047-D4
18056-D4
-
18047-N4
18056-N4
Combi Type (DS-C)
644 1800 700 18064-D4 550 18064-N4
472
18068-D6
18093-D6
18068-N6
18093-N6
556
556
915
-
-
550 18055-N1 18091-N2
18047-N1
915
18055-N1
18108-N2
Gas Cylinder Type (DS-GC)
1083
740
1070
1800 550 18047-N1
1083
1800 -
Open Rack Type (DS-OR)
472
938
Window Type (DS-OW)
Width(mm) 476 560 Height(mm) 1800 Depth(mm) 700 Model 18047-D4 18047-D5 18056-D4 18056-D5 Depth(mm) 550 Model 18047-N4 18047-N5 18056-N4 18056-N5
Width(mm) Height(mm) Depth(mm) Model
686
1800 550 18091-N2
18108-N2
18074-N2
18107-N2
Base Cabinets Tabletop Type (DS-TT)
Width(mm) Height(mm) Depth(mm) Model Depth(mm) Model
476
09047-D2 09047-N2
560 900 700 09056-D2 550 09056-N2
644
Tabletop Type (DS-TW)
472
476
06047-D2 06047-N2
560 650 700 06056-D2 550 06056-N2
915
1083
-
-
09091-N2
09108-N2
900 09064-D2
-
550
09064-N2
09047-N1
Under Table Type (DS-UT)
Width(mm) Height(mm) Depth(mm) Model Depth(mm) Model
556
09055-N1
Under Table Type (DS-UD)
644
476
560 650 700
06064-D2
06047-D2
06047-D3
06056-D2
06056-D3
06056-N2
06056-N3
550 06064-N2
06047-N2
06047-N3
Impressive range of cabinet Models to choose from for creating the most ideal lab environments. (65 Duco - Slide storage cabinet Models)
Manufactured with PP trays and dividers
Easily removable name plates
Gas cylinder storage
- 8 different tray dimensions.
- Convenient and useful for keeping track of inventory.
- Gas cylinder constructed for storage of gas cylinders inside building
- 3 different sizes.
- DS-GC Models.
- Impact resistant, durable, and excellent chemical resistance rating. - Adjustable trays can be placed at different heights. - The tray divider keeps stuff tidy and organized.
Locking mechanism
Epoxy powder coated. - High-grade steel constructed completely with galvanized and power coated surface for high protection against corrosion, and chemicals.
3 types of color choices.
: Essentially convenient and standard safety functions are incorporated in the cabinets.
Ventilation system - Hexagonal or trapezoidal ventilation space is formed between the innovatively designed cabinet side structures.
Persian Blue Yellow Light gray - Adopted self-lock handle convenient for keeping things secure, comes standard with lock for protection against unauthorized users. - Comes standard with lock for protection against unauthorized personnel.
Anchoring kit - All tall cabinets include anchoring kits to fix the cabinet to the floor to prevent the cabinet from tipping over.
The world professional organization for providing leadership in issues involving the design, specification and utilization of laboratory furniture and equipment.
F
Furniture Tall Cabinets
Tall cabinet models are useful for storing large amounts of liquid and solid substances.
The fully extendable drawers can be accessed from either left or right side of the cabinets.
Hidden wheels under the lower drawer for DS-SL and DS-S series easily support 60kg / 145.5Ibs.
Connect multiple cabinets side by side to make the cabinets sturdy and balanced.
The removable name plates come included for keeping track of inventory.
The air and vapor vented through both sides of the cabinet vent slits.
35mm /1.38inch
Adjustable bracket mounts in the cabinet, designed for placing PP trays at any height.
4 tray dividers comes included with each tray.
Quantity of Trays (Standard / Max.) DS-SL
DS-S
DS-C
DS-OW
DS-OR
Upper
3/3
3/4
3/4
Mid
3/3
-
-
Lower
4/6
4/6
1/1
Each Vertical Compartment 6 / 11
Each Vertical Compartment 11 / 11
ⲟThe distance is 135mm(5.31inch) between each bottoms of tray, when Max. tray setting in drawer.
44
Furniture Tall Cabinets
Stand Type Cabinets (DS-SL, DS-S Models)
DS-SL Models - Large and tall dimensions with a 3 tier pull-out storage drawers. Height : 2400mm / 94.49inch, Depth : 700mm / 27.56inch Model
Body
Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Right
Cat. No.
DS-SL-24047D6
476 / 18.74
194 / 7.64
194 / 7.64
AAAF1080
DS-SL-24056D6
560 / 22.04
194 / 7.64
278 / 10.94
AAAF1081
DS-SL-24064D6
644 / 26.14
278 / 10.94
278 / 10.94
AAAF1082
DS-S Models - General height with a 2 tier pull-out storage drawers. Height : 1800mm / 70.87inch, Depth : 700mm / 27.56inch Model
Body
Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Middle Right
Cat. No.
DS-S-18047D4
476 / 18.74
194 / 7.64
-
194 / 7.64
DS-S-18056D4
560 / 22.05
194 / 7.64
-
278 / 10.94
AAAF1000 AAAF1001
DS-S-18064D4
644 / 25.35
278 / 10.94
-
278 / 10.94
AAAF1002
DS-S-18068D6
686 / 27
DS-S-18093D6
938 / 36.93
194 / 7.64
194 / 7.64
194 / 7.64
AAAF1003
278 / 10.94
278 / 10.94
278 / 10.94
AAAF1004
Height : 1800mm / 70.87nch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model
Body
Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Middle Right
Cat. No.
DS-S-18047N4
476 / 18.74
194 / 7.64
-
194 / 7.64
AAAF1005
DS-S-18056N4
560 / 22.05
194 / 7.64
-
278 / 10.94
AAAF1006
278 / 10.94
-
278 / 10.94
AAAF1007
194 / 7.64
194 / 7.64
194 / 7.64
AAAF1008
278 / 10.94
278 / 10.94
278 / 10.94
AAAF1009
DS-S-18064N4
644 / 25.35
DS-S-18068N6
686 / 27
DS-S-18093N6
938 / 36.93
45
F
Furniture Tall Cabinets
Combi Type Cabinets (DS-C Models) DS-C Models - Variety of different size drawers, narrow and wide. Height : 1800mm / 70.87inch, Depth : 700mm / 27.56inch Model
Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Right
Body
Quantity of Drawer
Cat. No.
DS-C-18047D4
476 / 18.74
194 / 7.64
194 / 7.64
4
AAAF1030
DS-C-18047D5
476 / 18.74
194 / 7.64
194 / 7.64
5
AAAF1031
DS-C-18056D4
560 / 22.05
194 / 7.64
278 / 10.94
4
AAAF1032
DS-C-18056D5
560 / 22.05
194 / 7.64
278 / 10.94
5
AAAF1033
Quantity of Drawer
Cat. No.
Height : 1800mm / 70.87inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model
Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Right
Body
DS-C-18047N4
476 / 18.74
194 / 7.64
194 / 7.64
4
AAAF1034
DS-C-18047N5
476 / 18.74
194 / 7.64
194 / 7.64
5
AAAF1035
DS-C-18056N4
560 / 22.05
194 / 7.64
278 / 10.94
4
AAAF1036
DS-C-18056N5
560 / 22.05
194 / 7.64
278 / 10.94
5
AAAF1037
Open Window Type Cabinets (DS-OW Models) DS-OW Models - Tempered glass cabinet door allow for easy viewing. Height : 1800mm / 70.87inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model
Body
Width (mm / inch) Each Compartment
Cat. No.
DS-OW-18047N1
472 / 18.58
418 / 16.46
AAAF1050
DS-OW-18055N1
556 / 21.89
502 / 19.76
AAAF1051
DS-OW-18091N2
915 / 36.02
418 / 16.46
AAAF1052
DS-OW-18108N2
1083 / 42.64
502 / 19.76
AAAF1053
Open Rack Type Cabinets (DS-OR Models) DS-OR Models - Multipurpose and stationary storage units. Height : 1800mm / 70.87inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model
Body
Width (mm / inch) Each Compartment
DS-OR-18047N1
472 / 18.58
418 / 16.46
AAAF1090
DS-OR-18055N1
556 / 21.89
502 / 19.76
AAAF1091
DS-OR-18091N2
915 / 36.02
418 / 16.46
AAAF1092
DS-OR-18108N2
1083 / 42.64
502 / 19.76
AAAF1093
ⲟ Available customized depth 700mm / 27.56 inch cabinets.
46
Cat. No.
Furniture Base Cabinets
Steel base cabinets are ideally convenient on top or underneath the lab benches. Also, these cabinets come with basic exhaust structures for safe storage of routinely used laboratory items. Fully-extendable slide out drawers useful for getting at stored lab items placed in the back of the drawer.
Comes included with 4 tray dividers.
The moveable cabinets (DS-UT/ are designed to fit under the lab bench, counter, fume hood, or widow.
Superiorly chemical resistant PP trays included with the drawers keep lab material safely tidy and organized.
Inner air and vapor from the two connected cabinets vents using. Maximum load capacity per each drawer 30kg / 66.1Ibs.
The removable name plate comes included with the cabinet to keep track of inventory.
DS-UD Models)
ADA Solutions - DS-UT and DS-UD Models (only depth 550mm / 21.65inch models) are made cognizant by the Americans With Disabilities Act.
Quantity of Trays (Standard / Max.) DS -TT
DS -UT
DS -UD
DS -TW
Each Narrow Drawer 3/4
Each Narrow Drawer 3/3
1/1
Each Vertical Compartment 3/5
ⲟThe distance is 135mm(5.31inch) between each bottoms of tray, when Max. tray setting in drawer.
47
F
Furniture Base Cabinets
Table Top Type Cabinets (DS-TT, DS-TW Models) - Glass door cabinets and pull-out drawers can also be used as a table top storage unit.
DS-TT Models Height : 900mm / 35.43inch, Depth : 700mm / 27.56inch Model
Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Right
Body
Cat. No.
DS-TT-09047D2
476 / 18.74
194 / 7.64
194 / 7.64
AAAF1020
DS-TT-09056D2
560 / 22.05
194 / 7.64
278 / 10.94
AAAF1021
DS-TT-09064D2
644 / 25.35
278 / 10.94
278 / 10.94
AAAF1022
Height : 900mm / 35.43inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model
Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Right
Body
Cat. No.
DS-TT-09047N2
476 / 18.74
194 / 7.64
194 / 7.64
AAAF1023
DS-TT-09056N2
560 / 22.05
194 / 7.64
278 / 10.94
AAAF1024
DS-TT-09064N2
644 / 25.35
278 / 10.94
278 / 10.94
AAAF1025
DS-TW Models Height : 900mm / 35.43inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model
48
Body
Width (mm / inch) Compartment Each
Cat. No.
DS-TW-09047N1
472 / 18.58
418 / 16.46
AAAF1054
DS-TW-09055N1
556 / 21.89
502 / 19.76
AAAF1055
DS-TW-09091N2
915 / 36.02
418 / 16.46
AAAF1056
DS-TW-09108N2
1083 / 42.64
502 / 19.76
AAAF1057
Furniture Base Cabinets
Under Table Type Cabinets (DS-UT, DS-UD Models) - Movable and compact storage units useful for underneath the lab bench.
DS-UT Models Height : 650mm / 25.6inch, Depth : 700mm / 27.56inch Model
Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Right
Body
Cat. No.
DS-UT-06047D2
476 / 18.74
194 / 7.64
194 / 7.64
DS-UT-06056D2
560 / 22.05
194 / 7.64
278 / 10.94
AAAF1010 AAAF1011
DS-UT-06064D2
644 / 25.35
278 / 10.94
278 / 10.94
AAAF1012
Height : 650mm / 25.6inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model
Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Right
Body
Cat. No.
DS-UT-06047N2
476 / 18.74
194 / 7.64
194 / 7.64
DS-UT-06056N2
560 / 22.05
194 / 7.64
278 / 10.94
AAAF1013 AAAF1014
DS-UT-06064N2
644 / 25.35
278 / 10.94
278 / 10.94
AAAF1015
DS-UD Models Height : 650mm / 25.6inch, Depth : 700mm / 27.56inch Model
Body
Width (mm / inch) Compartment Each
Cat. No.
DS-UD-06047D2
476 / 18.74
2
AAAF1040
DS-UD-06047D3
476 / 18.74
3
AAAF1041
DS-UD-06056D2
560 / 22.05
2
AAAF1042
DS-UD-06056D3
560 / 22.05
3
AAAF1043
Height : 650mm / 25.6inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model
Body
Width (mm / inch) Compartment Each
Cat. No.
DS-UD-06047N2
476 / 18.74
2
AAAF1044
DS-UD-06047N3
476 / 18.74
3
AAAF1045
DS-UD-06056N2
560 / 22.05
2
AAAF1046
DS-UD-06056N3
560 / 22.05
3
AAAF1047
49
F
Furniture
Gas Cylinder Cabinets
Constructed progressively strong, and for storage of Gas Cylinders inside of buildings. Essentially convenient and standard safety functions are incorporated in the cabinets.
Spark proof plastic chains convenient for securing gas cylinders in place, prevents gas cylinders from getting scratched.
Large Interior - Wide fold down ramp, safe and easy to maneuver gas cylinders in and out of the cabinet, easy to install gas fittings and pipes.
Front and both side vent slits vents the cabinet effectively disperses the gas leak out of the cabinet in case there is damage to one of the gas cylinders.
DS-GC Models Height : 1800mm / 70.87inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model
Width (mm / inch)
Number of Gas Cylinder
Cat. No.
DS-GC-18074N2
740 / 29.13
2
AAAF1070
DS-GC-18107N2
1070 / 42.13
3
AAAF1071
ⲟ Measured Gas Cylinder size is ø 230mm / 9.06inch.
50
Furniture
470mm
620mm
DBX 6216
DBX 4716
DB X4 725 DB X6 225
DB X6 23 7
DB X
62 45
DB X
DB X4 73 7
47 45
Accessories & Options
A1
A2
450mm 370mm
250mm
B1 160mm
Trays Cat. No.
Description
Dimension
Using Models
(W × D × H) (mm / inch)
DS-S-18047N4, DS-S-18056N4, DS-S-18068N6 CBN0008
DBX 4716
160 × 470 × 80 / 6.3 × 18.5 × 3.1
DS-C-18047N4, DS-C-18047N5, DS-C-18056N4, DS-C-18056N5 DS-TT-09047N2, DS-TT-09056N2 DS-UT-06047N2, DS-UT-06056N2 DS-S-18056N4, DS-S-18064N4, DS-S-18093N6 DS-C-18056N4, DS-C-18056N5
DBX 4725
250 × 470 × 90 / 9.8 × 18.5 × 3.5
CBN0010
DBX 4737
370 × 470 × 100 / 14.6 × 18.5 × 3.9
DS-C-18047N4, DS-C-18047N5
CBN0011
DBX 4745
450 × 470 × 110 / 17.7 × 18.5 × 4.3
DS-C-18056N4, DS-C-18056N5
CBN0009
DS-TT-09056N2, DS-TT-09064N2 DS-UT-06056N2, DS-UT-06064N2 DS-UD-06047N2, DS-UD-06047N3 DS-UD-06056N2, DS-UD-06056N3 DS-S-18047D4, DS-S-18056D4, DS-S-18068D6
CBN0014
DBX 6216
160 × 620 × 80 / 6.3 × 24.4 × 3.1
DS-SL-24047D6, DS-SL-24056D6 DS-C-18047D4, DS-C-18047D5, DS-C-18056D4, DS-C-18056D5 DS-TT-09047D2, DS-TT-09056D2 DS-UT-06047D2, DS-UT-06056D2 DS-S-18056D4, DS-S-18064D4, DS-S-18093D6
CBN0015
DBX 6225
250 × 620 × 90 / 9.8 × 24.4 × 3.5
DS-SL-24056D6, DS-SL-24064D6 DS-C-18056D4, DS-C-18056D5 DS-TT-09056D2, DS-TT-09064D2 DS-UT-06056D2, DS-UT-06064D2
CBN0012 CBN0013
DBX 6237
370 × 620 × 100 / 14.6 × 24.4 × 3.9
DS-C-18047D4, DS-C-18047D5
DBX 6245
450 × 620 × 110 / 17.7 × 24.4 × 4.3
DS-C-18056D4, DS-C-18056D5
DS-UD-06047D2, DS-UD-06047D3 DS-UD-06056D2, DS-UD-06056D3
51
F
Furniture
Accessories & Options
Tray Dividers Cat. No.
Description
Using Models
(W) (mm / inch)
DS-S-18047D4, DS-S-18056D4, DS-S-18068D6, DS-S-18047N4, DS-S-18056N4, DS-S-18068N6 DS-SL-24047D6, DS-SL-24056D6 CBN0016
160 / 6.3
DS-C-18047D4, DS-C-18047D5, DS-C-18056D4, DS-C-18056D5, DS-C-18047N4, DS-C-18047N5, DS-C-18056N4, DS-C-18056N5 DS-TT-09047D2, DS-TT-09056D2, DS-TT-09047N2, DS-TT-09056N2 DS-UT-06047D2, DS-UT-06056D2, DS-UT-06047N2, DS-UT-06056N2 DS-S-18056D4, DS-S-18064D4, DS-S-18093D6, DS-S-18056N4, DS-S-18064N4, DS-S-18093N6 DS-SL-24056D6, DS-SL-24064D6
CBN0017
250 / 9.8
DS-C-18056D4, DS-C-18056D5, DS-C-18056N4, DS-C-18056N5 DS-TT-09056D2, DS-TT-09064D2, DS-TT-09056N2, DS-TT-09064N2 DS-UT-06056D2, DS-UT-06064D2, DS-UT-06056N2, DS-UT-06064N2 DS-C-18047D4, DS-C-18047D5, DS-C-18047N4, DS-C-18047N5 DS-TW-09047N1, DS-TW-09091N2
CBN0018
370 / 14.6
DS-UD-06047D2, DS-UD-06047D3, DS-UD-06047N2, DS-UD-06047N3 DS-OW-18047N1, DS-OW-18091N2 DS-OR-18047N1, DS-OR-18091N2 DS-C-18056D4, DS-C-18056D5, DS-C-18056N4, DS-C-18056N5 DS-TW-09055N1, DS-TW-09108N2
CBN0019
450 / 17.7
DS-UD-06056D2, DS-UD-06056D3, DS-UD-06056N2, DS-UD-06056N3 DS-OW-18055N1, DS-OW-18108N2 DS-OR-18055N1, DS-OR-18108N2
Name Plates Cat. No.
Description
Dimension (W × H) (mm / inch)
Using Models DS-S-18047D4, DS-S-18056D4, DS-S-18068D6, DS-S-18064D4, DS-S-18093D6, DS-S-18047N4, DS-S-18056N4, DS-S-18068N6, DS-S-18064N4, DS-S-18093N6 DS-SL-24047D6, DS-SL-24056D6, DS-SL-24064D6 DS-C-18047D4, DS-C-18047D5, DS-C-18056D4, DS-C-18056D5, DS-C-18047N4, DS-C-18047N5, DS-C-18056N4, DS-C-18056N5
AAAF1521
Magnetic Name Plate-A1
150 × 200 / 5.9 × 7.9
DS-TT-09047D2, DS-TT-09056D2, DS-TT-09064D2, DS-TT-09047N2, DS-TT-09056N2, DS-TT-09064N2 DS-UT-06047D2, DS-UT-06056D2, DS-UT-06064D2, DS-UT-06047N2, DS-UT-06056N2, DS-UT-06064N2 DS-UD-06047D2, DS-UD-06047D3, DS-UD-06056D2, DS-UD-06056D3, DS-UD-06047N2, DS-UD-06047N3, DS-UD-06056N2, DS-UD-06056N3
AAAF1522 AAAF1523
52
Magnetic Name Plate-A2
120 × 165 / 4.7 × 6.5
DS-C-18047D5, DS-C-18056D5, DS-C-18047N5, DS-C-18056N5
Name Plate-B1
320 × 115 / 12.6 × 4.5
DS-TW-09047N1, DS-TW-09091N2, DS-TW-09055N1, DS-TW-09108N2
DS-UD-06047D3, DS-UD-06056D3, DS-UD-06047N3, DS-UD-06056N3 DS-OW-18047N1, DS-OW-18055N1, DS-OW-18091N2, DS-OW-18108N2
Furniture
Accessories & Options
Drawer Set Cat. No.
Dimension
Description
Using Models
(W × H) (mm / inch)
388 × 504 / 15.3 × 19.8
DS-TW-09047N1, DS-TW-09091N2 DS-OW-18047N1, DS-OW-18091N2
472 × 504 / 18.6 × 19.8
DS-TW-09055N1, DS-TW-09108N2 DS-OW-18055N1, DS-OW-18108N2
AAAF1507
388 × 523 / 15.3 × 20.6
DS-OR-18047N1, DS-OR-18091N2
AAAF1508
472 × 523 / 18.6 × 20.6
DS-OR-18055N1, DS-OR-18108N2
AAAF1504
388 × 504 / 15.3 × 19.8
DS-TW-09047N1, DS-TW-09091N2 DS-OW-18047N1, DS-OW-18091N2
472 × 504 / 18.6 × 19.8
DS-TW-09055N1, DS-TW-09108N2 DS-OW-18055N1, DS-OW-18108N2
AAAF1509
388 × 523 / 15.3 × 20.6
DS-OR-18047N1, DS-OR-18091N2
AAAF1510
472 × 523 / 18.6 × 20.6
DS-OR-18055N1, DS-OR-18108N2
AAAF1501 Epoxy Painted Steel Drawer with Tray
AAAF1502
Stainless Steel Drawer with Tray
AAAF1505
Flask Supports Model
FT 100 12
Anchor
FT 050 12
FT 025 23
FT 025 12
FT 010 34
FT 010 13
Volume (ml)
1000
500
250
250
100
100
Cat. No.
AAA23704
AAA23703
AAA23702
AAA23707
AAA23701
AAA23706
Cat. No.
Description
CBN0036
Anchor
53
Incubators SELECTION GUIDE Incubators Low Temperature Incubators Incubated & Refrigerated & Illuminated Shakers
Incubators Description
Operating Temp. Range (Ⳅ/ⳅ)
General Models Economy Models 2 & 4chamber Models
IB-05G IB-15G IB-25G IB-01E IB-11E IB-21E IB-02G-2C IB-02G-4C
Amb. +5 to 70 / Amb. +9 to 158 Amb. +3 to 60 / Amb. +5.4 to 140 Amb. +5 to 70 / Amb. +9 to158
Mini Incubators Hybridization Oven
Chamber Temperature Temperature Volume Fluctuation Variation Page (L /cu ft) at 37Ⳅ [±Ⳅ/ⳅ] at 37Ⳅ[±Ⳅ/ⳅ] 60 / 2.1 102 / 3.6 151 / 5.3 65 / 2.3 150 / 5.3 205 / 7.2 60 / 2.1 x 2 chambers 60 / 2.1 x 4 chambers
0.2 / 0.36 0.2 / 0.36 0.3 / 0.54 0.1 / 0.18
0.6 / 1.08 0.2 / 0.36 0.6 / 1.08 0.6 / 1.08 0.8 / 1.44 1.1 / 1.98
0.2 / 0.36
0.5 / 0.9
0.1 / 0.18
56
57
58
Low Temperature Incubators Description
Operating Temp. Range (Ⳅ/ⳅ)
Forced Convection IL -11 Models IL -21 IL -11A Air-jacketed Models IL -21A ILP -02
Personal Models
ILP -12 IL-11-2C
2 & 4chamber Models
IL-11-4C
0 to 60 / +32 to 140 +4 to 60 / +39.2 to 140
Chamber Temperature Temperature Page Volume Fluctuation Variation (L /cu ft) at 25Ⳅ[±Ⳅ/ⳅ] at 25Ⳅ[±Ⳅ/ⳅ] 150 / 5.3 244 / 8.6 162 / 5.7 254 / 9
+10Ⳅ to 40Ⳅ 14 / 0.5 at ambient temperature of 25Ⳅ 48 / 1.7 150 / 5.3 x 2 chambers "0 to 60 / + 32 to140" 150 / 5.3 x 4 chambers
0.1 / 0.18
0.5 / 0.9 0.4 / 0.72
60
0.2 / 0.36
0.5 / 0.9
62
0.5 / 0.9
0.1 / 0.18
0.4 / 0.72
0.1 / 0.18
0.5 / 0.9
63
64
Incubated & Refrigerated & Illuminated Shakers Description
Benchtop Models
Floor Standing Models
SI-300 SI-600 SI-300R SI-600R
Incubated & Refrigerated Shakers
IS-971
Incubated Shakers
IS-971R IS-971RF
Incubated Shakers
Incubated & Refrigerated Shakers Incubated & Refrigerated & Illuminated Shakers
SIF-5000 Incubated Shakers Chamber Models
SIF-6000 SIF-5000R SIF-6000R
Incubated & Refrigerated Shakers
Operating Temp. Range
Speed Range
(Ⳅ/ⳅ)
[RPM]
Amb. +5 to 60 / Amb. +9 to 140 +15 to 60 / +59 to 140 Amb. +5 to 60 / Amb. +9 to 140 +4 to 60 / +40 to 140
Maximum Amplitude Page Size (dia) 40mm (1.6” dia)
66
10 to 300 70mm (2.8” dia)
68
Amb. -15 to 60 / Amb. -27 to 140 Amb. +5 to 80 / Amb.+9 to 176 Amb. -20 to 80 / Amb. -36 to 176
25 mm dia (1.0” dia)
10 to 300 (Stackable Top: 10 to 250)*
38 mm dia (1.5” dia)
25 mm dia
70
(1.0” dia)
38 mm dia (1.5” dia)
If two products are stacked up, the upper one’s shaking speed range is from 10 to 250 rpm.
Mini Incubator & Hybridization Oven Description
Operating Chamber Temperature Temp. Range Volume Fluctuation (Ⳅ/ⳅ)
(L /cu ft)
10 / 0.4
Mini Incubator
IM-10
Amb. +5 to 65 / Amb. +9 to 140
Hybridization Oven
HO - 10
Amb. +5 to 65 / Amb. +9 to 149
[±Ⳅ/ⳅ]
Temperature Variation
Page
[±Ⳅ/ⳅ]
0.5 / 0.9 0.5 / 0.9 (at 37Ⳅ) (at 37Ⳅ) 0.5 / 0.9 0.5 / 0.9 10 / 0.4 (at 50Ⳅ XJUI 31.) (at 50Ⳅ XJUI 31.)
72 73
GENERAL APPLICATIONS
General Applications
General, Low Temp. & Low Incubated & Refrigerated Temp. Personal Incubators & Illuminated Skakers IB Models IL Models ILP Models SI & SIF Models IS Models
Antibody Testing Bacterial Research Bacterial Suspensions Chemical Storage Chick Embryo Studies Clinical Science Cultivating Low Temperature Microbes and Plant Cells Crystallization Studies Cultivating Thermophilic Bacteria Drying And Staining Procedures Denaturalizing Tests for Food Environmental Technology (waste water and soil analysis) Enzyme Digestion Studies Extraction Procedures Fermentation
t t
t
t t t
t t
t t t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t t t t
t t t t
t t
t t t t t
t
t
t
t t
(Pharmacy and biotech -DNA and Enzymes)
General Mixing Hematological Testing Histochemical Procedures Measuring COD/ BOD Medical Researches. (Diagnostic tests) Microbiological Determinations Microorganism Molecular Biology Organism Germs for Life Science Organism Pharmacy Paraffin Embedding Pharmaceutical Stability Testing Plasmid Purification Protein Expression in Bacteria Solubility Staining and Destaining Tissue Culturing
t
t t
t t t
t
t t
t t
t t
t t t
t t t t
t t
t
t
t
* Above listed applications are for general and storage purpose use.
TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features 1) Open door alert: - Audible and visible alarms. - Automatic power cutoff from the heater and the fan if the door is open to minimize heat loss and also to protect the operator. 2) Protection against overheating by automatic power cutoff from the heater controller before shutting down the unit. 3) Two separate fuses to protect against over current.
Optimum Control Features 1) Microprocessor PID control.
Constructional Features
2) Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions.
1) High-quality 304 grade stainless steel chamber interior and dirt-repellent external surface with power coating.
3) Built-in digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function.
2) Perfectly sealed door gasket minimizing heat loss and fully insulated chambers.
4) Timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min.
3) Adjustable and electropolished stainless steel wire shelves allowing efficient air-flow and easy cleaning. (exept for SI and IS Models)
5) Operation mode selection after power interruption: either Automatic Run or Manual Run. 6) Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. 7) Easy conversion between âł&#x201E; and âł&#x2026; 8) Self-diagnostic function identifying errors. 9) Intuitive control panel design based on HMI(Human Machine Interface) system: - bright LED displays as well as splashproof and easy-to-clean keypads. - Quick-lock button preventing accidental parameter changes. (for IB, IL, and ILP Models only)
- Separate power switches for shaker and independent incubation. ( IS-971RF, SIF Models only)
Mini Incubator & Hybridization Oven 1) Over temperature limit protection and open door alert. 2) Microprocessor PID control. 3) Simple calibration function. 4) Ease-of-operation provided by a bright VFD, responsive touch buttons, and a jog dial. 5) Memory function of programmed protocols allowing relevant parameters (such as temperature, rocking speed, time, etc) of each protocol step to be stored. (HO-10 only)
I
Incubators
Incubators (General Models)
Versatile air-jacketed natural convection incubators. Specially designed for uniform temperature distribution and minimal sample contamination caused by external air intrusion.
Operating Features t Temperature control: +5°$ above ambient to 70°$. t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function : 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm. t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display and touch-sensitive keypad.
(0.1Ⳅ resolution)
t RS-232 interface.
Constructional Features t Fully insulated dual-wall door with magnetic rubber gasket.
IB-05G
t Vibration-free design ideal for yeast cultivation.
Included Accessories
t 2 Wire Shelves
t Compact and lightweight construction with completely sealed gasket.
Optional Accessories see page 74
t Perforated Shelves t Stacking Kits for Stackable Chambers
t Stackable up to 2 units using the optional stacking kit. (optional) t Convenient sample monitoring without affecting chamber temperature via the inner tempered-glass door. t Detachable shelves and round-cornered chamber interior allowing easy cleaning. t Durable incoloy heating element with radiator fans for efficient heat dissipation. t Built-in cable port to use other instruments inside the chamber. (dia 38mm/1.5Ⳅ, provided silicon or rubber cap)
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Temperature
Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Fluctuation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ
Interior (mm / inch)
Dimension (W×D×H)
Exterior (mm / inch)
Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.
56
IB-05G 60 / 2.1 0.1 / 0.18 0.6 / 1.08 400×360×420 / 15.7×14.2×16.5 595×555×745 / 23×22×29 45 / 99 1.3A AAH21162K 2.8A AAH21166U
IB-15G 102 / 3.6 Amb. +5 to 70 / Amb. +9 to 158 0.1 / 0.18 0.2 / 0.36 480×410×520 / 18.9×16.1×20.5 675×605×855 / 27×24×34 55 / 121 2.2A AAH21172K 4.6A AAH21176U
IB-25G 151 / 5.3 0.2 / 0.36 0.6 / 1.08 610×460×540 / 24×18×21.3 805×655×885 / 32×26×35 62 / 136 3.1A AAH21182K 6.4A AAH21186U
Incubators
Incubators (Economy Models) Affordable yet exceptionally reliable incubators featuring film type heaters. Thanks to the film type heaters attached to the inner chamber’s external walls, IB-E series incubators are free from noise, vibration, and mechanical troubles.
Operating Features t Temperature control: +3°C above ambient to 60°C. t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm. t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad.
Constructional Features t Vibration-free design ideal for yeast cultivation. t Compact and lightweight design with completely sealed gasket. t Stackable up to 2 units using the optional stacking kit. (optional) t Convenient sample monitoring without affecting chamber temperature via the inner tempered-glass door.
IB-01E
t Detachable shelves and round-cornered chamber interior allowing easy cleaning.
Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 74
t 2 Wire Shelves t Perforated Shelves t Stacking Kits for Sstackable Chambers
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Temperature
Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Fluctuation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ
Interior (mm / inch)
Dimension (W×D×H)
Exterior (mm / inch)
Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.
IB-01E 65 / 2.3 0.2 / 0.36 0.6 / 1.08 423×355×445 / 16.7×14×17.5 533×475×725 / 21×18.7×28.5 33 / 72.8 1.1A AAH26015K 2.1A AAH26016U
IB-11E 150 / 5.3 Amb. +3 to 60 / Amb. +5.4 to 140 0.3 / 0.54 0.8 / 1.44 500×515×585 / 19.7×20.3×23 595×630×865 / 23.5×24.8×34 47 / 103.6 2.2A AAH26025K 4.2A AAH26026U
IB-21E 205 / 7.2 0.1 / 0.18 1.1 / 1.98 623×515×630 / 24.5×20.3×24.8 740×630×910 / 29.1×24.8×35.8 57 / 125.7 2.4A AAH26035K 4.6A AAH26036U
1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.
57
I Please visit
Incubators
Incubators (2 & 4-chamber Models) .com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.
IB-02G-4C
58
Incubators
Incubators (2 & 4-chamber Models) Suitable for conducting each different experiments in two or four chamber incubators. Force convection incubating with great temperature variation. Efficient to use with the limited laboratory environment.
Operating Features t Temperature range: Amb. +5âł&#x201E; UP âł&#x201E; t Independent temperature and timer control of each chamber using microprocessor PID. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: ranging from 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t Three most commonly used temperature settings programmable. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1âł&#x201E; resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert.
Constructional Features t Two or four independently controlled 60L chambers merged into a single unit for space saving. t Forced air convection generated by a noiseless and powerful sirocco fan ensuring optimal air circulation, temperature uniformity. t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior. t Detachable shelves and rounded inner chamber corners allowing convenient cleaning.
IB-02G-2C
t Built-in cable port to use other instruments inside the chamber.
Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 74
t Built-in casters for easy transport and installation.
t 8JSF 4IFMWFT QFS DIBNCFS t 1FSGPSBUFE 4IFMWFT
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Temperature
Range (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;) Fluctuation 1) at 37âł&#x201E; (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;) Variation 1) at 37âł&#x201E; (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;
Interior (mm / inch)
Dimension (WĂ&#x2014;DĂ&#x2014;H)
Exterior (mm / inch)
Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.
IB-02G-2C
IB-02G-4C
60 / 2.1 x 2 Chambers
60 / 2.1 x 4 Chambers
"NC UP "NC UP 0.2 / 0.36 0.5 / 0.9 400Ă&#x2014;360Ă&#x2014;420 / 15.7Ă&#x2014;14.2Ă&#x2014;16.5 400Ă&#x2014;360Ă&#x2014;420 / 15.7Ă&#x2014;14.2Ă&#x2014;16.5 x 2 Chambers x 4 Chambers 570Ă&#x2014;640Ă&#x2014;1340 / 22.4Ă&#x2014;25.2Ă&#x2014;52.8
1170Ă&#x2014;640Ă&#x2014;1340 / 46.1Ă&#x2014;25.2Ă&#x2014;52.8
110 / 242.5 4.1A AAH2A115K 7.5A AAH2A116U
170 / 374.8 4.1A x 2EA AAH2A015K 7.5A x 2EA AAH2A016U
1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.
59
I Please visit
Incubators
Low Temp. Incubators (Forced Convection Models) .com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.
IL-21 / IL-21A
60
Incubators
Low Temp. Incubators (Forced Convection Models) Superb low temperature incubation performance using a noiseless HBP compressor cooling system which reduces water evaporation within the chambers.
Operating Features t Temperature control: 0°C to 60°$ t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm. t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile. t Adjustable three-step fan speed with defrosting time and period control. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1âł&#x201E; resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t RS-232 interface.
Constructional Features t Forced air convection using an optimal cross flow fan for chamber temperature uniformity. t Large chamber volume: maximum 244L. (8.6 cu ft)
IL-21
t Built-in electrical outlet with a safety cover inside the chamber.
Included Accessories
t 2 Wire Shelves for IL -11 t 3 Wire Shelves for IL -21 Optional Accessories t Perforated Shelves see page 74
t Convenient sample monitoring without affecting chamber temperature via the inner tempered-glass door. t Detachable shelves and round-cornered chamber interior allowing easy cleaning.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Refrigerator (Hp) Range (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;) Temperature Fluctuation 1) at 25âł&#x201E; (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;) Variation 1) at 25âł&#x201E; (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;
Interior (mm / inch) Dimension (WĂ&#x2014;DĂ&#x2014;H)
Exterior (mm / inch)
Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.
IL -11 150 / 5.32 1 / 8 HBP
0.5 / 0.9 600Ă&#x2014;500Ă&#x2014;500 / 24Ă&#x2014;20Ă&#x2014;20 735Ă&#x2014;742Ă&#x2014;1010 / 28.9Ă&#x2014;29Ă&#x2014;40 100 / 220 60Hz, 4.5A AAH22041K 60Hz, 8.3A AAH22046U
50Hz, 4.5A AAH22042K
IL -21 244 / 8.6 1 / 6 HBP 0 to 60 / +32 to 140 0.1 / 0.18 0.4 / 0.72 500Ă&#x2014;520Ă&#x2014;940 / 20Ă&#x2014;20.5Ă&#x2014;37 635Ă&#x2014;740Ă&#x2014;1630 / 25Ă&#x2014;29Ă&#x2014;64 135 / 297 60Hz, 6.4A AAH22051K 60Hz, 10.6A AAH22056U
50Hz, 6.4A AAH22052K
1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.
61
I
Incubators
Low Temp. Incubators (Air-jacketed Models)
Specially designed for optimal temperature control as well as minimal sample contamination caused by external air intrusion. Superb low temperature incubation performance thanks to the silent HBP compressor cooling system which also reduces water evaporation within the chamber.
Operating Features t Temperature control: +4°$ to 60°$ t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm. t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile. t Adjustable three-step fan speed with defrosting time and period control. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1âł&#x201E; resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t RS-232 interface.
Constructional Features
IL-11A
t Natural convection within the chamber induced by the heater and the fan located inside the air jacket.
Included Accessories
t Large chamber volume: maximum 244L. (8.6 cu ft)
t 2 Wire Shelves for IL-11A t 3 Wire Shelves for IL-21A Optional Accessories t Perforated Shelves see page 74
t Built-in electrical outlet with a safety cover inside the chamber. t Convenient sample monitoring without affecting chamber temperature via the inner tempered-glass door. t Detachable shelves and round-cornered chamber interior allowing easy cleaning.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Refrigerator (Hp) Range (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;) Temperature Fluctuation 1) at 25âł&#x201E; (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;) Variation 1) at 25âł&#x201E; (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;
Interior (mm / inch) Dimension (WĂ&#x2014;DĂ&#x2014;H)
Exterior (mm / inch)
Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.
62
IL -11A 162 / 5.7 1 / 6 HBP
600Ă&#x2014;540Ă&#x2014;500 / 24Ă&#x2014;21.3Ă&#x2014;20 770Ă&#x2014;772Ă&#x2014;1060 / 30Ă&#x2014;30Ă&#x2014;42 108 / 238.1 60Hz, 6.9A AAH22061K 60Hz, 10.2A AAH22063U
254 / 9 1 / 4 HBP +4 to 60 / +39.2 to 140 0.2 / 0.36 0.5 / 0.9 500Ă&#x2014;540Ă&#x2014;940 / 20Ă&#x2014;21.3Ă&#x2014;37 670Ă&#x2014;760Ă&#x2014;1680 / 26Ă&#x2014;30Ă&#x2014;66 145 / 319.7 50Hz, 6.9A 60Hz, 8.4A AAH22062K AAH22071K 60Hz, 12.3A AAH22073U
IL -21A
50Hz, 8.4A AAH22072K
Incubators
Low Temp. Incubators (Personal Models) Compact, stackable, energy-efficient, and yet exceptionally reliable low temperature incubators using Peltier technology. Contrary to conventional compressor-cooled incubators, Peltier Low Temperature Incubators generate little vibration, noise, and heat.
Operating Features t Temperature control: +10Ⳅ to 40Ⳅ at ambient temperature of 25Ⳅ. t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm. t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile. t Adjustable 3-step fan speed with defrosting time and period control. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t RS-232 interface.
Constructional Features t Convenient sample monitoring without affecting chamber temperature via the inner tempered-glass door. t Environment-friendly insulation material (EPDM) used for safety and convenience. (compliant with ASTM-C534 specification)
ILP-02 stackable chambers
t Space-saving design allowing even the smaller (14L) unit to hold two 1000mL Erlenmeyer flasks.
Included Accessories Optional Accessories
t 1 Wire Shelf for ILP-02 t 2 Wire Shelves for ILP-12 t Perforated Shelves
see page 74
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Temperature
Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Fluctuation 1) at 25Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 25Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ
Interior (mm / inch)
Dimension (W×D×H)
Exterior (mm / inch)
Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.
ILP -02 14 / 0.5
0.5 / 0.9 315×200×230 / 12.4×7.9×9.1 430×495×400 / 17×19.4×15.7 27.5 / 60.6 60Hz, 1.8A AAH24031K 60Hz, 3.4A AAH24033U
ILP -12
48 / 1.7 10 to 40Ⳅ (50~104ⳅ) at ambient temperature of 25Ⳅ 0.1 / 0.18 0.4 / 0.72 334×334×430 / 13.1×13.1×17 430×665×620 / 17×26.2×24.4 49 / 108 50Hz, 1.8A 60Hz, 3.5A AAH24032K AAH24041K 60Hz, 6.7A AAH24043U
50Hz, 3.5A AAH24042K
1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.
63
I Please visit
Incubators
Low Temp. Incubator (2 & 4-chamber Models) .com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.
IL-11-4C
64
Incubators
Low Temp. Incubator (2 & 4-chamber Models) Featuring two or four incubation chambers in a single unit, this Low Temperature Incubator is designed to offer an ideal and cost-effective solution for laboratories with limited space and budget. Superb low temperature incubation performance thanks to the silent HBP compressor cooling system which also reduces water evaporation within the chamber.
Operating Features t Temperature range: 0Ⳅ to 60Ⳅ. t Independent temperature and timer control of each chamber using microprocessor PID. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: ranging from 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t Three most commonly used temperature settings programmable. t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile. t Adjustable 3 step fan speed with defrosting time and period control. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t RS-232 interface.
Constructional Features t Tow or four independently controlled 150L chambers (Model IL-11) merged into a single unit for space saving. t Convenient sample monitoring without affecting chamber temperature via the inner tempered-glass door.
IL-11-4C
t Detachable shelves and rounded inner chamber corners allowing convenient cleaning.
Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 74
t Built-in casters for easy transport and installation.
t XJSF TIFMWFT QFS DIBNCFS t 1FSGPSBUFE 4IFMWFT
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Refrigerator (Hp) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation 1) at 25Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 25Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ
Interior (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H)
Exterior (mm / inch)
Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.
IL-11-2C
IL-11-4C
150 / 5.3 x 2 Chambers 1/8 HBP x 2EA
150 / 5.3 x 4 Chambers 1/8 HBP x 4EA
0 to 60Ⳅ / +32 to 140ⳅ 0.1 / 0.18 0.5 / 0.9 600x500x500 / 23.6x19.7x19.7 600x500x500 / 23.6x19.7x19.7 x 2 Chambers x 4 Chambers 760x760x1690 1500x760x1690 / 29.9x29.9x66.1 / 59.1x29.9x66.1 180 / 397 350 / 772 9A 9A x 2EA AAH28111K AAH28011K 9A 9A x 2EA AAH28112K AAH28012K 16.5A 16.5A x 2EA AAH28113U AAH28013U
1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.
65
I Please visit
Incubators
Incubated Shakers (Benchtop Models) .com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.
SI-600R Optional Accessories see page 75-77
SI-600R Control Display
66
t Universal / Dedicated Platforms, Rubber Mats, Universal Attachments t Flask Clamps, Funnel Clamps t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks t Microplate Holders (three styles) t Lab Sticker
Incubators
Incubated Shakers (Benchtop Models) Digital incubating/ refrigerating benchtop shakers. Combining a benchtop incubator/refrigerator with a dual-action (orbital and reciprocating) shaker, SI series shakers offer versatility for a variety of biological and biotech applications.
Shaking Features t Dual shaking modes: orbital or reciprocating action. t Speed range: 10 to 300 rpm. t Programmable shaking motion. - Timer range: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec. - Forward & Backward, Pause: 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec. t Selectable orbit diameter or stroke length: 20, 30, 40mm.
Operating Features t Temperature control: +5°C above ambient to 60°$. (for SI-300 and SI-600) +15Ⳅ to 60Ⳅ. (for SI-300R and SI-600R) t Microprocessor PID control.
Inside of SI Models
Constructional Features
t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min.
t Maintenance-free and durable BLDC motor.
t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm.
t High-velocity fan ensuring uniform temperature distribution and rapid thermal recovery.
t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings.
t Convenient sample monitoring thanks to the transparent acryl lid and the fluorescent lamp.
t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile.
t Gas spring lid supports providing soft closing, smooth motion, and stopping.
t Adjustable 3-step fan speed with defrosting time and period control.
t Environment-friendly CFC-free refrigerant. (for SI-300R and SI-600R)
t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t RS-232 interface.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature
Fluctuation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Refrigerator (Hp) Motion Type Speed Range (RPM)
Shaking System
Timer
Amplitude Size (mm / inch, dia.) Recip Stroke Length (mm / inch) Volume (L / cu ft) Platform (W×D) (mm / inch) Internal (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Dimension Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.
SI-300
SI-300R
SI-600
SI-600R
Amb. +5 to 60 (Amb. +9 to 140) for SI-300, 600 +15 to 60 (+59 to 140) for SI-300R, 600R 0.3 / 0.54 0.6 / 1.08 0.1 / 0.18 0.2 / 0.36 1.6 / 2.88 1.5 / 2.7 0.7 / 1.26 0.3 / 0.54 1 / 8 HBP (220V, 230V) 1 / 8 HBP (220V, 230V) 1 / 6 HBP (100V, 120V) 1 / 6 HBP (100V, 120V) Orbital or Reciprocating motion selectable 10 to 300 Run time: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec Forward & Backward, Pause: 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec 20, 30, 40 / 0.8, 1.2, 1.6 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2 20, 30, 40 / 0.8, 1.2, 1.6 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2 53 / 1.9 83 / 2.9 350×350 / 13.8×13.8 450×450 / 17.7×17.7 410×410×320 / 16.1×16.1×12.6 510×510×320 / 20.1×20.1×12.6 442×740×622 / 17.4×29.1×24.5 542×850×622 / 21.4×33.5×24.5 74 / 163 85 / 187 91 / 200 102 / 225 60Hz, 4A 50Hz, 4A 50Hz, 5.5A 60Hz, 4A 50Hz, 4A 60Hz, 5.5A 50Hz, 5.5A AAH23101K AAH23102K AAH23112K AAH23201K AAH23202K AAH23211K AAH23212K 50/60Hz, 7.5A 60Hz, 10.1A 50/60Hz, 7.5A 60Hz, 10.1A AAH23106U AAH23113U AAH23206U AAH23213U
1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.
67
I Please visit
Incubators
Incubated Shakers (Floor Standing Models) .com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.
Certification only for the IS-971/971R
IS-971R Optional Accessories see page 75-77
IS-971R Control Display
68
t Universal / Dedicated Platforms, Rubber Mats, Universal Attachments t Flask Clamps, Funnel Clamps t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks t Microplate Holders (three styles) t Lab Sticker
Incubators
Incubated Shakers (Floor Standing Models) Large capacity and heavy workload shaking with rapid heating and cooling performance. (up to four 6L flask) Exclusive drive mechanism delivering years of trouble-free service.
Shaking Features t Dual shaking modes: orbital or reciprocating mode selectable. t Speed range: 10 to 300 rpm. t Programmable shaking control. - Timer range: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec. - Forward & Backward, Pause: 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec. t Selectable orbit diameter or stroke length: 30, 40, 50, 60, 70mm. Inside of IS Models
Operating Features
Constructional Features
t Temperature control: $ above ambient to 60Ⰼ $ (for IS-971) +5Ⰼ $ to 60Ⰼ $ (for IS-971R) +4Ⰼ $ below ambient to 60Ⰼ $ (for IS-971RF) -15Ⰼ
t Maintenance-free and durable BLDC motor. t High-velocity fan ensuring uniform temperature distribution and rapid thermal recovery.
t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm. t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings.
t Convenient sample monitoring thanks to the transparent top viewing window minimizing the need to open the lid. (except for IS - 971RF)
t Gas spring lid supports providing soft closing, smooth motion, and stopping. t Environment-friendly CFC-free refrigerant. (for IS-971R and IS-971RF)
t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile.
t Built-in casters for easy transport.
t Adjustable 3-step fan speed with defrosting time and period control.
t Lockable lid for added safety.
t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display and touchsensitive keypad for temperature (0.1Ⳅ resolution), speed, and shaking motion control.
t Adjustable 5-brightness (maximum 12,000 lux) illumination lamp. (optional for IS-971RF only)
t RS-232 interface.
Specifications & Ordering Information Certification only for the IS-971/971R
Model Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature
Fluctuation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Refrigerator Motion Type Speed Range (RPM)
Shaking System
Dimension
Timer Amplitude Size (mm / inch, dia.) Recip Stroke Length (mm / inch) Volume (L / cu ft) Platform (W×D) (mm / inch) Internal (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch)
Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.
IS-971
IS-971R
IS-971RF
Amb. +5 to 60 / Amb. +9 to 140
+4 to 60 / +40 to 140
Amb. -15 to 60 / Amb. -27 to 140
0.2 / 0.36 0.8 / 1.44 1 / 3 LBP (AC 120V) 1 / 3 LBP (AC 120V) 1 / 6 HBP (AC 230V) 1 / 4 HBP (AC 230V) Orbital or Reciprocating motion selectable 10 to 300 Run time: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec Forward & Backward, Pause: 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec 30, 40, 50, 60, 70 / 1.2, 1.6, 2 , 2.4, 2.8 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2 30, 40, 50, 60, 70 / 1.2, 1.6, 2 , 2.4, 2.8 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2 270 / 9.5 755×481 / 29.7×18.9 894×634×480 / 35.2×25×18.9 1,132×810×1,045 / 1,132×810×1,075 / 44.6×31.9×41.1 44.6×31.9×42.3 180 / 396.8 195 / 429.9 210 / 462.9 50 / 60Hz, 5.2A 60Hz, 7.3A 50Hz, 7.3A 60Hz, 9.3A 50Hz, 9.3A AAH23306K AAH23321K AAH23322K AAH23351K AAH23352K 60Hz, 11.2A 60Hz, 13.8A 60Hz, 17A AAH23336U AAH23346U AAH23356U
1) Technical data according to DIN 12880. ⲼCertification only for the IS-971, IS-971R.
69
I
Incubators
Incubated Shakers (Chamber Models)
Please visit
.com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.
SIF-6000R Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 75-77
t 2 Wire Shelves t Universal / Dedicated Platforms, Rubber Mats, Universal Attachments t Flask Clamps, Funnel Clamps t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks t Microplate Holders (three styles) t Lab Sticker
SIF-6000R Control Display
70
Incubators
Incubated Shakers (Chamber Models) Specially designed to be double-stacked on the floor or located on/ under the lab benches for space saving. Multi-purpose incubated shakers featuring a wide range of temperature control and large chamber volume. (up to two 6L flasks)
Shaking Features t Dual shaking modes: orbital or reciprocating mode selectable. t Speed range: 10 to 300 rpm. (10 to 250rpm for the top unit of a stack) t Programmable shaking control. - Timer range: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec. - Forward & Backward, Pause: 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec. t Selectable orbit diameter or stroke length. - SIF-5000 and SIF-5000R: 19 and 25mm. - SIF-6000 and SIF-6000R: 25 and 38mm.
Operating Features
Inside of SIF Models
t Temperature control: $ above ambient to 80Ⰼ $. (for SIF-5000 and SIF-6000) +5Ⰼ $ below ambient to 80Ⰼ $. (for SIF-5000R and SIF-6000R) -20Ⰼ
Constructional Features
t Microprocessor PID control.
t Stackable up to 2 units. t Maintenance-free and durable BLDC motor.
t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions.
t High-velocity fan ensuring uniform temperature distribution and rapid thermal recovery.
t Timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm.
t Convenient sample monitoring thanks to the transparent front window and the built-in lamp minimizing the need to open the door.
t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile.
t Environment-friendly CFC-free refrigerant. (for SIF-5000R and SIF-6000R)
t Adjustable 3-step fan speed with defrosting time and period control.
t Built-in casters for easy transport. t Lockable door for added safety.
t Intuitive control panel with LED display and touch-sensitive keypad.
t Built-in electrical outlet with a safety cover inside the chamber.
t RS-232 interface.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model
SIF-5000
Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature 1)
Shaking System
Fluctuation at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Refrigerator (Hp) Motion Type Speed Range (RPM) Timer
-
SIF-5000R
SIF-6000
Amb.+5 to 80 [Amb.+41 to 176] for SIF -5000, 6000 Amb.-20 to 80 [Amb. -4 to 176] for SIF -5000R, 6000R 0.1 / 0.18 1.0 / 1.8 1/8Hp, HBP Orbital or Reciprocating motion (Default : Orbital motion) 10 to 300 (Stackable Top :10 to 250) Run time(10sec ~ 999hr 59min 59sec) Pause, Forward, Backward(10sec ~ 59min 59sec)
SIF-6000R
1/6Hp, HBP
Amplitude Size (mm / inch, dia.) 19, 25 / 0.75, 1 Available - Standard 19 / 0.75 25, 38 / 1, 1.5 Available - Standard 25 / 1 Recip Stroke Length (mm / inch) Volume (L / cu ft) 80 / 2.8 150 / 5.3 350×350 / 13.8x13.8 450×450 / 17.7×17.7 Platform (W×D, mm / inch) 440×440×418 / 17.3×17.3×16.5 540×540×518 / 21.3×21.3×20.4 Interior (W×D×H, mm / inch) Dimension Exterior (W×D×H, mm / inch) 570×815×900 / 22.4×32.1×35.4 670×895×980 / 26.4×35.2×38.6 2/8 2 / 11 Shelves (Standard / Max) 120 / 264.6 130 / 286.6 140 / 308.6 150 / 330.7 Net Weight (kg / Ibs) 60Hz, 4A 50Hz, 4A 60Hz, 7.2A 50Hz, 7.2A 60Hz, 5.4A 50Hz, 5.4A 60Hz, 7.3A 50Hz, 7.3A Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. AAH27021K AAH27022K AAH27121K AAH27122K AAH27011K AAH27012K AAH27111K AAH27112K 50/60Hz, 11.1A 60Hz, 12.9A 50/60Hz, 11.2A 60Hz, 13.1A Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No. AAH27026U AAH27123U AAH27016U AAH27113U
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5Ⳅ to 40Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 80%). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ(with refrigerator) / 25Ⳅ(without refrigerator), no load. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.
71
I
Incubators Mini Incubator
Compact design for efficient lab sapce unilization Maximum 8 microplates can be inserted to inner chamber for ELISA.
Operating Features t Temperature range: from ambient +5 to 65Ⳅ. t Door opening alarm t Protection of the main body and the circuit board against overheating. t Microprocessor PID feedback control of the heater and the fan ensuring temperature uniformity. t Automatic temperature calibration. t Ease-of-operation provided by a bright VFD (vacuum fluorescent display), responsive touch buttons, and a jog dial.
Constructional Features
IM-10 with the included Wire Shelves Included Accessories
t 2 Wire Shelves
Optional Accessories see page 74
t Perforated Shelves
t Compact design for space saving of laboratory of the chamber interior. t Wire shelves are provided for space saving of inner chamber. Maximum 4 wire shelves supporting 8 microplates is especialy suitable for ELISA. t Push buttons for easy opening of door. t Transparent polycarbonate window providing a clear view of the chamber interior.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Volume (L / cu ft) Wire Shelf (W×D) (mm / inch) Dimension Internal (W×D×H) (mm / inch) External (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical requirements (230V, 50/60 ⼺) Cat. No. Electrical requirements (120V, 50/60 ⼺) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.
72
IM-10 Amb. +5 to 65 / Amb. +9 to 149 0.5 / 0.9 0.5 / 0.9 10 / 0.4 247 x 247 / 9.7 x 9.7 278 x 262 x 160 / 11 x 10.4 x 6.3 400 x 410 x 264 / 15.7 x 16.1 x 10.4 12.8 / 28.2 2.8A AAH24315K 2.8A AAH24316U
Incubators Hybridization Oven
Equipped with a precise rocker, this unit is offering ideal reproducibility for various molecular biology applications such as nucleic acid hybridization, Western, immunoblotting, immunoprecipitation, etc. Shaking Features t Rocking motion: Tilt 8.5°. t Speed range: 5 to 50 rpm.
Operating Features t Temperature range: from ambient +5 to 65Ⳅ t Audible and visual alarms are activated: - when preset temperature limit is reached. - when each step of any programmed mode is terminated. - when low humidity level is detected by the sensor. - when the door is open. t Door opening and low humidity alarm.
HO-10 with the included Water Tray
t Over temperature limit protection. t Microprocessor PID feedback control of the heater and the fan ensuring temperature uniformity. t Automatic temperature calibration. t Ease-of-operation provided by a bright VFD, responsive touch buttons, and a jog dial. t Memory function of programmed protocols allowing relevant parameters (such as temperature, rocking speed, time, etc.) of each protocol step to be stored. - Up to 10 protocols allowed for memory storage. - Up to 10 steps allowed for each protocol.
Constructional Features t Compact design for efficient lab space utilization. t Transparent polycarbonate window providing a clear view of the chamber interior. t Built-in sliding shelf for quick and convenient insertion or removal of samples. t Sticky pad on sliding shelf for preventing accidental movement or spills of samples during operation. t Drying function for the hybridization and washed membranes or strips.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation at 50Ⳅ, 9RPM (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation at 50Ⳅ, 9RPM (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Motion Type Speed Range (RPM) Shaking System Tilt Angle Max. Load (kg / lbs) Volume (L / cu ft) Sliding Shelf (W×D) (mm / inch) Dimension Internal (W×D×H) (mm / inch) External (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical requirements (230V, 60 ⼺) Cat. No. Electrical requirements (230V, 50⼺) Cat. No.
HO-10 Amb. +5 to 65 / Amb. +9 to 149 0.5 / 0.9 0.5 / 0.9 Rocking Motion 5 to 50 8.5°±1 1 / 2.2 10 / 0.4 256 x 198 / 10.1 x 7.8 278 x 262 x 160 / 11 x 10.4 x 6.3 400 x 410 x 264 / 15.7 x 16.1 x 10.4 14 / 30.9 2.8A AAH1B011K 2.8A AAH1B012K
1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.
73
I
Incubators
Accessories & Options
Wire Shelves
Perforated Shelves
Universal Platforms
Wire Shelves Stainless steel and electropolished shelves are readily removed without using tools for easy cleaning. Cat. No. EDA8136 EDA8135 EDA8137 EDA8136 EDA8220 EDA8219 EDA8136 EDA8219 EDA8220 EDA8223 EDA8221 EDA8235 EDA8233 EDA8244
Models IB-05G IB-15G IB-25G IB-01E IB-11E IB-21E IB-02G-2C IB-02G-4C IL-11 / 11A IL-11-2C IL-11-4C IL-21 / 21A ILP-02 ILP-12 SIF-5000 / R SIF-6000 / R IM-10
Description Maximum
Included 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 8 2 4 8 3 1 2 2 2 2
8 12 12 11 14 15 16 32 12 24 48 26 6 11 8 11 5
W×L (mm / inch) 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 446×366 / 17.6×14.4 576×419 / 22.7×16.5 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 466×490 / 17.6×19.3 566×466 / 22.3×17.6 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 566×466 / 22.3×17.6 466×490 / 17.6×19.3 195×310 / 7.7×12.2 305×299 / 12 ×11.8 416×406 / 16.4×16.0 516×506 / 20.3×19.9 247×247 / 9.7×9.7
Perforated Shelves Stainless steel shelves are readily removed without using tools for easy cleaning. Cat. No. AAA12531 AAA12532 AAA12535 AAA12531 AAA22522 AAA22521 AAA12531 AAA22521 AAA22522 AAA24501 AAA24502 AAA24511
Models IB-05G IB-15G IB-25G IB-01E IB-11E IB-21E IB-02G-2C IB-02G-4C IL-11 / 11A IL-11-2C IL-11-4C IL-21 / 21A ILP-02 ILP-12 IM-10
Description Maximum
W×L (mm / inch)
8 12 12 11 14 15 16 32 12 24 48 26 6 11 5
366×316 / 14.4×12.4 446×366 / 17.6×14.4 576×419 / 22.7×16.5 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 466×490 / 17.6×19.3 566×466 / 22.3×17.6 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 566×466 / 22.3×17.6 466×490 / 17.6×19.3 195×310 / 7.7×12.2 305×299 / 12×11.8 247×247 / 9.7×9.7
Stacking Kits Stackable up to 2 units using exclusive stacking kits for space saving. (for IB-G and IB-E Models only) Cat. No. AAA21521 AAA21522 AAA21523 AAA26501 AAA26502 AAA26503
74
Models IB-05G IB-15G IB-25G IB-01E IB-11E IB-21E
Description Stacking kits for stackable chambers Stacking kits for stackable chambers Stacking kits for stackable chambers Stacking kits for stackable chambers Stacking kits for stackable chambers Stacking kits for stackable chambers
Incubators
Accessories & Options
Funnel Clamps
Flask Clamps
Plastic Clamps
Universal Platforms, Flask Clamps, and Funnel Clamps Universal platforms provide flexibility for mixing assortments of test tubes and glassware of varying sizes on a single platform. Various clamps for Erlenmeyer flasks and separatory funnels are available. Description Universal Platform Cat. No. Max. Mountable Flask Clamps * Cat. No. Erlenmeyer Flask Size Steel Plastic AAA23550 AAA23551 AAA23552 AAA23556 AAA23553 AAA23554 AAA23555 AAA23557 AAA23558 AAA23559
(AAA30570) (AAA30571) (AAA30573) (AAA30574) (AAA30575) (AAA30576) (AAA30577) -
for 50mL for 100mL for 250mL for 300mL for 500mL for 1L for 2L for 2.8L for 4L for 6L
SI-300(R)
SI-600(R)
IS-971(R/F)
SIF-5000(R)
SIF-6000(R)
AAA23501-V1
AAA23502-V1
AAA23503-V1
AAA31501-V1
AAA31502-V1
28 (22) 24 (16) 13 (9) 13 (9) 9 (8) 4 (4) 2 (2) 1 -
45 (30) 36 (25) 18 (17) 18 (17) 13 (9) 7 (8) 5 (4) 2 -
99 (65) 74 (52) 39 (33) 39 (33) 25 (20) 14 (12) 9 (6) 6 4 4
36 (28) 28 (16) 13 (12) 13 (12) 10 (9) 5 (5) 4 (4) 2 -
55 (39) 44 (29) 24 (20) 24 (16) 16 (12) 8 (9) 5 (5) 4 2 2
Max. Mountable Funnel Clamps * Cat. No. Separating Funnel Size AAA23562 AAA23563 AAA23564 AAA23565
for 250mL for 500mL for 1L for 2L
4 2 -
6 3 2 -
11 9 5 4
4 2 -
6 3 2 -
Dedicated Platforms When using a single flask size only, the dedicated platforms with pre-installed clamps provide maximum capacity. 250mL and 500mL clamps are standard but other sizes can be available. Cat. No. AAA23611 AAA23612 AAA23621 AAA23622 AAA23631 AAA23632 AAA31551 AAA31552 AAA31561 AAA31562
Description An universal platform for SI-300 Models with 250mL flask clamps 13ea An universal platform for SI-300 Models with 500mL flask clamps 9ea An universal platform for SI-600 Models with 250mL flask clamps 18ea An universal platform for SI-600 Models with 500mL flask clamps 13ea An universal platform for IS-971 Models with 250mL flask clamps 39ea An universal platform for IS-971 Models with 500mL flask clamps 25ea An universal platform for SIF-5000 Models with 250mL flask clamps 13ea An universal platform for SIF-5000 Models with 500mL flask clamps 10ea An universal platform for SIF-6000 Models with 250mL flask clamps 24ea An universal platform for SIF-6000 Models with 500mL flask clamps 16ea
* A dedicated platform is sold with setting each max. mountable amount of flask clamps on.
75
I
Incubators
Accessories & Options
Rubber Mats
Universal Attachments
Spring Wire Racks
Spring Wire Racks Ideal for holding a wide variety of tubes, flasks, and other glassware. All components are made of stainless steel. Description Spring wire racks Cat. No. Max. inserting flask clamps Erlenmeyer flask size for 50mL for 100mL for 250ml for 300mL for 500ml for 1L for 2L for 2.8L
SI-300(R)
SI-600(R)
IS-971(R/F)
SIF-5000(R)
SIF-6000(R)
AAA23521-VI
AAA23522-VI
AAA23523-VI
AAA31521-VI
AAA31522-VI
16 9 4 4 4 2 1 1
25 16 9 9 5 4 2 2
40 28 15 15 10 8 4 4
16 9 4 4 4 2 1 1
25 16 9 9 5 4 2 2
Rubber Mats Designed for low-speed applications, non-skid rubber mats allow quick addition or removal of flasks, plates or tubes. Models Cat. No.
SI-300(R)
SI-600(R)
IS-971(R/F)
SIF-5000(R)
SIF-6000(R)
AAA23531
AAA23532
AAA23533
AAA31531
AAA31532
Universal Attachments (Utility Carriers) Several adjustable clamping bars for quickly securing a variety of glassware or tubes on non-skid rubber mats. Suitable for flatbottomed flasks of various sizes. Models Cat. No.
Please visit
SI-300(R)
SI-600(R)
IS-971(R/F)
SIF-5000(R)
SIF-6000(R)
AAA31511
AAA31512
AAA31513
AAA31511
AAA31512
.com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.
76
Incubators
Accessories & Options
Tower Flat A Flat B Single
Microplate Holders
Lab Sticker
Test Tube Racks
Test Tube Racks Easy to release and mount racks made of durable stainless steel with adjustable angle and tube height support. Test tube racks are used with an optional universal platform. Cat. No. AAA23581 AAA23582 AAA23583 AAA23584 AAA23585 AAA23586 AAA23594
Description for 86 test tubes for 86 test tubes for 58 test tubes for 58 test tubes for 32 test tubes for 19 test tubes for 10 test tubes
Mountable Capacity of Racks *
8mm dia. (0.3˝) 10mm dia. (0.4˝) 12mm dia. (0.5˝) 14mm dia. (0.6˝) 16mm dia. (0.7˝) 25mm dia. (1.0˝) 35mm dia. (1.4˝)
SI-300(R)
SI-600(R)
2EA
4EA
IS-971(R/ F) SIF -5000 Series SIF-6000 Series 6EA
2 EA
4 EA
* No declination
Ⲽ We can manufacture other size of test tube racks to meet your specific requirements. Contact us for details.
Microplate Holders Available in three styles: tower type, flat type (small and large), and single type. Tower type holder is for 10 standard or deep well plates. Large flat holder is for 4 standard or deep well plates. Small flat holder is for 3 standard or deep well plates. Single type holder is for 1 standard or deep well plate. (standard well plates’ height: 14.7mm) Microplate Holders Cat. No. Max. Mountable Holders
Tower type
Flat-A type (large)
Flat-B type (small)
Single type
AAA23651
AAA23652
AAA23653
AAA23654
SI-300(R) SI-600(R) IS-971(R / F) SIF-5000 (R) SIF-6000 (R)
5 7 16 6 10
2 3 2
2 2 5 2 3
7 12 25 8 15
* Microplate holders need to be mounted on an universal platform which is sold separately.
Lab Sticker An alternative method for securing vessels to a shaker platform. Ideal for containers such as bottles and dishes that cannot be held on the universal platform with conventional flask clamps. Lab stickers can be regenerated for reuse by washing it with mild detergent and water. It cannot be used in water baths. For safe operation, gradual RPM increase is recommended. Description Lab Sticker Cat. No. Size (mm / inch, W×D×H)
Lab Sticker AAA30551 200×200×5 / 7.9×7.9×0.2
* Lab Sticker need to be mounted on an universal platform which is sold separately.
77
Ovens SELECTION GUIDE
Forced Convection Ovens (Mechanical) Description
(Ⳅ/ⳅ)
OF -02G OF -12G
Forced Convection Ovens Natural Convection Ovens Vacuum Ovens
Operating Temp. Range
OF-22G General Models
OF -300G OF -450G OF -750G OF -300H OF -450H OF -750H
2&4chamber Models Economy Models
OF-02G-2C OF-02G-4C OF -01E OF -11E OF -21E
Chamber Volume (L /cu ft)
Amb. +10 to 250 / Amb. +18 to 482
Amb. +10 to 200 / Amb.+18 to 392
Amb. +10 to 300 / Amb.+18 to 572
Amb. +10 to 200 / Amb. +18 to 392
Amb. +10 to 220 / Amb. +18 to 428
Temperature Temperature Fluctuation Variation Page at 100Ⳅ [±Ⳅ/ⳅ]
at 100Ⳅ [±Ⳅ/ⳅ]
60 / 2.1
0.5 / 0.9
1.0 / 1.8
102 / 3.6
0.6 / 1.08
1.3 / 2.3
151 / 5.3
0.8 / 1.44
1.7 / 3.1
314 / 11
0.2 / 0.36
0.9 / 1.6
450 / 15.9
0.1 / 0.18
0.7 / 1.3
760 / 26.8
0.2 / 0.36
1.5 / 2.7
314 / 11
0.9 / 1.6
450 / 15.9
0.2 / 0.36
80
82
0.8 / 1.4
760 / 26.8 60 / 2.1 x 2 chambers 60 / 2.1 x 4 chambers 52 / 1.8
1.9 / 3.4 0.5 / 0.9
1.0 / 1.8
100 / 3.5
0.4 / 0.72
3.3 / 5.94
84
3.3 / 5.94
150 / 5.3
86
2.3 / 4.14
Natural Convection Ovens (Gravity) Description
Operating Temp. Range (Ⳅ/ⳅ)
ON -02G
General Models
ON -12G
Economy Models
ON -11E
ON -22G ON -01E ON -21E
Chamber Volume (L /cu ft)
Temperature Temperature Fluctuation Variation Page at 100Ⳅ [±Ⳅ/ⳅ]
at 100Ⳅ [±Ⳅ/ⳅ]
0.3 / 0.54
7.5 / 13.5
52 / 1.8
5.9 / 10.62
Amb. +15 to 250 / Amb. +27 to 482
91 / 3.2
Amb. +15 to 220 / Amb. +27 to 428
52 / 1.8
0.3 / 0.54
6.5 / 11.7
100 / 3.5
0.4 / 0.72
4.1 / 7.38
150 / 5.3
0.5 / 0.9
7.3 / 13.14
135 / 4.8
87
6.9 / 12.42 88
Vacuum Ovens Description Vacuum
OV -11 OV -12
Operating Temp. Range
Chamber Volume
(Ⳅ/ⳅ)
(L /cu ft)
Amb. +5 to 250 / Amb. +9 to 482
Temperature Temperature Fluctuation Variation Page at 100Ⳅ[±Ⳅ/ⳅ]
28 / 1
0.1 / 0.18
65 / 2.3
0.3 / 0.54
at 100Ⳅ[±Ⳅ/ⳅ]
3.7 / 6.66
90
Accessories & Options Description
Page
for Convection Ovens
89
for Vacuum Ovens
91
GENERAL APPLICATIONS
General Applications
Forced, Nature Convection Ovens & Vacuum OF Models ON Models OV Models
General Aging and Curing Agricultural Genetic Annealing Asphalt Testing Conditioning Contamination-Free storage of semiconductors and other sensitive electronic components Desiccating Digestion of Proteins and Starches Drying of Plant Tissue Drug Metabolism Electronic Burn-in Epoxy and Plastic Curing Fine Chemical Precipitation General Baking General Heating Glassware Drying Ideal for General Drying Life and Exposure Studies Ordnance Material Testing Out-gassing Solids and Liquids Paper Drying Plating Precise Moisture Determination Preheating Rubber Drying Serum Protein Analysis Silicon Wafer Drying Stability and QC/ Batch Testing Sterilization Suspended Solids Evaluation Textile Drying Vacuum Embedding Volatile Resins and Polymers Testing Vulcanization Studies
t t t t t
t t t
t t
t t t
t t t
t t t t t t t t
t t
t t
t
t
t t t
t
t t t
t t t t
t t t
t t t t
t t t t
t
t t t
t
TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features 1) Open door alert (except for OV Models): - Activation of audible and visible alarms. - Automatic power cutoff from the heater and the fan (only OF Models) if the door is open for the minimize heat loss and also to protect the operator. 2) Protection against overheating by automatic power cutoff from the heater and controller in sequence. 3) Two separate fuses for protecting against overcurrent. (without OF-300, 450, 750 G/H Models)
Optimum Control Features 1) Microprocessor PID control. 2) Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel design using HMI (Human Machine Interface) network system. - Bright LED displays. - Splash-proof and easy-to-clean keypad. - Quick-lock button for preventing accidental parameter changes. - Similar keypad arrangements throughout the entire bath, circulator, and shaker models. 3) Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. 4) Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. 5) Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min 6) Operation mode selection after power interruption: either Automatic or Manual Run. 7) Switch from Celsius and Fahrenheit. (âł&#x201E; or âł&#x2026;)
Constructional Features 1) Grade 304 Stainless Steel chamber interior and dirt-repellent external surface with power coating. (without OV Models)
2) Air-tight door gasket minimizing heat loss. 3) Fully insulated oven chamber maintaining the exterior at a safe temperature. 4) Adjustable and electro polished stainless steel wire shelves allowing efficient airflow and easy cleaning. (without OV Models)
O Please visit
Ovens
Forced Convection Ovens (General Models) .com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Oven products Information is readily available on our website.
OF-22G with an optional Viewing Window
80
Ovens
Forced Convection Ovens (General Models) Superb air dispersion and uniform temperature distribution Equipped with a powerful yet noiseless sirocco fan, OF-G Models ovens provide superb drying performance especially suitable for samples with high moisture content.
Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control: 10°C above ambient to 250°C t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t RS-232 interface.
Constructional Features t Forced air convection generated by a noiseless and powerful sirocco fan ensuring optimal air circulation, temperature uniformity, and short heat-up time. t Rounded inner chamber corners for easy cleaning and optimal airflow. t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior. t Adjustable dual slide vents for controlling inner vapor circulation. (diameter: 38mm/1.5”) t Threefold tempered-glass window providing clear inside view of the chambers. (optional)
Convection Pattern of OF-G Models Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 89
t Fan speed control by an analog dial for preventing powdered samples from blowing away. (optional)
t 2 Wire Shelves t Tempered Viewing Window t Fan Speed Adjuster t Perforated Shelves
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Interior (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H)
Exterior (mm / inch)
Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz)) Cat. No.
OF -02G 60 / 2.1 0.5 / 0.9 1 / 1.8 400×360×420 / 15.7×14.2×16.5 577×642×760 / 22.7×25.3×30 53 / 117 4.4A AAH12155K 6.8A AAH12156U
OF -12G 102 / 3.6 Amb. +10 to 250 / Amb. +18 to 482 0.6 / 1.08 1.3 / 2.3 480×410×520 / 18.9×16.1×20.5 657×692×870 / 25.9×27.2×34.3 63 / 139 6.1A AAH12165K 8.4A AAH12166U
OF -22G 151 / 5.3 0.8 / 1.44 1.7 / 3.1 550×460×600 / 22×18×23.6 727×742×974 / 28.7×29.2×38.3 72.5 / 160 7.4A AAH12175K 10.1A AAH12176U
1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.
81
O Please visit
Ovens
Forced Convection Ovens (General Models) .com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Oven products Information is readily available on our website.
OF-G / H Models with an optional Viewing Window
OF-G / H (large) Display
82
Ovens
Forced Convection Ovens (General Models) Specially designed for large volume (maximum 760 L) and fast drying (maximum 300Ⳅ) applications Offering rapid heating performance as well as uniform temperature distribution, these heavy-duty ovens are ideal for obtaining quick test results.
Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control - OF-G models: 10Ⳅ above ambient to 200Ⳅ - OF-H models: 10Ⳅ above ambient to 300Ⳅ
t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display. (0.1Ⳅ resolution) t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Operation mode selection after power recovery: either Automatic or Manual Run. t RS-232 interface.
Constructional Features t Forced air convection generated by two noiseless and powerful sirocco fans ensuring optimal air circulation, temperature uniformity, and short heat-up time. t Threefold tempered-glass window providing clear inside view of the chamber. (optional)
Convection Pattern of
t Rounded inner chamber corners for easy cleaning and optimal airflow.
Included Accessories
t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior.
Optional Accessories see page 89
OF-G / H Models
t 2 Wire Shelves (OF-300G / H) t 3 Wire Shelves (OF-450G / H, 750G / H) t Tempered Viewing Window t Perforated Shelves t Digital Recorders
t Adjustable dual slide vents for controlling inner vapor circulation. (diameter: 38mm/1.5”)
- 6-point dot type recorder. - Thermal line recorder.
t Adjustable 5-speed fan for controlling inner circulation rate.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Interior (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H)
Exterior (mm / inch)
Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 1 ph, 50 / 60 Hz) Solid Door Type Cat. No. Viewing Window Door Type Electrical Requirements (230V, 3 ph, 50 / 60 Hz) Solid Door Type Cat. No. Viewing Window Door Type Electrical Requirements (380V, 3 ph, 50 / 60 Hz) Solid Door Type Cat. No. Viewing Window Door Type
OF-300G 314 / 11
OF-450G
OF-750G
450 / 15.9 760 / 26.8 Amb. +10 to 200 / Amb.+18 to 392 0.2 / 0.36 0.1 / 0.18 0.2 / 0.36 0.9 / 1.6 0.7 / 1.3 1.5 / 2.7 645×750×650 645×750×930 745×850×1200 / 25.4×29.5×25.6 / 25.4×29.5×36.6 / 29.3×33.5×47.2 835×1020×1225 835×1020×1505 955×1140×1775 / 32.9×40.2×48.2 / 32.9×40.2×59.3 / 37.6×44.9×69.9 170 / 375 220 / 485 300 / 661 12.7A AAH18015K AAH18115K 10 A 13.8A AAH180213K AAH180313K AAH181213K AAH181313K 6.5A 8.8 A AAH180214K AAH180314K AAH181214K AAH181314K
OF-300H
OF-450H
OF-750H
314 / 11
450 / 15.9 760 / 26.8 Amb. +10 to 300 / Amb.+18 to 572 0.2 / 0.36 0.2 / 0.36 0.2 / 0.36 0.9 / 1.6 0.8 / 1.4 1.9 / 3.4 645×750×650 645×750×930 745×850×1200 / 25.4×29.5×25.6 / 25.4×29.5×36.6 / 29.3×33.5×47.2 835×1020×1225 835×1020×1505 955×1140×1775 / 32.9×40.2×48.2 / 32.9×40.2×59.3 / 37.6×44.9×69.9 190 / 419 240 / 529 330 / 728 10 A AAH190113K AAH191113K 6.5A AAH190114K AAH191114K
13.8 A AAH190213K AAH191213K 8.8A AAH190214K AAH191214K
16.8A AAH190313K AAH191313K 10.6A AAH190314K AAH191314K
1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.
83
O Please visit
Ovens
Forced Convection Oven (2 & 4-Chamber Models) .com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Oven products Information is readily available on our website.
OF-02G-2C / 4C ⲟ In the year of 2012, this products design can be changed without prior notice.
84
Ovens
Forced Convection Oven (2 & 4-Chamber Models) Featuring two or four 60L forced convection chambers in a single unit, this oven is designed to offer an ideal and cost-effective solution for laboratories with limited space and budget. Incorporating specially designed ovens (Model OF-02G) with a powerful yet noiseless sirocco fan, this oven guarantees intensive drying performance, especially for material with high moisture content.
Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control: 10°C above ambient to 200°C t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1°C resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings.
Constructional Features t Two or Four independently controlled 60L ovens (Model OF-02G) merged into a single unit for space saving. t Forced air convection generated by a noiseless and powerful sirocco fan ensuring optimal air circulation, temperature uniformity, and short heat-up time.
Convection Pattern of
t Rounded inner chamber corners for easy cleaning and optimal airflow.
Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 89
t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior.
OF-02G-2C/4C
t 2 Wire Shelves per chamber t Perforated Shelves
t Adjustable two and four slide vents for controlling inner vapor circulation. (diameter: 38mm/1.5”) t Built-in casters for easy transport and installation.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Interior (mm / inch) Dimension Exterior (mm / inch) (W×D×H) Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.
OF-02G-2C
OF-02G-4C
60 / 2.1 x 2 Chambers 60 / 2.1 x 4 Chambers Amb. +10 to 200 / Amb. +18 to 392 0.5 / 0.9 1 / 1.8 400×360×420 / 15.7×14.2×16.5x 2 Chambers 400×360×420 / 15.7×14.2×16.5x 4 Chambers 570×640×1340 / 22.4×25.2×52.8 1170×640×1340 / 46.1×25.2×52.8 110 / 242.5 170 / 374.8 8.4A 8.4A x 2EA AAH1A115K AAH1A015K 16.7A 16.7A x 2EA AAH1A116U AAH1A016U
1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.
85
O
Ovens
Forced Convection Ovens (Economy Models)
Affordable multi-function fast drying ovens with vertical airflow.
Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control: 10Ⳅ above ambient to 220Ⳅ t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display. (0.1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings.
Constructional Features t Forced air convection generated by a circular fan providing high and uniform drying performance.
OF-11E Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 89
t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior.
t 8JSF 4IFMWFT t 1FSGPSBUFE 4IFMWFT
t Adjustable dual slide vents for controlling inner vapor circulation. (diameter: 38mm/1.5˝) t Easy-to-grip circular door handle.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Interior (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H)
Exterior (mm / inch)
Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.
86
OF-01E 52 / 1.8
3.3 / 5.94 375×370×370 14.8×14.6×14.6 530×535×737 20.9×21.1×29 36 / 79.4 4.3A AAH14012K 6.8A AAH14016U
OF-11E 100 / 3.5 Amb. +10 to 220 / Amb. +18 to 428 0.4 / 0.72 3.3 / 5.94 455×430×510 18×17×20 610×595×877 24×23.4×34.5 47 / 103.6 6A AAH14022K 8.4A AAH14026U
OF-21E 150 / 5.3
2.3 / 4.14 585×460×555 23×18.1×21.9 740×625×922 29.1×24.6×36.3 59 / 130 7.4A AAH14032K 10.1A AAH14036U
Ovens
Natural Convection Ovens (General Models) Specially designed for applications requiring gentle airflow. Ideal for all sterilization, drying, and high-temperature storage tasks that do not require high drying performance or special time requirements but can’t be affected by strong airflow.
Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control: 15Ⳅ above ambient to 250Ⳅ t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min. t Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel with bright LED display (1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t RS-232 interface.
Constructional Features t Gravity flow convection for uniform sample heating. t Fully insulated dual-wall door with 180 degree hinges and a pull-down handle. t Rounded inner chamber corners for easy cleaning and optimal airflow. t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior. t Adjustable dual slide vents for controlling inner vapor circulation. (diameter: 38mm/1.5˝) t Threefold tempered-glass window providing clear inside view of the chambers. (optional)
ON-22G with optional Viewing Window Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 89
t 2 Wire Shelves t Tempered Viewing Windows t Perforated Shelves
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Interior (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H)
Exterior (mm / inch)
Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No.
ON-02G 52 / 1.8
5.9 / 10.62 400×360×365 / 15.7×14.2×14.4 577×542×760 / 22.7×21.3×30 49 / 108 4.3A AAH11135K 6.7A AAH11136U
ON-12G 91 / 3.2 Amb. +15 to 250 / Amb. +27 to 482 0.3 / 0.54 7.5 / 13.5 480×410×465 / 18.9×16.1×18.3 657×592×870 / 25.9×23.3×34.3 59 / 130 6A AAH11145K 8.3A AAH11146U
ON-22G 135 / 4.8
6.9 / 12.42 610×460×485 / 24×18×19 785×642×897 / 30.9×25.3×35.3 68 / 150 7.4 A AAH11155K 10 A AAH11156U
1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.
87
O
Ovens
Natural Convection Ovens (Economy Models)
Economical multi-function ovens with gentle airflow.
Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control: 15Ⳅ above ambient to 220Ⳅ t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min. t Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel with bright LED display (1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior. t Adjustable dual slide vents for controlling inner vapor circulation. (diameter: 38mm/1.5˝)
Constructional Features t Gravity-flow convection generates a vertical airflow of heat for a uniformed heating of samples. t Moderately sized, an easy to clean spacious chamber, and an easy to grip circular door handle.
ON-11E Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 89
t 2 Wire Shelves t Perforated Shelves
t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heater and stainless steel chamber. t Two circular adjustable top slide vents helps to control inner air vapor circulation. (38mm / 1.5˝ in dia.)
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Interior (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H)
Exterior (mm / inch)
Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.
88
ON-01E 52 / 1.8 0.3 / 0.54 6.5 / 11.7 375×370×370 / 14.8×14.6×14.6 530×535×737 / 20.9×21.1×29 34 / 75 4.3A AAH15015K 6.7A AAH15016U
ON-11E 100 / 3.5 Amb. +15 to 220 / Amb. +27 to 428 0.4 / 0.72 4.1 / 7.38 455×430×510 / 18×17×20 610×595×877 / 24×23.4×34.5 46 / 101.4 6A AAH15025K 8.3A AAH15026U
ON-21E 150 / 5.3 0.5 / 0.9 7.3 / 13.14 585×460×555 / 23×18.1×21.9 740×625×922 / 29.1×24.6×36.3 59 / 130 7.4 A AAH15035K 10A AAH15036U
Ovens
Accessories & Options for forced & Natural Convection Ovens Wire Shelves
Stainless steel and electropolished shelf system is removed easily without using tools for easy cleaning. Models
OF-02G
OF-02G-2C OF-02G-4C OF-12G OF-22G OF / ON-01E OF / ON-11E OF / ON-21E OF-300G / H OF-450G / H OF-750G / H ON-02G ON-12G ON-22G
Included
Description Maximum W×L (mm / inch)
2 4 8 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2
8 16 32 12 14 10 14 15 17 26 35 8 12 12
Cat. No.
366×316 / 14.4×12.4 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 446×366 / 17.6×14.4 516×416 / 20.3×16.4 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 446×366 / 17.6×14.4 576×419 / 22.7×16.5 708×608 / 27.9×23.9 708×608 / 27.9×23.9 708×808 / 27.9×31.8 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 446×366 / 17.6×14.4 576×419 / 22.7×16.5
EDA8136 EDA8135 EDA8134 EDA8136 EDA8135 EDA8137 RTD1196 RTD1197 EDA8136 EDA8135 EDA8137
Wire Shelves
Perforated Shelves
Stainless steel shelf system is removed easily without using tools for easy cleaning. Models
Maximum
OF-02G
Description W×L (mm / inch)
8 16 32 12 14 10 14 15 17 26 35 8 12 12
OF-02G-2C OF-02G-4C OF-12G OF-22G OF / ON-01E OF / ON-11E OF / ON-21E OF-300G / H OF-450G / H OF-750G / H ON-02G ON-12G ON-22G
366×316 / 14.4×12.4 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 446×366 / 17.6×14.4 516×416 / 20.3×16.4 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 446×366 / 17.6×14.4 576×419 / 22.7×16.5 708×608 / 27.9×23.9 708×608 / 27.9×23.9 708×808 / 27.9×31.8 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 446×366 / 17.6×14.4 576×419 / 22.7×16.5
Cat. No. AAA12531 AAA12532 AAA12533 AAA12531 AAA12532 AAA12535
Perforated Shelves
AAA80604-2 AAA80604-3 AAA12531 AAA12532 AAA12535
Recorders
Easy recognizable digital recorders for efficient temperature indicating. Models
OF-300, 450, 750 G/H
Description Recorder (6 Point) Recorder (Thermal Line type)
Cat. No. AAA8T500 AAAE1503
Tempered Viewing Windows
Optimized sample monitoring with threefold, tempered safety glass window.
Tempered Viewing Windows
(only for OF-G, ON-G Models)
Models OF / ON-02G OF / ON-12G, 22G
Description Thickness, W×L (mm / inch) 5, 150×280 / 0.2, 5.9×11 5, 150×380 / 0.2, 5.9×15
Cat. No. AAA12611 AAA12612
Fan-Speed Adjuster
Adjustable inner air circulation speed, which protects spreading out powder sample. (only for OF-G Models)
Models OF - 02G, 12G, 22G
Description Analog Dial Control
Cat. No. AAA12701
Ⲽ In addition to providing standard accessories, we will manufacture customized accessories to meet your specific requirements. Contact us for details.
Fan Speed Adjuster
89
O
Ovens
Vacuum Ovens
Optimally constructed for separating solvents from solutions or drying solvents with high boiling points. Vacuum oven model with a wide temperature range optimal for separating solvents from solutions. Drying a solvent in vacuum lowers its boiling point, thereby making the separation process easier and eliminating the need to use high temperatures.
Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control: 5Ⳅ above ambient to 250Ⳅ t Vacuum range: 0 to 0.1 MPa. (analog vacuum gauge) t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min. t Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel with bright LED display (1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t RS-232 interface.
Constructional Features t Separate vacuum and vent ports. t Heat tempered glass window providing clear inside view of the chambers.
OV-11 Included Accessories Optional Accessorie see page 91
t Tight vacuum seal thanks to spring-loaded glass door, silicone gasket, and a push-button latch handle.
t Plate Shelve, 3.0mm (0.12˝): 2 for OV-11 / 3 for OV-12 t Safety Cover t Viton Gasket t Vacuum Pumps and Oil Mist Trap t Cold Trap Baths and U-type Glass Trap
t Uniform heat distribution from Block type heater attached to the chamber exterior to the anodized aluminum shelves. t Viton (fluorine rubber) door gasket also available for acidic applications. (optional)
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)
OV-11 28 / 1
Vacuum Range
0~0.1MPa, Analog
Nozzle Size (mm / inch)
Vacuum Ø10 / 0.4, Vent Ø10 / 0.4 Amb. +5 to 250 / Amb. +9 to 482
Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature
Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ at 100Ⳅ)
0.1 / 0.18
Interior (mm / inch)
302×305×302 / 11.9×12×11.9
402×405×402 / 15.8×15.9×15.8
Exterior (mm / inch)
680×453×495 / 26.8×17.8×19.5
780×557×595 / 30.7×21.9×23.4
Net Weight (Kg / lbs)
63 / 139
103 / 227
Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60 Hz)
5.3A
6.1A
Cat. No.
AAH13115K
AAH13125K
Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60 Hz)
10A
11.7A
Cat. No.
AAH13116U
AAH13126U
1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.
90
0.3 / 0.54 3.7 / 6.66
Variation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ at 100Ⳅ) Dimension (W×D×H)
OV-12 65 / 2.3
Ovens
Accessories & Options for Vacuum Ovens Safety Covers
In case of the glass is destroyed, the netted steel frame and polycarbonate sheet cover prevent user from glass splinters. Models
OV-11 OV-12
Description Safety Cover Safety Cover
Cat. No. AAA13603 AAA13604
Gaskets
Viton (fluorine rubber) door gaskets can be provided upon request. Models
Description Silicone Gasket Viton (fluorine rubber) Gasket Silicone Gasket Viton (fluorine rubber) Gasket
OV-11 OV-12
Cat. No. FAA5146 FAA5187 FAA5147 FAA5188
Safety Covers
Related Products for Vacuum Ovens (Organization chart for use of Vacuum oven with Pump and Cold trap bath)
Viton Gaskets
Vacuum Pumps Rotary vacuum pumps with directly connected oil seal prevent air reflux and provide high vacuum pressure for vacuum ovens. And in order to get rid of evaporated oil or to block oil in-flow, an optional oil mist trap is recommended. (Refer to Page 93 for additional information.) Models MVP-6 Related Accessory
Electrical Requirements 230V, 50 / 60Hz Oil Mist Trap
Cat. No.
Vacuum Pumps
BEH73105K BEH73501
Cold Trap Baths
CTB-10 cold trap baths equipped with two U-type glass traps prevent a vacuum pump from vapors or contamination. Models
CTB-10 Related Accessory
Description 230V, 60Hz 230V, 50Hz U-type Glass Trap
Cat. No. AAH62011K AAH62012K AAA62501
ⲟ In addition to standard accessories, we can also provide customized accessories to meet your specific requirements. Please contact your local dealer for more details.
Cold Trap Baths
91
Pumps Electrical Aspirator Pump Portable dual-channel water-jet aspirator pumps Creating a vacuum by means of Venturi effect, VE-11 aspirator pumps are suitable for rotary vacuum evaporation, decompression distillation, vacuum drying, and vacuum filtering.
Features t Built-in circulating pump and water tank make the unit portable. t Circulating pump continuously pumps water quietly across a set of aspirators, and is therefore clean and efficient. t Built-in check valve prevents backflow of water into the aspirator pump. t Corrosion-resistant construction of all wetted parts with 304 stainless steel, polypropylene, silicone, or nickelcoated brass. t Water tank features a drain port and a spigot for easy changing of water.
Included Accessories t Water tank, aspirator pump, tank closure t Two aspirators t Two 20cm long Ø 6mm (0.2˝) silicone rubber tubes
VE-11 with optional vacuum gauge / regulator
t One 100cm long Ø 8mm (0.3˝) silicone rubber tube
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Max. Vacuum (Mpa / Hg) Free-air Capacity Material
Dimension
Electrical Requirements Cat. No.
Bath Aspirator Bath Internal (W×L , D) (mm / inch) Overall (W×L×H) (mm / inch) Inhale Nozzle Drain Cook, Over Flow Nozzle (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs)
VE-11 9.5 / 0.3 0.0998 / 29.5” 18L / minute (0.6 cfm) ×2ea Polypropylene Nickel-coated Brass ×2ea 298×210, 227 / 11.7×8.3 ,8.9 330×265×390 / 13×10.4×15.4 external Ø9.5mm (0.4”) ×2ea Ø17 / 0.7 5.7 / 12.6 230, 60Hz / 0.7A 230, 50Hz / 0.7A AAH71011K AAH71015K
120, 60Hz / 1.4A AAH71016U
Electrical Aspirator Pump Rotary Vacuum Pump
Optional Accessories t Vacuum gauge with regulator: to monitor and control the vacuum pressure. (between 0.0267~0.0998MPa / 7.9~29.5˝ Hg)
t Cooling coil: to prevent vacuum from decreasing due to temperature increase. Description
Cooling Coil
Cat. No.
Vacuum Gauge with Regulator Cooling Coil Aspirator (1 ea) Aspirator (10 ea)
AAA71531 AAA71501 EFA9111 AAH71122
Aspirators
Rotary Vacuum Pump Features t Rotary vacuum pump equipped with direct connect oil seal prevents air reflux, essentially used with vacuum ovens to achieve a higher level of vacuum pressure. t Oil mist trap, an optional feature, prevents oil in-flow.
Specifications & Ordering Information MVP - 6
Model
60 Hz
Pumping Speed (L / min) Max. Pressure (Pa) Motor Power (W) Motor Speed (rpm) Recommended Oil (L) Inlet / Outlet Port (DN) Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirement Cat. No.
100 6.7×10 -2 400 1750 1.1 25KF 22.5 (49.6lb) 230V BEH73105K
50 Hz 80
1450
MVP-6 Rotary Vacuum Pump
Optional Accessories Model MVP-6
Electrical Requirement Oil Mist Trap
Cat. No. BEH73501
Optional Accessories t Oil Mist Traps (TMF -12)
Recirculating Coolers SELECTION GUIDE
Recirculating Coolers Description
Recirculating Coolers (General Models)
Recirculating Coolers
General Models
Pump (50Hz) Cooling Working Temp. Range Capacity Max. Flow Rate Max. Pressure (Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 20Ⳅ (Kw) (L / min, gal / min) (bar / psi)
HX-20
1.9
HX-25
2.4
HX-20H HX-25H HX-35H
+3 to 40 / +37.4 to 104
3.6
Recirculating Coolers
HX-55H
7.1
HL-05
0.6
(High Temp. Models)
HL-10
0.7
HL-15
1.45
HL-15H HL-20H
1.8 2.5
HL-35H
3.3
HL-45H
6.5
HL-55H
7.1 1.8
HS-25
2.5 3.3
- 20 to 40 / - 4 to 104
2.8 / 40.6
70 / 18.49
6 / 87
40 / 10.57
3.3 / 47.86
98
100
6.5
HS-55
7.1
HS-45H
6.5
HS-55H
7.1
HH-15
70 / 18.49
6 / 87
40 / 10.6
3.3 / 47.9
1.45
HH-20 High Temp. HH-25 Models HH-35
40 / 10.57
1.45
HS-20
HS-45
1 / 14.5
1.8
HL-25H
HS-35
50 / 13.2
96
1.45
- 20 to 40 / - 4 to 104
HS-15
Advanced Low Temp. Models
4.3 / 62.37
4.7
HL-20 Low Temp. Models
45 / 11.89
1.9
HX-45H
Recirculating Coolers
1.58 / 22.92
2.4
(Low Temp. Models) (Advanced Low Temp. Models)
38 / 10.03
Page
1.8 2.5
- 20 to 80 / - 4 to 176
102
3.3
HH-45H
6.5
HH-55H
7.1
70 / 18.5
6 / 87
Accessories & Options Description for Recirculating Coolers
Page 104 - 105
GENERAL APPLICATIONS
General Applications
Recirculating Coolers HX Models HL/HS/HH Models
AAS Autoclaves Calorimeters CCM cameras Combinatorial chemistry Cooling of peltier elements Diffusion pumps Distillation apparatus Dosing and gluing techniques Drying of gas Electrophoresis chambers Gas chromatographs General industries General laboratory apparatus Lasers Mass spectrometers Mills and kneaders NMR Pilot plants Plastic industries Reaction vessels Rotary evaporators SEM Semiconductor industries Soxhlet installation Spectrometers Vacuum systems
t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t
* Above listed applications are for general purpose use.
TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features 1) Self - protecting cut-off function and signal - For over temp. the power supply is automatically cut from controller systematically before the unit shuts down. (except for HH Models) - Over current circuit breaker for user safety.
Optimum Control Features 1) Functional LCD (resolution 0.1âł&#x201E;) keypad type display: Designed to simplify operation with a VFD touch screen type display. (HL / HS / HH Models)
- Self-diagnostic function identifies equipment errors. - Recognizable and convenient keypad. - Clear and easy-to-use LCD display.
2) Low fluid level and dry-running protection: - Intermittent tone alert sounds and optical signals alarms display on the control panel.
2) Bright LED water level indicator.
3) Double service valve provided to prevent refrigerant leakage.
4) Run, compressing, pumping visual indicator.
3) Pump pressure gauge.
5) Eco-friendly R-404A or R507 refrigerant. 6) Hot gas by-pass. (only HL Models) 7) Integrated heaters with high temp. stability. (only for HH Models)
Constructional Features 1) High quality #304 grade stainless inner bath and dirt repellent powder coated external surface. 2) Stainless steel submerged parts are resistant to corrosion against all usual bath fluids. 3) Pump pressure can be controlled using a bypass function. (only for HX-H type) 4) Removable gridded vent for reducing condenser contamination and to facilitate cleanliness. 5) Wheels allow for easy mobility. 6) Computer Interface. (only for HS / HH Models) 7) Warning alarm/monitoring system. - Over temperature. - Lack of bath solutions. 8) Pressure gauge comes standard with recirculating units to provide fluid system diagnostics at a glance and for observing the pump pressure.
R
Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Recirculating Coolers (General Models)
Providing a constant temperature control and high cooling efficiency. Operating cost can be reduced by using the recirculator for cooling water. It is eco-friendly and reduces energy consumption.
Operating Features t Temperature range is from 3âł&#x201E; to 40âł&#x201E; t Clear and easy-to-use LCD display. (resolution 0.1âł&#x201E;) t Bright LED water level indicator can be seen from a distance. t Low fluid level and dry-running protection when triggered shows an error symbol on the display and an audible buzzer sound. t If the equipment operates at 40âł&#x201E; or above due to the external environment, user can simply identify the error with a visual signal or an audible buzzer sound. t Pump pressure can be controlled using a by-pass function. (only for H type)
Constructional Features t The refrigerating system is designed to reduce energy consumption and to maximize in refrigerating efficiency. t Eco-friendly R-404A refrigerant is used to prevent environmental pollution. Double service valve is used to prevent refrigerant leakage. t Removable gridded vent for reducing condenser contamination and to facilitate cleanliness. t A plastic solution inlet is for easy and safe pouring of solution into the chiller unit. t Pressure gauge comes standard with chiller units to provide fluid system diagnostics at a glance and for observing the pump pressure. t Wheels allow for easy mobility throughout the lab. t The beautifully designed chiller is compact. t Different types of pumps and valves come standard with the chiller to provide versatility. t Variety of accessories are available to meet userâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s different lab environment needs. (refer to accessories) LCD Display
Testing in accordance with DIN EN 12876 Optional Accessories see page 104-105
Pressure Gauge
96
Level Indicator
t Fittings, Adapters t Tubing, Insulations t Tube Clamps t Bath Fluid
Recirculating Coolers (Chillers)
Recirculating Coolers (General Models)
Pumping Capacities (bath fluid: water) Magnetic
Centrifugal
Flow Rate(L/min)
Flow Rate(L/min)
t )9
t )9 ) ) ) ) )
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Temperature1) (bath fluid : water)
HX-20
HX-25H
Temperature Stability at 15âł&#x201E; (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)
HX-45H2)
HX-55H2)
1 / 1.8 1.9 1.4 1
2.4 1.7 1.4
1.9 1.4 1
2.4 1.7 1.4
38 / 10.03
(L / min, gal / min)
3.6 3.1 2.4
4.7 3.6 2.9
7.1 5.1 4.2
45 / 11.89
1.58 / 22.92
Max. Pressure (bar / psi)
4.3 / 62.37
Max. Filling Capacity
35 / 1.24
(L / cu ft)
45 / 1.59
For Tubing Dia
20 / 0.8
(mm / inch)
Overall (WĂ&#x2014;LĂ&#x2014;H, mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (380V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No.
HX-35H
+3 to 40 / +37.4 to 104
Max. Flow Rate
Dimension
HX-20H
Working Temperature Range (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)
at 20âł&#x201E; (kW) Cooling Capacity at 10âł&#x201E; (kW) (bath fluid : water) at 5âł&#x201E; (kW) Pump
HX-25
620Ă&#x2014;785Ă&#x2014;990 / 24.4Ă&#x2014;30.9Ă&#x2014;39
745Ă&#x2014;800Ă&#x2014;1095 / 29.3Ă&#x2014;31.5Ă&#x2014;43.1
93 / 205 8.5A AAH64011K 7A AAH64012K 17A AAH64013U
101 / 223 9A AAH64021K 7.6A AAH64022K 22A AAH64023U
97 / 214 9A AAH64111K 10.5A AAH64112K
105 / 231 9.5A AAH64121K 11A AAH64122K
120 / 265 15A AAH64131K 17A AAH64132K
130 / 287 19A AAH64141K
140 / 309
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
10A AAH64149K 7A AAH64148K
11.5A AAH64159K 8.5A AAH64158K
-
1) Technical data according to DIN 12876 2) Only HX-45H, 55H is recorded by 380V, 60Hz.
ⲟ Above specification value is recorded by 50Hz. ⲟ The performance values refer to +20âł&#x201E;(68âł&#x2026;) ambient temperature. ⲟ Product performance may be affected by ambient temperatures.
97
R
Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Recirculating Coolers (Low Temp. Models)
Powerful recirculating coolers, the HL Models provide a wide range of cooling capacities with temperature reliability. Innovative control system, with a dynamic pumping capacity, and ideal for external temp. applications. Broad range of models to choose from based on working temperature range.
Operating Features t Temperature range is from -20âł&#x201E; to 40âł&#x201E; t Bright LED water level indicator can be easily identified. t Low fluid level and dry-running protection when triggered shows an error symbol on the display and an audible sound. t If the equipment operates at 40âł&#x201E; or above due to the external environment, user can simply identify the error with a visual or an audible sound. t Designed to simplify operation with a touch screen type display. - Easy-to-read VFD display with interactive touch keys. - Setting and resolution indication 0.1âł&#x201E;/âł&#x2026; - Quick keypad lock prevents accidental parameter changes. - Signal indicator for operation status.
Constructional Features t The refrigerating system is designed to reduce energy consumption and to maximize in refrigerating efficiency. t Eco-friendly R-404A / R507 refrigerant is used to prevent environmental pollution. Double service valve is used to prevent refrigerant leakage. t Removable gridded vent for reducing condenser contamination and to facilitate cleanliness. t A wide (Ă&#x2DC;120mm / 4.72â&#x20AC;ł) solution inlet is for easy and safe pouring of solution into the recirculating cooler. t Pressure gauge comes standard for observing the pump pressure. t The refrigeration system can be observed easily to diagnostic at a glance by high / low pressure gauges. (HL-25H, 35H, 45H, 55H Models)
t Wheels allow for easy mobility. t The beautifully designed and compact. t Different types of pumps come standard with the recirculating cooler to provide versatility. t Warning alarm/monitoring system. - Over temperature. - Lack of bath solutions.
Testing in accordance with DIN EN 12876 Optional Accessories see page 104-105
98
t Fittings, Adapters t Tubing, Insulations t Tube Clamps t Bath Fluid
Recirculating Coolers (Chillers)
Recirculating Coolers (Low Temp. Models)
Pumping Capacities (Bath fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water) Submersible Pump
Flow Rate(L/min)
Flow Rate(L/min)
t )-
Flow Rate(L/min)
t )- ) ) ) )
t )- ) )
Specifications & Ordering Information Certification without HL-45H / 55H
Model Temperature 1) (Bath fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water)
Cooling Capacity (bath fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water)
HL-05
HL-10
HL-20
HL-15H
-20 to 40 / -4 to 104
Temperature Stability at 15âł&#x201E;, (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)
1 / 1.8
HL-25H
HL-35H
HL-45H 2) HL-55H 2)
at 20âł&#x201E; (kw)
0.6
0.7
1.45
1.8
1.45
1.8
2.5
3.3
6.5
at 10âł&#x201E; (kw)
0.5
0.6
1.15
1.5
1.15
1.5
1.8
2.3
4.5
6
at 0âł&#x201E; (kw)
0.35
0.42
0.86
1.15
0.86
1.15
1.1
1.7
3
4.1
at -10âł&#x201E; (kw)
0.18
0.32
0.62
0.85
0.62
0.85
0.65
1
2.1
2.5
at -20âł&#x201E; (kw)
0.04
0.14
0.3
0.40
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.55
1.2
1.5
(L / min, gal / min)
40 / 10.57
70 / 18.49
1 / 14.5
2.8 / 40.6
6 / 87
Max. Pressure Max,. Filling Capacity (L, cu ft)
7.5 / 0.26
13.5 / 0.47
For Tubing Dia
(WxLxH, mm / inch)
Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electric Requirement (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electric Requirement (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electric Requirement (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.
25 / 0.88
39 /1.37
20 / 0.8
(mm / inch)
Overall
405Ă&#x2014;620Ă&#x2014;710 / 15.9Ă&#x2014;24.4Ă&#x2014;28
515Ă&#x2014;715Ă&#x2014; 835 / 20.3Ă&#x2014;28.1Ă&#x2014;32.9
550Ă&#x2014;900Ă&#x2014;1140 / 21.7Ă&#x2014;35.4Ă&#x2014;44.9
62.85 / 138.6
64.85 / 143
86.5 / 190.7
87.35 / 192.9
91.8 / 202.4
92.65 / 204.3
141.3 / 310.9
146.3 / 321.9
5A
5.5A
6.5A
7.5A
6.5A
7.5A
9.5A
13.5A
AAH65001K AAH65011K AAH65021K AAH65031K AAH65121K AAH65131K AAH65141K AAH65151K 4.5A
5A
6A
7A
6A
7A
7.5A
AAH65002K AAH65012K AAH65022K AAH65032K AAH65122K AAH65132K AAH65142K AAH65152K 10A
11A
13A
171 Âą10 / 377 Âą22
176 Âą10 / 388 Âą22
-
-
-
-
15A
AAH65003U AAH65013U AAH65023U AAH65033U
-
-
-
-
-
-
5.5A
7A
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AAH65169K AAH65179K
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AAH65168K AAH65178K
Electric Requirement (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No.
605Ă&#x2014;1045Ă&#x2014;1300 / 23.8Ă&#x2014;41.4Ă&#x2014;51.2
12.5A
Electric Requirement (380V, 60Hz) Cat. No.
7.1
50 / 13.2
(bar / psi)
Dimension
HL-20H
Working Temperature Range (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)
Max. Flow Rate Pump
HL-15
5A
6A
1) Technical data according to DIN 12876. 2) Only HL-45H, 55H is recorded by 380V, 60Hz.
ⲟ Above specification value is recorded by 50Hz. ⲟ The performance values refer to +20âł&#x201E;(68âł&#x2026;) ambient temperature. ⲟ Product performance may be affected by ambient temperatures.
99
R
Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Recirculating Coolers (Advanced Low Temp. Models)
Adjustable, precise PID temperature controller beneficial for various cooling tasks, for use in the science, research, and industrial laboratories. Innovative and exclusive controller can be adjusted the cooling capacity from 1% to 100%
Operating Features t Temperature range is from -20âł&#x201E; to 40âł&#x201E; t As an option an external sensor can be directly installed into the cooling circuit for monitoring and regulating of temp. t Precise temperature stability Âą 0.2âł&#x201E; (at 15âł&#x201E;) without heater. t Bright LED water level indicator can be easily identified. t Low fluid level and dry-running protection when triggered shows an error symbol on the display and an audible sound. t If the equipment operates at 40âł&#x201E; or above due to the external environment, user can simply identify the error with a visual or an audible sound. t Designed to simplify operation with a touch screen type display. - Setting and resolution indication 0.1âł&#x201E;/âł&#x2026; - Quick keypad lock prevents accidental parameter changes.
Constructional Features t The refrigerating system is designed to reduce energy consumption and to maximize in refrigerating efficiency. t Available external temperature sensor (Pt 100) for measured value. t RS-232C and software included. - Storage of program information, backup of temperature settings, recovery, and excel saving format capabilities. t Eco-friendly R-404A / R507 refrigerant. t Double service valve for preventing refrigerant leakage. t Removable gridded vent for reducing condenser contamination and to facilitate cleanliness. t A wide (Ă&#x2DC;120mm / 4.72â&#x20AC;ł) solution inlet is for easy and safe pouring of solution into the recirculating cooler. t Pressure gauge comes standard for observing the pump pressure.
Digital Controller
t The refrigeration system can be observed easily to diagnostic at a glance by high / low pressure gauges. (HS-25, 35, 25H, 35H, 45H, 55H Models)
t Different types of pumps come standard with the recirculating cooler to provide versatility. External Sensor
Alarm Output
RS-232 Serial Port & Etc
100
RS-232 Serial
t Warning alarm/monitoring system. - Over temperature. - Lack of bath solutions.
Recirculating Coolers (Chillers)
Recirculating Coolers (Advanced Low Temp. Models)
Pumping Capacities (bath fluid: water) Submersible Pump
Flow Rate(L/min)
Flow Rate(L/min)
t )4
t )4 ) )
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Temperature 1) (bath fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water)
Cooling Capacity (bath fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water)
HS-15
HS-20
HS-25
-20 to 40 / -4 to 104
Temperature Stability at 15âł&#x201E;, (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)
0.2 / 0.36
HS-55
HS-45H2)
HS-55H2)
7.1
at 20âł&#x201E; (kw)
1.45
1.8
2.5
3.3
6.5
7.1
6.5
at 10âł&#x201E; (kw)
1.15
1.5
1.8
2.3
4.5
6
4.5
6
at 0âł&#x201E; (kw)
0.86
1.15
1.1
1.7
3
4.1
3
4.1
at -10âł&#x201E; (kw)
0.62
0.85
0.65
1
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
at -20âł&#x201E; (kw)
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.55
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.5
(L / min, gal / min)
Max. Pressure (bar / psi)
Max. Filling Capacity (L, cu ft)
40 / 10.57
70 / 18.49
3.3 / 47.86
6 / 87
13.5 / 0.47
25 / 0.88
39 /1.37
515Ă&#x2014;715Ă&#x2014; 835 / 20.3Ă&#x2014;28.1Ă&#x2014;32.9
550Ă&#x2014;900Ă&#x2014;1140 / 21.7Ă&#x2014;35.4Ă&#x2014;44.9
For Tubing Dia Dimension
HS-45
Working Temperature range (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)
Max. Flow Rate Pump
HS-35
20 / 0.8
(mm / inch)
Overall (WĂ&#x2014;LĂ&#x2014;H, mm / inch)
Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electric Requirement (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electric Requirement (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.
91.8 / 202.4
92.65 / 204.3
141.3 / 310.9
146.3 / 321.9
6.5 A
7.5 A
9.5 A
13.5 A
AAH66011K
AAH66021K
AAH66031K
AAH66041K
6A
7A
7.5 A
12.5 A
AAH66012K
AAH66022K
AAH66032K
AAH66042K
Electric Requirement (380V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.
-
-
-
-
605Ă&#x2014;1045Ă&#x2014;1300 / 23.8Ă&#x2014;41.4Ă&#x2014;51.2 168 Âą10 / 370 Âą22
173Âą10 / 381 Âą22
171 Âą10 / 377 Âą22
176 Âą10 / 388 Âą22
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
5.5 A
7A
5.5 A
7A
AAH66058K
AAH66068K
AAH55158K
AAH66168K
1) Technical data according to DIN 12876. 2) Only HS-45H, 55H is recorded by 380V, 60Hz.
ⲟ Above specification value is recorded by 50Hz. ⲟ The performance values refer to +20âł&#x201E;(68âł&#x2026;) ambient temperature. ⲟ Product performance may be affected by ambient temperatures.
101
R
Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Recirculating Coolers (High Temp. Models)
Broad temperature ranging up to 80âł&#x201E; for various applications. Also integrated heaters greatly provides high temperature stability.
Operating Features t Temperature range is from -20âł&#x201E; to 80âł&#x201E; t As an option an external sensor can be directly installed into the cooling circuit for monitoring and regulating of temp. t Precise temperature stability Âą 0.1âł&#x201E; (at 15âł&#x201E;) with integrated heaters. t Bright LED water level indicator can be easily identified. t Low fluid level and dry-running protection when triggered shows an error symbol on the display and an audible sound. t If the equipment operates at 80âł&#x201E; or above due to the external environment, user can simply identify the error with a visual or an audible sound. t Designed to simplify operation with a touch screen type display. - Setting and resolution indication 0.1âł&#x201E;/âł&#x2026; - Quick keypad lock prevents accidental parameter changes.
Constructional Features t The refrigerating system is designed to reduce energy consumption and to maximize in refrigerating efficiency. t Available external temperature sensor (Pt 100) for measured value. t RS-232C and software included. - Storage of program information, backup of temperature settings, recovery, and excel saving format capabilities. t Eco-friendly R-404A / R507 refrigerant. t Double service valve for preventing refrigerant leakage. t Removable gridded vent for reducing condenser contamination and to facilitate cleanliness. t A wide (Ă&#x2DC;120mm / 4.72â&#x20AC;ł) solution inlet is for easy and safe pouring of solution into the recirculating cooler. t Pressure gauge comes standard for observing the pump pressure. t The refrigeration system can be observed easily to diagnostic at a glance by high / low pressure gauges.
Digital Controller
(HH-25, 35, 25H, 35H, 45H, 55H Models)
t Different types of pumps come standard with the recirculating cooler to provide versatility.
."9 âł&#x201E; .*/ âł&#x201E;
âł&#x201E;
07&3 5&.1 -*.*5
External Sensor
Alarm Output
Temp. limit & RS-232 Serial & Etc
102
RS-232 Serial
t Warning alarm/monitoring system. - Over temperature. - Lack of bath solutions.
Recirculating Coolers (Chillers)
Recirculating Coolers (High Temp. Models)
Pumping Capacities (bath fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water) Submersible Pump
t )) )
t )) ) )
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Temperature 1) (bath fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water)
Cooling Capacity (bath Fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water)
HH-15
HH-20
Temperature Stability at 15âł&#x201E;, (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)
0.1 / 0.2
HH-45H 2)
HH-55H 2)
at 80âł&#x201E; (kw)
2
2.5
3.5
4
6
at 40âł&#x201E; (kw)
0.9
1
2.4
2.5
4.5
5
at 20âł&#x201E; (kw)
1.45
1.8
2.5
3.3
6.5
7.1
at 0âł&#x201E; (kw)
0.86
1.15
1.1
1.7
3
4.1
at -20âł&#x201E; (kw)
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.55
1.2
1.8 40 / 10.6
Max. Pressure (bar / psi)
3.3 / 47.9
6 / 87
13.5 / 0.47
25 / 0.88
Cat. No. Electric Requirement (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.
39 / 1.37
515Ă&#x2014;715Ă&#x2014; 835 / 20.3Ă&#x2014;28.1Ă&#x2014;32.9
550Ă&#x2014;900Ă&#x2014;1140 / 21.7Ă&#x2014;35.4Ă&#x2014;44.9
20 / 0.8
Overall (Wx Dx H, mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / Ibs)
92 / 202.8
93 / 205
142 / 313
605Ă&#x2014;1045Ă&#x2014;1300 / 23.8Ă&#x2014;41.4Ă&#x2014;51.2
147 / 324
13A
15A
24A
29A
AAH67011K
AAH67021K
AAH67031K
AAH67041K
11A
12.5A
20.5A
25A
AAH67012K
AAH67022K
AAH67032K
AAH67042K
Electric Requirement (380V, 60Hz) Cat. No.
-
-
-
-
Electric Requirement (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No.
1.5 4 70 / 18.5
For Tubing Dia (mm / inch)
Electric Requirement (230V, 60Hz)
7.5
3.6
Max. Flow Rate (L / min, gal / min) Max. Filling Capacity (L, cu ft)
Dimension
HH-35
-20 to 80 / - 4 to 176
Heating Capacity(kw) Pump
HH-25
Working Temperature Range (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)
-
-
-
-
171Âą10 / 377Âą22 176Âą10 / 388Âą22 -
-
-
-
10.5A
12.5A
AAH67159K
AAH67169K
9A
11A
AAH67158K
AAH67168K
1) Technical data according to DIN 12876. 2) Only HH- 45H, 55H is recorded by 380V, 60Hz.
ⲟ Above specification value is recorded by 50Hz. ⲟ The performance values refer to +20âł&#x201E;(68âł&#x2026;) ambient temperature. ⲟ Product performance may be affected by ambient temperatures. ⲟ Under the condition of no-load operation, cooling capacity should be lower than heating capacity.
103
R
Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Accessories & Options
Barbed Fittings
Connectors / Adapters
One Touch Adapters Set
Flexible Fittings
Barbed Fittings Barbed fitting systems are geared for quick connecting of various size type tubes using pipe fittings, tube fittings, and hose fittings without tools. Cat. No. HXE1066 HXE1067 HXE1068 HXE1069 HXE1070 AAA64501 AAA64502 AAA64503 AAA64504 AAA64505 AAA64506 AAA64507 AAA64508 AAA64509 AAA64510
Description 3/4” Male to Barbed Fitting for Tubing 1” inner dia 3/4” Male to Barbed Fitting for Tubing 3/4” inner dia 3/4” Male to Barbed Fitting for Tubing 5/8” inner dia 3/4” Male to Barbed Fitting for Tubing 1/2” inner dia 3/4” Male to Barbed Fitting for Tubing 3/8” inner dia 1” Barbed Fittings Set with Ball Valve 3/4” Barbed Fittings Set with Ball Valve 5/8” Barbed Fittings Set with Ball Valve 1/2” Barbed Fittings Set with Ball Valve 3/8” Barbed Fittings Set with Ball Valve 1” Barbed Fittings Set with Gate Valve 3/4” Barbed Fittings Set with Gate Valve 5/8” Barbed Fittings Set with Gate Valve 1/2” Barbed Fittings Set with Gate Valve 3/8” Barbed Fittings Set with Gate Valve
Connectors / Adapters Cat. No. HXE1105 HXE1106 HXE1107 HXE1108 HXE1109 HXE1110 HXE1111 HXE1112
Description 3/4” Male to 3/4” Female 3/4” Male to 5/8” Female 3/4” Male to 1/2” Female 3/4” Male to 3/8” Female 3/4” Male to 3/4” Male 3/4” Male to 5/8” Male 3/4” Male to 1/2” Male 3/4” Male to 3/8” Male
One touch Adapters Set Connect and exchange rigid tubing easily. Cat. No. HXE1075 HXE1076 HXE1077 HXE1078 AAA64531 AAA64532 AAA64533 AAA64534
Description 12mm One Touch Adapter 10mm One Touch Adapter 8mm One Touch Adapter 6mm One Touch Adapter 12mm Adapters Set with Ball Valve 10mm Adapters Set with Ball Valve 8mm Adapters Set with Ball Valve 6mm Adapters Set with Ball Valve
id 9mm, od 12mm id 6.5mm, od 10mm id 5.5mm, od 8mm id 4mm, od 6mm
Flexible Fittings Stainless tubing designed for superior flexibility and with good chemical resistance. Cat. No. HXE1071 HXE1072 AAA64521 AAA64522 AAA64523 AAA64524
104
Description 3/4” Male to 3/4” Flexible Fitting 3/4” Male to 1/2” Female with 1/2” Male to1/2” Flexible Fitting 3/4” Flexible Fittings Set with Ball Valve 1/2” Flexible Fittings Set with Ball Valve 3/4” Flexible Fittings Set with Gate Valve 1/2” Flexible Fittings Set with Gate Valve
Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Accessories & Options
Distributing Fittings
Tubing
Tubing Insulations
Tube Clamps
Tubing Cat. No.
Description
HXE1079 HXE1080 HXE1081 HXE1082 HXE1083 HXE1084 HXE1085 HXE1086 HXE1087 HXE1088 HXE1089 HXE1090 HXE1091 HXE1092
1m 12mm Urethane Tubing 1m 10mm Urethane Tubing 1m 8mm Urethane Tubing 1m 6mm Urethane Tubing 1m 1” PVC Tubing with Thread 1m 3/4” PVC Tubing with Thread 1m 5/8” PVC Tubing with Thread 1m 1/2” PVC Tubing with Thread 1m 3/8” PVC Tubing with Thread 1m 1” PVC Tubing with Wire 1m 3/4” PVC Tubing with Wire 1m 5/8” PVC Tubing with Wire 1m 1/2” PVC Tubing with Wire 1m 3/8” PVC Tubing with Wire
id 9mm, od 12mm id 6.5mm, od 10mm id 5.5mm, od 8mm id 4mm, od 6mm id 25mm, od 31mm id 19mm, od 24mm id 16mm, od 20.5mm id 12mm, od 16mm id 10mm, od 14mm id 25mm, od 33mm id 19mm, od 26mm id 15mm, od 22mm id 12mm, od 18mm id 9mm, od 15mm
Tubing Insulations EPDM insulation is used to reduce heat loss and condensation from cold water plumbing, chilled water, and refrigeration lines. Cat. No. HXE1093 HXE1094 HXE1095 HXE1096 HXE1097
Description EPDM Insulation, 16mm inner dia.(9T) EPDM Insulation, 19mm inner dia.(9T) EPDM Insulation, 25mm inner dia.(9T) EPDM Insulation, 28mm inner dia.(9T) EPDM Insulation, 35mm inner dia.(9T)
Flexible Tubing Cat. No. HXE1073 HXE1074
Description 3/4” Flexible Tubing (sus304, m) 1/2” Flexible Tubing (sus304, m)
Tube Clamps Cat. No. HXE1098 HXE1099 HXE1100 HXE1101 HXE1102
Bath Fluid Description
1” Clamp 3/4” Clamp 5/8” Clamp 1/2” Clamp 3/8” Clamp
Are bath fluids that may be suitable to use with the recirculating cooler, in place of water. Cat. No. HXE1113 HXE1114 HXE1115
Description Distilled Water (20L) Ethylene Glycol (4L) Ethylene Glycol (20L)
Distribution Fittings
External Sensor (only for HS, HH Models)
Distributing fittings connect even with small tubes with barb fittings.
External temperature sensor (Pt 100) for measured value.
Cat. No. AAA64541 AAA64542
Description 3-Way Distributing Barbed Fittings Set (1/4”) 3-Way Distributing Barbed Fittings Set (3/8”)
Cat. No. CFA1946
Description 3m Cable for Pt 100 Sensor
105
Refrigerators & Freezers SELECTION GUIDE
Laboratory Refrigerators Description
Operating Chamber Temp. Range Volume (Ⳅ/ⳅ)
CLG-150
Laboratory Refrigerators
Laboratory Refrigerators
Pharmacy Refrigerators
CLG-300 CLG-650 CLG-850
(L /cu ft)
Door type
Shelve Page or Drawer
156 / 5.5 2 to 10 / 35.6 to 50
CLG-1400
319 / 11.3 636 / 22.5
Glass or Solid
Shelve
108 -110
843 / 29.7 1395 / 49.3
Laboratory Freezers
Pharmacy Refrigerators Description
Operating Chamber Temp. Range Volume (Ⳅ/ⳅ)
Pharmacy Refrigerators
CLP-650 CLP-850 CLP-1400
2 to 10 / 35.6 to 50
(L /cu ft)
Door type
Shelve Page or Drawer
636 / 22.5 843 / 29.7
Glass or Solid
Drawer
112 -114
Door type
Shelve or Drawer
Page
1395 / 49.3
Laboratory Freezers Description
Operating Chamber Temp. Range Volume (Ⳅ/ⳅ)
FHG-150 FHG-300 FHG-650 Laboratory Freezers
FMG-150 FMG-300 FMG-650 FCG-150 FCG-300 FCG-650
-15 to 0 / 5 to 32
-25 to -15 / -13 to 5 -35 to -25 / -31 to -13
(L /cu ft)
156 / 5.5 319 / 11.3 636 / 22.5 156 / 5.5 319 / 11.3
Solid
Shelve
116 - 118
636 / 22.5 156 / 5.5 319 / 11.3 636 / 22.5
Accessories & Options Description
Page
for Laboratory Refrigerators
111
for Pharmacy Refrigerators
115
for Laboratory Freezers
119
GENERAL APPLICATIONS
General Applications BOD Protocols Chemical Storage Chromatography Apparatus and Instrumentation Clinical Culture Enzymes General Storage Life Science Medication Pharmaceutical Pre-Freezing Reagents Test Samples Temperature Sensitive Materials
Laboratory Refrigerators & Freezers CLG / CLP FHG / FMG / FCG t t t t t t t t t t t -
t t t t t t t
* Above listed applications are for general and storage purpose use.
TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features 1) High as well as low temperature alerts with visual and audible alarms when the temperature exceeds the set temperature limits. 2) Open door alert - 1st: visible alarm for two minutes after the door is opened. - 2nd: audible alarm thereafter if the door is still opened. 3) Automatic shutdown of the fan for minimizing heat loss when the door is opened. 4) Two separate fuses protecting against over current. 5) Built-in door lock. 6) Eco-friendly refrigerant: non-ozone.
Constructional Features 1) High-quality 304 grade stainless steel chamber interior and dirt-repellent external surface with powder coating. 2) Double-pane tempered glass door with built-in wire heater providing clear inside view of the chambers. (for the models with glass doors only)
3) Door seal packing - Refrigerators : magnetic door seal for absorbing impact from opening and closing the door. - Freezers : air-tight silicone door seal with vice lock door closing mechanism for safe storage of samples. 4) Fully insulated chamber ensuring minimal chamber temperature fluctuation. 5) Built-in 50mm diameter cable port for external probes or wires. (except for CLG -150, all Freezer Models)
6) High thermal efficiency evaporation system made of low corrosion material. 7) Built-in casters for easy transport. (except for all 150 Models)
8) Dedicated stand with casters and stacking kit for all 150 Models for use in labs with limited space. (optional) 9) Various accessories.
Optimum Control Features 1) Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel with vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD), touch-sensitive buttons, and a jog dial. 2) CPU logic control system offering precise temperature control as well as high energy efficiency. 3) Optimizing temperature control system - All 150, 300, 650 Models with Automatic defrost system minimize temperature change. - All 850, 1400 Models with highly efficient Dual refrigeration system minimize temperature change itself. (no defrost system needed)
- Additional manual defrost system also allows for immediate control. (only for freezer Models)
4) Keypad lock button preventing inadvertent parameter changes. 5) Easy temperature unit conversion between 째C and 째F 6) Three types of recorders to choose from. (optional) - Dot matrix recorder / Chart recorder / Thermal line recorder.
L
Refrigerators & Freezers Laboratory Refrigerators
Please visit
.com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Refrigerator products Information is readily available on our website.
CLG-650
CLG-1400
CLG-850
CLG-150 CLG-300
Laboratory Refrigerators
108
Refrigerators & Freezers Laboratory Refrigerators
Ideal for research, and industrial laboratories Eco-friendly lab refrigeration systems with advanced safety features providing stable refrigerated environments.
Safety Features
Constructional Features
t High as well as low temperature alerts with visual and audible alarms when the temperature exceeds the set temperature limits.
t High-quality 304 grade stainless steel chamber interior and dirt-repellent external surface with powder coating.
t Open door alert - 1st: visible alarm for two minutes after the door is opened. - 2nd: audible alarm thereafter if the door is still opened. t Automatic shutdown of the fan for minimizing heat loss when the door is opened. t Two separate fuses protecting against over current.
t Built-in fluorescent lighting for all refrigerators. (except for CLG-150)
t Double-pane tempered glass door with built-in wire heater providing clear inside view of the chambers. (for the models with glass doors only)
t Magnetic door seal for absorbing impact from opening and closing the door.
t Built-in door lock.
t Fully insulated chamber ensuring minimal chamber temperature fluctuation.
Operating Features
t Built-in 50mm diameter cable port for external probes or wires. (except for CLG-150)
t Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel with vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD), touch-sensitive buttons, and a jog dial. - Keypad lock button preventing inadvertent parameter changes. - Easy temperature unit conversion between °C and ⳅ
t High thermal efficiency evaporation system made of low corrosion material.
t Setting and resolution indication: - Temperature: 0.1Ⳅ / ⳅ - Signal indication for operation status. - Visible set values: set point value (SV) / present value displayed together on the display.
t Built-in casters for easy transport. (except for CLG-150) t Dedicated stand with casters and stacking kit for CLG-150 for use in labs with limited space. (optional) t Various accessories
(PV)
t CPU logic control system offering precise temperature control as well as high energy efficiency. t Optimizing defrost systems - Innovative auto-defrost system automatically activated when detecting trace amount of frost build-up in the evaporator for CLG-150, 300, 650. - None defrost system needed for CLG-850, 1400 due to its dual refrigerating system. t Three types of recorders to choose from (optional) - Dot recorder (6 point) - Chart recorder (6”, 24hr/7days) - Thermal line recorder
Wire Shelves
Door Key Lock
109
L
Refrigerators & Freezers Laboratory Refrigerators
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)
CLG-150
CLG-300
CLG-650
CLG-850
CLG-1400
156 / 5.5
319 / 11.3
636 / 22.5
843 / 29.7
1395 / 49.3
1/6×2ea
1/4×2ea
Display
VFD and touch-screen 2 to 10 / 35.6 to 50
Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) 1/8
Refrigerator (Hp)
1/6
1/4
Door Type
Heated glass or Solid
Lighting
Material
18W Fluorescent lamp
Interior
Stainless steel #304
Exterior
Steel, 1 mm, powder coating
Insulation
Dimension (W×D×H)
60mm, Polyurethane foam
Interior (mm / inch)
550×580×490 / 21.7×22.8×19.3
550×580×1000 / 21.7×22.8×39.4
650×675×1450 / 25.6×26.6×57.1
750×775×1450 / 29.5×30.5×57.1
1425×675×1450 / 56.1×26.6×57.1
Exterior (mm / inch)
683×791×870 / 26.9×31.1×34.4
670×719×1515 / 26.4×28.3×59.6
770×815×1965 / 30.3×32.1×77.4
870×915×1965 / 34.3×36×77.4
1545×815×1965 /60.8×32.1×77.4
100 / 220.4
130 / 286.6
210 / 463
260 / 573.2
4A
4.5 A
6.5 A
9A
13A
Solid Door Type
AAHE1003U
AAHE1013U
AAHE1023U
AAHE1033U
AAHE1043U
Glass Door Type
AAHE1103U
AAHE1113U
AAHE1123U
AAHE1133U
AAHE1143U
2A
2.3 A
4A
5A
6A
Solid Door Type
AAAE1001K
AAHE1011K
AAHE1021K
AAHE1031K
AAHE1041K
Glass Door Type
AAAE1101K
AAHE1111K
AAHE1121K
AAHE1131K
AAHE1141K
2A
2.3 A
4A
5A
6A
Solid Door Type
AAHE1002K
AAHE1012K
AAHE1022K
AAHE1032K
AAHE1042K
Glass Door Type
AAHE1102K
AAHE1112K
AAHE1122K
AAHE1132K
AAHE1142K
Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.
Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No.
Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.
32W Fluorescent lamp
350 / 771.6
Include and Maximum Shelve Quantity Products
110
Wire Shelves Include Maximum
Wire Shelves (slide type) Include Maximum
Drawer (slide type) Include Maximum
CLG-150
2
6
-
4
-
CLG-300
3
11
-
7
-
3 5
CLG-650
3
17
-
11
-
8
CLG-850
3
17
-
11
-
8
CLG-1400
6
34
-
22
-
16
Refrigerators & Freezers Accessories & Options
for CLG Models Recorders
Dot Recorder
Others
Chart Recorder
Thermal Line Recorder
Electrical Outlet (CLG)
Stand with Casters (only CLG-150)
Shelves
Wire Shelves
Wire Shelves (slide type)
Drawer (slide type)
Shelves & Drawers Cat. No. AAAE1511 AAAE1512 AAAE1513 AAAE1514 AAAE1515 AAAE1516 AAAE1517 AAAE1518 AAAE1519
Description "Wire Shelves - flat type (included shelf bracket)"
"Wire Shelves - slide type (included guide rail)"
"Drawers Shelves - slide type (included guide rail)"
CLG-150
CLG-300
CLG-650
CLG-850
t
t
-
-
CLG-1400 -
-
-
t
-
t -
-
-
-
t
t
t
-
-
-
-
-
t
-
t
-
-
-
t
-
t
t
-
-
-
-
-
t
-
t
-
-
-
t
-
Recorders & Others Cat. No.
Description
CLG-150
CLG-300
CLG-650
CLG-850
CLG-1400
AAA8T500
Recorder (dot type , 6 point)
t
t
t
t
t
AAAE1501
Recorder (chart type, 6”, 24hr / 7day)
t
t
t
t
t
AAAE1502
Chart Recorder Paper (6”, 60 package)
t
t
t
t
t
AAAE1503
Recorder (thermal line type)
t
t
t
t
t
AAAE1521
Cable Port
-
t
t
t
t
AAAE1531
Electric Outlet (120V-US style)
-
t
t
t
t
AAAE1532
Electric Outlet (230V-Korea style)
-
t
t
t
t
111
L
Refrigerators & Freezers Pharmacy Refrigerators
Please visit
.com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Refrigerator products Information is readily available on our website.
CLP-1400
CLP-850
Pharmacy Refrigerators
112
CLP-650
Refrigerators & Freezers Pharmacy Refrigerators
Ideal for for pharmaceutical, clinical laboratories Eco-friendly lab refrigeration systems with advanced safety features providing stable refrigerated environments.
Safety Features
Constructional Features
t High as well as low temperature alerts with visual and audible alarms when the temperature exceeds the set temperature limits.
t High-quality 304 grade stainless steel chamber interior and dirt-repellent external surface with powder coating.
t Open door alert - 1st: visible alarm for two minutes after the door is opened. - 2nd: audible alarm thereafter if the door is still opened. t Automatic shutdown of the fan for minimizing heat loss when the door is opened. t Two separate fuses protecting against over current.
t Built-in fluorescent lighting for all refrigerators. (except for CLG-150)
t Double-pane tempered glass door with built-in wire heater providing clear inside view of the chambers. (for the models with glass doors only)
t Magnetic door seal for absorbing impact from opening and closing the door.
t Built-in door lock.
t Fully insulated chamber ensuring minimal chamber temperature fluctuation.
Operating Features
t Built-in 50mm diameter cable port for external probes or wires.
t Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel with vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD), touch-sensitive buttons, and a jog dial. - Keypad lock button preventing inadvertent parameter changes. - Easy temperature unit conversion between °C and °F
t High thermal efficiency evaporation system made of low corrosion material.
t Setting and resolution indication: - Temperature: 0.1°C / °F - Signal indication for operation status. - Visible set values: set point value (SV) / present value displayed together on the display.
t Built-in casters for easy transport. t Various accessories
(PV)
t CPU logic control system offering precise temperature control as well as high energy efficiency. t Optimizing defrost systems - Innovative auto-defrost system automatically activated when detecting trace amount of frost build-up in the evaporator for CLP-650. - None defrost system needed for CLP-850, 1400 due to its dual refrigerating system. t Three types of recorders to choose from (optional) - Dot recorder (6 point) - Chart recorder (6”, 24hr/7days) - Thermal line recorder
Drawer (slide type)
Door Key Lock
113
L
Refrigerators & Freezers Pharmacy Refrigerators
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)
CLP-650
CLP-850
CLP-1400
636 / 22.5
843 / 29.7
1395 / 49.3
Display
VFD and touch-screen 2 to 10 / 35.6 to 50
Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) 1/4
Refrigerator (Hp)
1 / 6×2ea
Door Type Lighting Material
32W Fluorescent lamp Interior
Stainless steel #304
Exterior
Steel, 1 mm, powder coating
Insulation Dimension (W×D×H)
60mm, Polyurethane foam
Interior (mm / inch)
650×675×1450 / 25.6×26.6×57.1
750×775×1450 / 29.5×30.5×57.1
1425×675×1450 / 56.1×26.6×57.1
Exterior (mm / inch)
770×815×1965 / 30.3×32.1×77.4
870×915×1965 / 34.3×36×77.4
1545×815×1965 / 60.8×32.1×77.4
210 / 463
260 / 573.2
4A
5A
6A
Solid Door Type
AAHE3021K
AAHE3031K
AAHE3041K
Glass Door Type
AAHE3121K
AAHE3131K
AAHE3141K
4A
5A
6A
Solid Door Type
AAHE3022K
AAHE3032K
AAHE3042K
Glass Door Type
AAHE3122K
AAHE3132K
AAHE3142K
Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No.
Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.
1 / 4×2ea
Heated glass or Solid
350 / 771.6
Ⲽ Other size of chamber also available. (156L, 319L)
Include and Maximum Shelve Quantity Products
114
Wire Shelves Include Maximum
Wire Shelves (slide type) Include Maximum
Drawer (slide type) Include Maximum
CLP-650
-
17
-
11
6
CLP-850
-
17
-
11
6
8 8
CLP-1400
-
34
-
22
12
16
Refrigerators & Freezers Accessories & Options
for CLP Models Recorders
Dot Recorder
Others
Chart Recorder
Thermal Line Recorder
Electrical Outlet (CLG)
Wire Shelves (slide type)
Drawer (slide type)
Shelves
Wire Shelves
Shelves & Drawers Cat. No. AAAE1512 AAAE1513 AAAE1515 AAAE1516 AAAE1518 AAAE1519
Description
CLP-650
CLP-850
CLP-1400
“Wire Shelves - flat type (included shelf bracket)”
t
-
t
-
t
-
“Wire Shelves - slide type (included guide rail)”
t
-
t
-
t
-
“Drawers Shelves - slide type (included guide rail)”
t
-
t
-
t
-
CLP-1400
Recorders & Others Cat. No.
Description
CLP-650
CLP-850
AAA8T500
Recorder (dot type , 6 point)
t
t
t
AAAE1501
Recorder (chart type, 6”, 24hr / 7day)
t
t
t
AAAE1502
Chart Recorder Paper (6”, 60 package)
t
t
t
AAAE1503
Recorder (thermal line type)
t
t
t
AAAE1521
Cable Port
t
t
t
115
L
Refrigerators & Freezers Laboratory Freezers
Please visit
.com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Freezer products Information is readily available on our website.
FHG / FMG / FCG-150
FHG / FMG / FCG-650
Laboratory Freezers
116
FHG / FMG / FCG-300
Refrigerators & Freezers Laboratory freezers
A variety of freezer models for subzero degree storage (down to -35âł&#x201E;) of your sensitive lab material with innovative defrost system.
Safety Features t High as well as low temperature alerts with visual and audible alarms when the temperature exceeds the set temperature limits. t Open door alert - 1st: visible alarm for two minutes after the door is opened. - 2nd: audible alarm thereafter if the door is still opened.
Operating Features t Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel with vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD), touch-sensitive buttons, and a jog dial. - Keypad lock button preventing inadvertent parameter changes. - Easy temperature unit conversion between °C and °F
t Automatic shutdown of the fan for minimizing heat loss when the door is opened. t Two separate fuses protecting against over current. t Built-in door lock.
t Setting and resolution indication: - Temperature: 0.1âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026; - Signal indication for operation status. - Visible set values: set point value displayed together on the display.
Constructional Features
t CPU logic control system offering precise temperature control as well as high energy efficiency.
t High-quality 304 grade stainless steel chamber interior and dirtrepellent external surface with powder coating.
t Dual defrost systems - Innovative auto-defrost system automatically activated when detecting trace amount of frost build-up in the evaporator. - Additional manual defrost system for immediate frost removal.
t Air-tight silicone door seal with vice lock door closing mechanism for safe storage of samples. t Fully insulated chamber ensuring minimal chamber temperature fluctuation. t High thermal efficiency evaporation system made of low corrosion material.
(SV)
/ present value
(PV)
t Three types of recorders to choose from (optional) - Dot recorder (6 point) - Chart recorder (6â&#x20AC;?, 24hr/7days) - Thermal line recorder
t Built-in casters for easy transport. (except for FHG/FMG/FCG-150) t Dedicated stand with casters and stacking kit for FHG/FMG/FCG150 for use in labs with limited space. (optional) t Various accessories
LABORTATORY FREEZER
Digital Controllor
Door Key Lock
Vice Lock Door
117
L
Refrigerators & Freezers Laboratory Freezers
Specifications & Ordering Information FHG Models (for temperature range from -15Ⳅ to 0Ⳅ) Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)
FHG-150
FHG-300
FHG-650
156 / 5.5
319 / 11.3
647 / 22.8
Display
VFD and touch-screen 0 to -15 / 32 to 5
Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) 1/3
Refrigerator (Hp)
1/3
Door Type
1/3
Solid
Material
Interior
Stainless steel #304
Exterior
Steel, 1 mm, powder coating
Insulation Dimension (W×D×H)
550x580x490 / 21.7x22.8x19.3
550×580×1000 / 21.7×22.8×39.4
700x675x1370 / 27.6x26.6x53.9
Exterior (mm / inch)
763x871x975 / 30x34.3x38.4
750x799x1610 / 29.5x31.5x63.4
950x885x1980 / 37.4x34.8x78
Net Weight (kg / Ibs)
Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No.
100mm, Polyurethane foam
Interior (mm / inch)
Solid Door Type
Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Solid Door Type
120 / 264.6
150 / 330.7
3.5A
3.8A
230 / 507.1 3.8A
AAHE2101K
AAHE2111K
AAHE2121K
3.5A AAHE2102K
3.8A AAHE2112K
3.8A AAHE2122K
FMG-150
FMG-300
FMG-650
156 / 5.5
319 / 11.3
647 / 22.8
Specifications & Ordering Information FMG Models (for temperature range from -25Ⳅ to -15Ⳅ) Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Display
VFD and touch-screen -15 to -25 / 5 to -13
Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) 1/2
Refrigerator (Hp)
1/2
Door Type
3/8
Solid
Material
Interior
Stainless steel #304
Exterior
Steel, 1 mm, powder coating
Insulation Dimension (W×D×H)
550x580x490 / 21.7x22.8x19.3
550×580×1000 / 21.7×22.8×39.4
700x675x1370 / 27.6x26.6x53.9
Exterior (mm / inch)
763x871x975 / 30x34.3x38.4
750x799x1610 / 29.5x31.5x63.4
950x885x1980 / 37.4x34.8x78
Net Weight (kg / Ibs)
Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No.
100mm, Polyurethane foam
Interior (mm / inch)
Solid Door Type
Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Solid Door Type
120 / 264.6
150 / 330.7
4.5A
4.8A
230 / 507.1 5.5A
AAHE2201K
AAHE2211K
AAHE2221K
4.5A AAHE2202K
4.8A AAHE2212K
5.5A AAHE2222K
FCG-150
FCG-300
FCG-650
156 / 5.5
319 / 11.3
647 / 22.8
Specifications & Ordering Information FCG Models (for temperature range from -35Ⳅ to -25Ⳅ) Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Display
VFD and touch-screen -25 to -35 to -13 to -31
Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) 3/4
Refrigerator (Hp) Door Type Material
Interior
Stainless steel #304
Exterior
Steel, 1 mm, powder coating
Insulation Dimension (W×D×H)
100mm, Polyurethane foam 550x580x490 / 21.7x22.8x19.3
550×580×1000 / 21.7×22.8×39.4
700x675x1370 / 27.6x26.6x53.9
Exterior (mm / inch)
763x871x975 / 30x34.3x38.4
750x799x1610 / 29.5x31.5x63.4
950x885x1980 / 37.4x34.8x78
Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Solid Door Type
Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Solid Door Type
123 / 271.2
155 / 341.7
6A
7.5A
9.5A
AAHE2301K
AAHE2311K
AAHE2321K
6A AAHE2302K
7.5A AAHE2312K
9.5A AAHE2322K
1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 35Ⳅ and relative humidity (up to 85%).
118
1.2
Interior (mm / inch)
Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No.
1 Solid
238 / 524.7
Refrigerators & Freezers Accessories & Options
for FHG / FMG / FCG Models Recorders
Others
Dot Recorder
Chart Recorder
Thermal Line Recorder
Electrical Outlet (CLG)
Stand with Casters (only FHG / FMG / FCG-150)
Shelves
Wire Shelves
Wire Shelves
Drawer
(slide type)
(slide type)
Include and Maximum Shelve Quantity Models
Wire Shelves Include Maximum
Wire Shelves (slide type) Include Maximum
Drawer (slide type) Include Maximum
FHG-150
2
6
-
4
-
FHG-300
3
11
-
7
-
3 5
FHG-650
3
17
-
11
-
8
FMG-150
2
6
-
4
-
3
FMG-300
3
11
-
7
-
5
FMG-650
3
17
-
11
-
8
FCG-150
2
6
-
-
-
-
FCG-300
3
11
-
-
-
-
FCG-650
3
17
-
-
-
-
Shelves & Drawers Cat. No. AAAE1511 AAAE1512 AAAE1514 AAAE1515 AAAE1517 AAAE1518
Description
FHG-150 FHG-300 FHG-650 FMG-150 FMG-300 FMG-650 FCG-150 FCG-300 FCG-650
"Wire Shelves - flat type (included shelf bracket)"
t
t
-
t
t
-
t
t
-
-
-
t
-
-
t
-
-
t
"Wire Shelves - slide type (included guide rail)"
t
t
-
t
t
-
-
-
-
-
-
t
-
-
t
-
-
-
"Drawers Shelves - slide type (included guide rail)"
t
t
-
t
t
-
-
-
-
-
-
t
-
-
t
-
-
-
Recorders & Others Cat. No.
Description
FHG-150 FHG-300 FHG-650 FMG-150 FMG-300 FMG-650 FCG-150 FCG-300 FCG-650
AAA8T500
Recorder (dot type , 6 point)
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
AAAE1501
Recorder (chart type, 6”, 24hr / 7day)
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
AAAE1502
Chart Recorder Paper (6”, 60 package)
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
AAAE1503
Recorder (thermal line type)
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
119
Shakers SELECTION GUIDE
Shakers (RPM)
Advanced Orbital Shakers Dual-action Shakers Economy Shakers Mini Shaker Microplate Shaker Rocking Shaker Waving Shaker
Speed Range
Description
Benchtop Models - Open-air
Heating Shaker Separatory Funnel Shaker
SKC-6075 SKC-6100 SKC-6200 Advanced Orbital Shakers SKC-7075 SKC-7100 SKC-7200 SK-300 Dual-action SK-600 Shakers SK-71 SKF-2025 SKF-2050 SKF-2075 SKF-2025R SKF-2050R SKF-2075R Economy Shakers SKF-3050 SKF-3075 SKF-3100 SKF-3050R SKF-3075R SKF-3100R Mini Shaker CMS-350
30 to 500
10 to 300
Maximum Net Weight Page Amplitude Size (kg/Ibs) (mm / inch, dia)
19 / 0.75 25 / 1 50 / 2 19 / 0.75 25 / 01 50 / 2 40 / 1.6
10 to 500 10 to 400 10 to 300 10 to 450 10 to 350 10 to 250 10 to 400 10 to 300 10 to 300 10 to 350 10 to 250 10 to 250 50 to 300
70 / 2.4 7 / 0.25 13 / 0.5 19 / 0.75 7 / 0.25 13 / 0.5 19 / 0.75 13 / 0.5 19 / 0.75 25 / 1 13 / 0.5 19 / 0.75 25 / 1 13 / 0.5
Microplate Shakers
CPS-350
150 to 1200
3 / 0.1
Rocking Shaker Waving Shaker
CRS-350 CWS-350
5 to 100 8 to 100
( Tilt 7~13° adjustable) ( Tilt 0~13° adjustable)
65 / 143.3 124 75 / 165.4 24 / 52.9 29 / 63.9 50 / 110.2
126
20 / 44.1
127
33.68 / 74.25
8 / 17.6
128
7.7 / 17
129
3.7 / 8.16 3.7 / 8.16
130 131
Heating Shaker Description Benchtop Models - Open-air
Heating Shaker
CBS-350
Speed Range
Temperature Range
(RPM)
(Ⳅ/ⳅ)
150 to 1500*
Amb. +5 to 100 / Amb. 41 to 212
Net Weight Page (kg/Ibs) 8.3 / 18.3
132
* Speed range from 150 to max. 1500rpm according to the choice of interchangeable block.
Separatory Funnel Shakers Vertical Speed Net Weight Page Length (kg/Ibs) Range (RPM) Stroke (mm / inch)
Description Be Benchtop Ty Type
Separatory Funnel Shaker
RS-1
50 to 300
40 / 1.6
24 / 52.9
133
Accessories & Options Ac Description for Shakers
Page 134-137
GENERAL APPLICATIONS
Open-air and Separatory Funnel Shakers
General Applications
SKC
SK. SKF
t t
t t t t t
Bacterial Suspensions Cell Culture Diagnostic Tests Drug Analysis ELISA
t t
Environmental Technology (waste water and soil analysis)
Enzyme Immunoassays Extraction Procedures General Mixing Hemolyzing Blood Separation Hybridization Inorganic Solvent Extraction Soil Compound Extraction Solubility Studies
t
t
t t t
t t t t t
t
t
RS
t
CMS / CPS
CBS
CRS / CWS
t t t t
t t t t t
t t t t
t
t t
t t t t t t
t t t
t
Solvent Extraction for Water Quality Analysis
t t t t t
t t t t t
t
t
Staining and Destaining Perparation for Metal Analysis Pharmaceutical Profiling Protein Synthesis
t
t
t t
t t
t
t
t t
t t
t t
t t
* Above listed applications are for general purpose use.
TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features 1) Automatic power cut-off in case of over current. 2) User settable operation mode after power interruption: either Automatic Run or Manual Run. (except for SK, SKF models)
3) Special acceleration and deceleration circuitry. (except for RS, CPS, CMS, CWS, CBS, CRS models):
- Stopping the shaking table always at the center using a position sensor. - Smooth start and smooth stop preventing chemical spills from flasks or test tubes. 4) Automatic adjusted shaking speed when load imbalance or unusual vibration is detected by the sensor. (only SKC models)
5) Over heat protection. : mechanical and electric circuits. (only CBS models)
Optimum Control Features
Constructional Features
1) Microprocessor PID control.
1) Low-profile design minimizing vibration or sliding caused by the high speed shaking motion.
2) Wide speed range suitable for most applications. 3) Self-diagnostic function identifying errors (audible and visible alarms) and also guiding troubleshooting. 4) Diverse shaking features. - Dual shaking actions: orbital and reciprocating. (only SK models) - Multi-function shaking system. - Time. Wait ON Wait OFF Program Save
3) Innovative and durable triple-cam shaking mechanism. (SKC models)
SK
SKF
SKC
t -
t t -
t t t
- Forward & Backward, Pause. 5) Intuitive, splash-proof, and easy to clean control panel. - Bright LED displays with touch-sensitive keypad. (for SK and SKF models) - Vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) with touch-sensitive buttons and a dial knob. (for SKC, CMS, CPS, CBS, CWS CRS, and CBS models)
6) Audible alarm at the end of each shaking session. (for RS models)
2) Smooth, quiet, and uniform shaking motion thanks to the maintenancefree BLDC motor which also supports high-speed applications and heavy workloads. (except for SKC models)
4) Dirt-repellent external surface with power coating. 5) DD(Direct drive) motor allows the shaker to hold heavy loads, is quiet, high rpm, and durable. (SKC models) 6) Wide range of accessories.
S Please visit
Shakers
Shakers - Open - Air .com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Shaker products Information is readily available on our website.
Certification without CBS-350
122
Shakers
Shaking System Dual-action Shaking System All SK, SI, and IS shaking units are dual-action. The user is able to select between orbital and reciprocating shaking motion. Simply change the type of shaking motion by changing the way the platform is connected.
Reciprocating Motion
Orbital Motion
Multi-function Shaking System Intensive multi-function shaking system surpasses all the previous levels of shaker units. Mix and match clockwise, counterclockwise, start, and stop motions. (Making 6 possible combinations - refer to each model spec.)
Convenient and Unique Shaking Functions This unique shaker stops and starts at the always same position. This shaker is beneficial for semi-automated dosing or sampling of samples. Select between clockwise and counterclockwise shaking motion. - These durable shaking systems are able to function stably at low rpm settings. (between 10-25rpm) Usually the SK models-10rpm (SKC models-30rpm) setting is great for low damage biological mixing tests and cell cultivation.
Power OFF Power OFF
only start / stop here
123
S Please visit
Shakers
Advanced Orbital Shakers .com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Shaker products Information is readily available on our website.
SKC - 7075 Optional Accessories see page 134-137
SKC Control Display
124
t Universal Platforms, Dual Universal Platforms t Rubber Mats, Universal Attachments t Flask Clamps, Funnel Clamps t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks, Half Spring Wire Racks t Microplate Holders t Lab Sticker
Shakers
Advanced orbital Shakers Innovative triple-cam shaking mechanism with offering reliable performance across a wide speed range. Specially designed to carry out heavy-duty and trouble-free operations continuously.
Constructional Features
Progressive Program Operation
t Ideal DD(Direct Drive) Brushless Motor and triple cam system support heavy loads, quiet (beltless, brushless, and gearless), maintenance free, and delivers high torque at high speeds, smooth rotation. t Special acceleration and deceleration circuitry: - Stopping the shaking table always at the same position allowing for automated dosing or sampling. - Providing smooth start and smooth stop preventing chemical spills from flasks or test tubes. t Low-profile design (122 mm high) minimizing vibration or sliding caused by the high speed shaking motion. t Chemicals-resistant and durable construction. t Dirt-repellent external surface with power coating. Programming parameters
t Convenient universal platform exchange sliding.
Maximum Number of segments in one (1) pattern (Cycle) 20 Maximum Number of Patterns (Cycle) saved 20 Time 1min to 99hr 59min Shaking Motion - Forward & Backward, Pause RPM 30 to 500
t Various accessories.
Operating Features
t Adopted bright VFD display, and capacitive touch sensor button.
t Microprocessor PID control maintaining constant speed.
t Digital timer: 1min 99hr 59min, delayed ON / OFF.
t Wide speed range: 30 to 500 rpm t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: ranging from 1min to 99 hr 59 min. t Intuitive, splash-proof, and easy-to-clean control panel with a vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD), touchsensitive buttons, and a dial knob. t Automatic adjusted shaking speed when load imbalance or unusual vibration is detected by the sensor.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model
SKC-6075
SKC-6100
Control System Display Motion Type Speed Range1) (RPM) Shaking System Accuracy at 100 RPM Amplitude Size (mm / inch, dia) 19 / 0.75 Small Platform (W×D) (mm / inch) Large Dimension Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electric Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electric Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.
25 / 1 580×520 / 22.8×20.5 660×520 / 26×20.5 582.8×618 ×122.2 22.9×24.3×4.8 65 / 143.3
SKC-6200
SKC-7075
Feedback control PID VFD Orbital 30 to 500 ±1 50 / 2 19 / 0.75
SKC-7100
SKC-7200
25 / 1 50 / 2 755×520 / 29.7×20.5 885×520 / 34.8×20.5 754.8×662×122.2 29.7×26.1×4.8 75 / 165.4
0.4A AAH30105K
AAH30115K
AAH30125K
AAH30205K
AAH30215K
AAH30225K
AAH30206U
AAH30216U
AAH30226U
0.8A AAH30106U
AAH30116U
AAH30126U
1) When operating at high speed (350 ~ 500 rpm), it should be recommended to use an optional attachment to be fixed on the floor of the working place.
125
S
Shakers
Dual-action shaker
Dual-action benchtop platform shakers for up to 6L flasks. Orbital or reciprocating shaking action over a wide speed range (10 to 300 rpm) offering an ideal solution for your mixing needs.
Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Wide speed range: 10 ~ 300 rpm t Dual shaking actions: orbital or reciprocating. t Additional shaking modes: Forward (clockwise rotation), Backward (counterclockwise rotation), and Pause. t Multi-step Programming of Shaking Operations: - Run time: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec. - Forward/Backward/Pause modes: 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec. t Maximum orbit diameter. - 40mm (1.6″) for SK-300, 600 - 70mm (2.8″) for SK-71 t Bright LED displays with touch-sensitive keypad.
Constructional Features
SK-300 Optional Accessories see page 134-137
t Universal / Dedicated Platforms, Rubber Mats, Universal Attachments t Flask Clamps, Funnel Clamps t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks t Microplate Holders t Lab Sticker t Stage Rack (max. 4 stages)
t Equipped with a maintenance-free direct drive BLDC motor to generate smooth, quiet, uniform, and yet powerful shaking motion required for high-speed applications and heavy workloads. t Special acceleration and deceleration circuitry: - Stopping the shaking table always at the same position allowing for automated dosing or sampling. - Providing smooth start and smooth stop preventing chemical spills from flasks or test tubes. t Low-profile design minimizing vibration or sliding caused by the high speed shaking motion. t Chemicals-resistant and durable construction. t Various accessories.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model
SK-71
Timer
Run time: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec Forward & Backward, Pause : 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec
Amplitude Size (mm / inch, dia.)
20, 30, 40 / 0.8, 1.2, 1.6 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2
30, 40, 50, 60, 70 / 1.2, 1.6, 2, 2.4, 2.8 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2
Recip Stroke Length (mm / inch)
20, 30, 40 / 0.8, 1.2, 1.6 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2
30, 40, 50, 60, 70 / 1.2, 1.6, 2, 2.4, 2.8 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2
Platform (W×D) (mm / inch)
350×350 / 13.8×13.8
450×450 / 17.7×17.7
755×481 / 29.7×18.9
Overall (W×D×H) (mm/inch)
410×490×150 / 16.1×19.3×5.9
510×595×150 / 20.1×23.4×5.9
820×610×166 / 32.3×24×6.5
24 / 52.9 0.2A AAH31105K 0.4A AAH31106U
29 / 63.9 0.2A AAH31205K 0.4A AAH31206U
50 / 110.2 0.2A AAH31305K 0.4A AAH31306U
Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.
126
SK-600
Orbital or Reciprocating motion selectable 10 to 300
Shaking System
Dimension
SK-300
Motion Type Speed Range (RPM)
Shakers
Economy Shakers Compact, affordable, and yet versatile shakers with interchangeable platform design. Two types of shaking motions (orbital or reciprocating), four types of an orbit or reciprocating lengths. The compact and interchangeable platform design accommodates various types and sizes of vessels and suitable for use in chambers.
Wide selective models t A wide selection of models to choose by: - Shaking motion: orbital or reciprocating. - Maximum speed: 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 rpm - Amplitude: 7, 13, 19, 25 mm / 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1.0
Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Additional shaking modes: (only for Orbital model) - Forward (clockwise rotation) - Backward (counterclockwise rotation) - Pause t Multi-step Programming of Shaking Operations: - Delayed On/Off Timer: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec. - Forward/Backward/Pause: 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec.
SKF-2075 Optional Accessories see page 134-137
t Universal Attachment, Spring wire Rack, Rubber Mat t Dimpled Mat, Dual Stacking Tray, Large Tray (for SKF-2000 Models only)
t Bright LED displays with touch-sensitive keypad. t Various optional accessories to accommodate diverse lab ware.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model
Shaking System
Motion Type Speed Range (RPM) Accuracy at 100 RPM
10 to 500
Timer
Amplitude Size (mm / inch) Platform (W×D) (mm / inch) Dimension Overall (W×D×H) (mm / Inch) Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50/60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50/60Hz) Cat. No.
Model
Shaking System
SKF-2025
Motion Type Speed Range (RPM) Accuracy at 100 RPM
7 / 0.25
0.2 A AAH3A105K 0.4 A AAH3A106U
SKF-3050 10 to 400
Timer
Amplitude Size (mm / inch) Platform (WxD) (mm / inch) Overall (WxDxH) (mm / Inch) Dimension Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50/60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50/60Hz) Cat. No.
13 / 0.5
0.2 A AAH3A305K 0.4 A AAH3A306U
SKF-2050 Orbital 10 to 400
SKF-2075
SKF-2025R
SKF-2050R Reciprocating 10 to 350
10 to 450 ±2 Delay On / Off Time : 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min Forward & Backward, Pause : 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec 13 / 0.5 19 / 0.75 7 / 0.25 13 / 0.5 320×260 / 12.6×10.2 355×375×140 / 14×14.8×5.5 20 / 44.1 0.2 A 0.2 A 0.2 A 0.2 A AAH3A115K AAH3A125K AAH3A205K AAH3A215K 0.4 A 0.4 A 0.4 A 0.4 A AAH3A116U AAH3A126U AAH3A206U AAH3A216U
SKF-3075 Orbital 10 to 300
10 to 300
SKF-3100 10 to 300
SKF-3050R
SKF-3075R Reciprocating 10 to 250
10 to 350 ±2 Delay On / Off Time : 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min Forward & Backward, Pause : 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec 19 / 0.75 25 / 1 13 / 0.5 19 / 0.75 350×350 / 13.8×13.8 410×490×140 / 16.1×19.3×5.5 30 / 74.25 0.2 A 0.2 A 0.2 A 0.2 A AAH3A315K AAH3A325K AAH3A405K AAH3A415K 0.4 A 0.4 A 0.4 A 0.4 A AAH3A316U AAH3A326U AAH3A406U AAH3A416U
SKF-2075R 10 to 250
19 / 0.75
0.2 A AAH3A225K 0.4 A AAH3A226U
SKF-3100R 10 to 250
25 / 1
0.2 A AAH3A425K 0.4 A AAH3A426U
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (4-40°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%).
127
S
Shakers
Mini Shaker
Compact and lightweight design for space saving and portability with a real-time responsive speed control knob. Ideal for hybridization, immunocytochemistry, gel staining/destaining, and other bioscience applications.
Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Suitable for low rpm sensitive applications. t Speed range: 50 ~ 300 rpm t One-touch timer for time-dependent shaking operations : 1 min to 99 hour 59 min. t Orbit size: 13mm dia. (0.51″ dia.) t Digital VFD display for speed and shaking motion.
Constructional Features t Equipped with a maintenance-free BLDC motor to generate smooth, quiet, uniform, and yet powerful shaking motion. t Vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) with touch–sensitive keypad.
CMS-350 Optional Accessories see page 134-137
t Rubber Mats, Universal Attachments t Flask Clamps, Funnel Clamps t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks t Microplate Holders t Lab Sticker
t Compact and lightweight design allowing for use inside incubators, environmental chambers, refrigerators, cold rooms, etc. t Removable rubber mat for easy transport of well-plates (Max. 6 ea)and dishes. (optional) t Good chemicals-resistant. t Various accessories.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Control System Display Motion Type Speed Range (RPM) Accuracy at 100 RPM Shaking System Timer Orbit Size (mm / inch, dia) Max. Load (kg / Ibs) Rubber Mat (optional) Material Body Rubber Mat (W×D) (mm / inch) Platform (W×D) (mm / inch) Dimension Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements KR Plug Cat. No. US Plug
CMS-350 Feedback control PID VFD Orbital 50 to 300 ±5 1min. to 99hrs. 59min. 13 / 0.51 up to 4 / 8.81 PP+Rubber PP 276×276 / 10.87×10.87 250×250 / 9.8×9.8 276×334×130 / 10.9×13.1×5.1 8 / 17.6 AV 100 ~ 240 V, 50 / 60 Hz AAH3B1115K AAH3B1115U
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (2-60°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%).
128
Shakers
Microplate Shaker Fitted with 4 microplates and wider speed range to accommodate various sample testing. Optimally designed to shake four microplates simultaneously, this Microplate Shaker is ideal for applications that demand precise and repeatable mixing.
Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t One-touch timer for time-dependent shaking operations : 1 min to 99 hour 59 min. t Smooth start feature to avoid sample contamination. t Timer range: 1 min to 99 hour 59 min. t Orbital size: 3 mm (0.12”) - Automatic shut down: Overload (max. load: 4kg) t Digital VFD display for speed and shaking motion.
Constructional Features t Equipped with a maintenance-free BLDC motor to generate smooth, quiet, uniform, and yet powerful shaking motion. t Vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) with touch–sensitive keypad. t Compact and lightweight design allowing for use inside incubators, environmental chambers, refrigerators, hybridization reactions, etc. (up to 60Ⳅ) t Good chemicals-resistant.
CPS-350 Optional Accessories see page 137
t Various accessories. - Optional tube racks also available for 1.5ml microtubes, 15ml conical tubes, and 50ml conical tubes.
t Micro-Tube Rack with Cap t Conical Tube Racks
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Control System Display Motion Type Speed Range (RPM) Accuracy at 500 RPM Shaking System Timer Orbit Size (mm / inch, dia) Max. Load (kg / Ibs) Tray (W×D) (mm /inch) Overall (W×D×H) (mm /inch) Dimension Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements Cat. No.
(KR Plug) (US Plug)
CPS-350 Feedback control PID VFD Orbital 150 to 1,200 ±15 1min. to 99hrs. 59min. 3 / 0.12 4 / 8.8 267×185 / 10.5×7.3 249×329x127 / 9.8×13×5 7.7 / 17 AV 100 ~ 240 V, 50/60 Hz AAH3C1115K AAH3C1115U
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (2-60°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%).
129
S
Shakers
Rocking Shaker
Adjustable tilt angle and precise digital speed control providing desired rocking motion. Designed for time-dependent and low rpm sensitive applications such as ELISA, enzyme immunoassays, protein synthesis, hybridization staining/destaining gels, pharmaceutical profiling, etc.
Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Digital speed control providing gentle to vigorous motion. - Rocking shaker: 5 to 100 rpm t Easy to adjust tilt angle - Rocking shaker: 7 to 13° t One-touch timer range: 1 min to 100 hr.
Constructional Features t Equipped with a maintenance-free BLDC motor to generate smooth, quiet, uniform, and yet powerful shaking motion. t Vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) with touch-sensitive keypad. t Compact and lightweight design allowing for use inside incubators, environmental chambers, refrigerators, cold rooms, etc.
CRS-350 Included Accessories t Dimpled Mat (Tray, Silicone pad, 2 Rubber bands) Optional Accessories t Rubber Mat (Tray, Sticky pad) see page 134-137 t Universal Harness
t Three types of removable rubber mat for easy transport of well-plates, test tubes, etc. (included Dimpled mat, and optional Rubber mat, Universal harness)
(Tray, Sticky pad, 6 Rubber bands)
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Control System Display MotionType Speed Range (RPM) Shaking Accuracy at 100 RPM System Tilt Angle Max. Load (kg / Ibs) Dimpled Mat (standard) Material Body Tray (W×D) (mm / inch) Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Dimension Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements KR Plug Cat. No. US Plug
CRS-350 Feedback control with PID VFD Rocking type 5 to 100 ±5 7 to 13° 5 / 11.02 PP (Polypropylene) + Silicone PP (Polypropylene) 276×276 / 10.87×10.87 276×320×150 / 10.87×12.6×5.91 3.7 / 8.16 AV 100 ~ 240 V, 50/60 Hz AAH391115K AAH391115U
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-60°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%).
130
Shakers
Waving Shaker Enhanced conveniences for tilt adjustment, removable tray, and digital controlling. Accommodates to be used in a variety of test tube size, beakers, vials, micro-well plates, culture plates, plastic/glass trays.
Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Digital speed control providing gentle to vigorous motion. - Waving shaker: 8 to 100 rpm t Easy to adjust tilt angle - Waving shaker: 0 to 13° t One-touch timer range: 1 min to 100 hr.
Constructional Features t Equipped with a maintenance-free BLDC motor to generate smooth, quiet, uniform, and yet powerful shaking motion. t Vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) with touch-sensitive keypad. t Compact and lightweight design allowing for use inside incubators, environmental chambers, refrigerators, cold rooms, etc.
CWS-350 Included Accessories t Dimpled Mat (Tray, Silicone pad, 2 Rubber bands) Optional Accessories t Rubber Mat (Tray, Sticky pad) see page 134-137 t Universal Harness
t Three types of removable rubber mat for easy transport of well-plates, test tubes, etc. (included Dimpled mat, and optional Rubber mat, Universal harness)
(Tray, Sticky pad, 6 Rubber bands)
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Control System Display MotionType Speed Range (RPM) Shaking Accuracy at 100 RPM System Tilt Angle Max. Load (kg / Ibs) Dimpled Mat (standard) Material Body Tray (W×D) (mm / inch) Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Dimension Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements KR Plug Cat. No. US Plug
CWS-350 Feedback control with PID VFD Waving Type 8 to 100 ±5 0 to 13° 5 / 11.02 PP (Polypropylene) + Silicone PP (Polypropylene) 276×276 / 10.87×10.87 276×320×150 / 10.87×12.6×5.91 3.7 / 8.16 AV 100 ~ 240 V, 50/60 Hz AAH381115K AAH381115U
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-60°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%).
131
S
Shakers
Heating shaker
Useful for a variety of molecular biology applications. Interval mix function in program mode can be properly set according to user’s test condition.
Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control ensuring consistent shaking motion and precision accuracy. t Speed range from 150 to max. of 1500 rpm (depend on a choice of interchangeable blocks)
t Maximum 9 temperature range-specific calibration. t Memory function of programmed protocols allowing relevant parameters (such as temp., rpm, time) of each protocol step to be stored. - Up to 10 protocols allowed for memory storage. - Up to 10 steps allowed for each protocol. - Interval Mix function (continuous switching between shaking and phasing) t Two types of timer modes: - Timer 1 starts only after reaching the set temp. - Timer 2 starts right after the timer setting.
Constructional Features t Bright VFD display with responsive touch buttons. t Its polypropylene main body is highly chemical-resistant and easy-to-clean.
CBS-350 Optional Accessories see page 137
t 96-Well Tube Block Set with Covers t 0.5⽀ / 1.5⽀ / 50⽀ Tube Block Set with Covers
t Optimal heat transfer is achieved by the tight coupling design of the main body and the corrosion-resistant anodized aluminum blocks. t Low-profile design with rubber feet for minimal vibration and noise. t Blocks can be easily interchanged by the included block lifter.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model
CBS-350
Control Display Temperature
Safety
Feedback control PID VFD (0.1Ⳅ resolution) Amb. +5 to 100 / 41 to 212 0.5 / 0.9 0.15 / 0.27 360 Heating plate PCB Current limit protection Orbital
Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Fluctuation at 80Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation at 80Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Heating power (W) Over Temp. Over Current Motion Type
Shaking System Dimension
Speed range (RPM)
(WxDxH)
Orbit Size (mm / inch, dia.) Overall (mm/inch) (WxDxH) Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical requirements (230V,50Hz/60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical requirements (120V,60Hz) Cat. No. Dimension
96-well tube block 0.5⽀ tube block 1.5⽀ tube block 50⽀ tube block 2 / 0.08 276 x 334 x 170 / 10.9 x 13.1 x 6.7 8.3 / 18.3 1.7A AAHJ4015K 3.4A AAHJ4013U
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%) Ⲽ Above specs can be changed without prior notice.
132
150 to 1500 150 to 1200 150 to 1200 150 to 1000
Shakers
Separatory Funnel Shaker Intensive vertical reciprocating agitation for quick solvent extraction. Shaking up to 6 samples in identical conditions for any series or comparative protocols in chemistry, biotech, and medical labs.
Features t Vertical reciprocating motion with maximum stroke length of 40mm. (1.6″) t Easy to operate. t Wide speed range (50 to 300 rpm) suitable for most applications. t Timer range: 0 to 60 min / continuous t Digital LED speed indicator. t Audible alarm and automatic shut down at the end of each shaking session. t Easily adjustable funnel holders. t Maximum number of funnels installable : 10 (up to 5 holders per each side)
* Funnel Capacities (per each side)
RS-1 Included Accessories
Capacity
Round type funnel
Slim type funnel
3-5 3 -
5 3 3
under 500ml 500ml 1L
t Funnel Holder 6 Sets (ordering information - Cat. No.: AAA32501)
Specifications & Ordering Information Model
Shaking System
Dimension
RS-1
Motion Type
Vertical reciprocating
Speed Range (RPM)
50 to 300
Timer
60 min or continuous operation
Vertical Stroke Length (mm / inch)
40 / 1.6
Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch)
445×730×505 / 17.5×28.7×19.9
Max. Load per each Side (kg / lbs)
3 / 6.6
Net Weight (Kg / lbs)
24 / 52.9
Electrical Requirements (230V)
50Hz, 0.4A
60Hz, 0.4A
Cat. No.
AAH32012K
AAH32015K
133
S
Shakers
Accessories & Options
for Dual-action & Economy & Mini Shakers
Universal Platforms (SK, SKF)
Universal Platform (CMS-350)
Test Tube Racks
Tower Flat A Flat B Single
Flask Clamps
Flask Clamps (plastic) Model
Universal Platform
Funnel Clamps SK-300
Cat. No.
SK-600
SKF-3000 Models
CMS-350
AAA3A501
AAA31501-V1
AAA3B501
AAA23550
for 50 mL
36
55
99
21
36
16
AAA23551
for 100 mL
28
44
74
14
28
9
AAA23552
for 250 mL
13
24
39
8
13
9
AAA23556
for 300 mL
13
24
39
8
13
9
AAA23553
for 500 mL
10
16
25
5
10
5
AAA23554
for 1L
5
8
14
3
5
4
AAA23555
for 2L
4
5
9
-
4
1
AAA23557
for 2.8L
2
4
6
-
2
-
AAA23558
for 4L
1
2
4
-
-
-
AAA23559
for 6L
1
2
4
-
-
16
Max. Mountable Flask Clamps
AAA30570
for 50 mL
28
39
65
16
28
AAA30571
for 100 ~ 125 mL
16
29
52
12
16
9
AAA30572
for 200 mL
13
25
33
8
13
9
AAA30573
for 250 mL
12
20
33
6
12
9
AAA30574
for 300 mL
12
16
33
6
12
9
AAA30575
for 500 mL
9
12
20
4
9
5
AAA30576
for 1L
5
9
12
2
5
4
AAA30577
for 2L
4
5
6
-
4
1
AAA23562
for 250 mL
4
6
11
4
4
3
AAA23563
for 500 mL
3
4
9
3
3
2
AAA23564
for 1L
2
3
5
2
2
2
AAA23565
for 2L
1
2
4
-
1
-
2
2
Separating Funnel Size Funnel Clamps
SKF-2000 Models
Max. Mountable Flask Clamps
Erlenmeyer Flask Size
Flask Clamps (plastic)
SK-71
AAA31501-V1 AAA31502-V1 AAA23503-V1 Erlenmeyer Flask Size
Flask Clamps
Microplate Holders
Max. Mountable Funnel Clamps
Mountable Capacity of Racks
Test Tube Racks1)
AAA23581
for 86 Test Tubes, ø8mm
AAA23582
for 86 Test Tubes, ø10mm
AAA23583
for 58 Test Tubes, ø12mm
AAA23584
for 58 Test Tubes, ø14mm
AAA23585
for 32 Test Tubes, ø17mm
AAA23586
for 19 Test Tubes, ø25mm
AAA23594
for 10 Test Tubes, ø35mm
AAA23654
2
4
6
2
Single
8
15
25
6
8
6
AAA23651
Tower
6
10
16
4
6
6
AAA23652
Flat A(large)
-
2
3
-
-
-
AAA23653
Flat B(small)
2
3
5
1
2
-
Max. Mountable Microplate Holders Microplate Holders
1) No declination.
Ⲽ Above accessories need to be mounted on a universal platform which is sold separately.
134
Shakers
Accessories & Options for Dual-action & Economy & Mini Shakers
Dedicated Platform
Spring Wire Racks
Rubber Mats (SK, SKF)
Universal Attachment
Lab Sticker (200x200, mm)
Rubber Mat (CMS-350)
Dual Stacking Tray
Large Tray
Model Universal Platform +250mL Flask Clamps
SK-300
SK-600
SK-71
AAA31551
AAA31561
AAA23631
No. of Flask Clamps Dedicated Platform
Cat. No.
Stage Rack (SK Models)
13
Universal Platform +500mL Flask Clamps
24
AAA31552
No. of Flask Clamps
39
AAA31562
10
AAA23632
16
25
ⲟ A dedicated platform is sold with setting each max. mountable amount of flask clamps on.
Model
SK-300
SK-600
SK-71
AAA31521-V1 AAA31522-V1 AAA23523-V1 Erlenmeyer Flask Size
Spring Wire Racks
Cat. No.
SKF-2000 Models
SKF-3000 Models
CMS-350
AAA3A521
AAA31521-V1
AAA3B511
Max. Inserting Flask Clamps
for 50 mL
16
25
40
15
16
15
for 100 mL
9
16
28
9
9
9
for 250 mL
4
9
15
4
4
4
for 300 mL
4
9
15
4
4
4
for 500 mL
4
5
10
4
4
4
for 1L
2
4
8
2
2
2
for 2L
1
2
4
-
1
-
1
2
4
-
1
-
Rubber Mat
for 2.8L
AAA31531
AAA31532
AAA23533
AAA3A531
AAA31531
AAA38501
Universal Attachments
AAA31511
AAA31512
AAA31513
AAA3A511
AAA31511
AAA3B521
-
-
-
AAA3A532
-
AAA38502
Lab Sticker Dimpled Mat Microlpate Tray
Stage Racks
AAA30551 Cat. No.
Dual Stacking
-
-
-
AAA3A541
-
AAA3B531
Large Tray
-
-
-
AAA3A542
-
AAA3B532
2 stage Rack
-
-
AAA31701
-
-
-
4 stage Rack
AAA31541
AAA31542
AAA31702
-
-
-
135
S
Shakers
Accessories & Options
for Advanced Orbital Shakers
Universal Platforms
Spring Wire Racks
Dual Universal Platforms
Universal Attachments
Rubber Mats
Weight Increaser SKC - 6000 Models small large
Model Universal Platform
Flask Clamps
Flask Clamps (plastic)
Funnel Clamps
Test Tube Racks2)
Microplate Holders
AAA23562 AAA23563 AAA23564 AAA23565
Single Dual1) Erlenmeyer Flask Size for 50 mL for 100 mL for 250 mL for 300 mL for 500 mL for 1L for 2L for 2.8L for 4L for 6L Erlenmeyer Flask Size for 50 mL for 100 ~ 125 mL for 200 mL for 250 mL for 300 mL for 500 mL for 1L for 2L Separating Funnel Size for 250 mL for 500 mL for 1L for 2L
AAA23581 AAA23582 AAA23583 AAA23584 AAA23585 AAA23586 AAA23594
for 86 Test Tubes, ø8mm for 86 Test Tubes, ø10mm for 58 Test Tubes, ø12mm for 58 Test Tubes, ø14mm for 32 Test Tubes, ø16mm for 19 Test Tubes, ø25mm for 10 Test Tubes, ø35mm
8
AAA23654 AAA23651 AAA23652 AAA23653
Single Tower Flat A(large) Flat B(small)
20 16 3 4
Cat. No. AAA23550 AAA23551 AAA23552 AAA23556 AAA23553 AAA23554 AAA23555 AAA23557 AAA23558 AAA23559 AAA30570 AAA30571 AAA30572 AAA30573 AAA30574 AAA30575 AAA30576 AAA30577
AAA30501 -
SKC - 7000 Models small large
AAA30503 AAA30502 AAA30541 Max. Mountable Flask Clamps 96 108 (under 108) 66 72 (under 72) 39 42 (under 42) 39 36 24 27 16 18 11 12 8 9 6 8 4 6 Max. Mountable Flask Clamps 64 72 48 54 39 30 30 30 30 30 20 24 12 12 6 6 Max. Mountable Funnel Clamps 16 18 10 11 8 9 6 7 Mountable Capacity of Racks
84 54 33 33 20 14 8 6 4 3 56 42 25 25 25 20 10 6 14 9 7 5
9
AAA30504 AAA30542 126 (under 126) 84 (under 84) 51 (under 51) 40 30 20 13 11 9 7 80 60 32 32 32 28 15 9 20 14 12 8
9
12
Max. Mountable Microplate Holders 23 25 19 22 4 4 5 6
28 25 5 7
1) Universal platform attachments are mounted on the dual universal platform, Under the dual universal platform are mounted only 50ml, 100ml 200ml - Refer to the above chart (Distance between platforms is 175mm). 2) No declination
Model Spring wire rack Universal attachment Rubber mat Lab Sticker Weight increaser
SKC - 6000 Models large small AAA30521 AAA30511 AAA30531
AAA30522 AAA30512 AAA30532
AAA30523 AAA30513 AAA30533
AAA30524 AAA30514 AAA30534
AAA30551 AAA30562
Ⲽ Above accessories need to be mounted on a universal platform which is sold separately.
136
SKC - 7000 Models small large
AAA30 561
Shakers
Accessories & Options for Rocking Waving Shaker
Rubber Mat
Dimpled Mat Cat. No.
Universal Harness
Description
Component
AAA38501
Rubber mat
Tray, Sticky pad
AAA38502
Dimpled mat
Tray, Silicone pad
AAA38503
Universal harness
Tray, Sticky pad, Rubber band (6ea)
for Microplate Shaker
1.5⽀ Micro-Tube Rack Cat. No. AAAJ2311 CPS0011 CPS0012
15⽀ Conical Tube Rack
50⽀ Conical Tube Rack
Description 1.5⽀ Micro-Tube Rack with Cap 15⽀ Conical Tube Rack 50⽀ Conical Tube Rack
Max. Mountable Tube 80 (5 x16) 30 (3 x10) 12 (2 x 6)
for Heating Shakers
96-wellTube Block Set with Cover Cat. No. AAAJ4504 AAAJ4501 AAAJ4502 AAAJ4503
0.5⽀ Tube Block Set with Cover
1.5⽀ Tube Block Set with
Description 96-well Tube Block Set with Cover 0.5⽀ Tube Block Set with Cover 1.5⽀ Tube Block Set with Cover 50⽀ Tube Block Set with Cover
50⽀ Tube Block Set with Cover Max. Mountable Tube
0.2mL x 96 holes (microtube) 0.5mL x 48 holes (microtube) 1.5mL x 24 holes (microtube) 50mL x 6 holes (centrifuge tube)
137
Heating & Cooling Blocks These heating blocks are indispensable for incubation and activation of cultures, culture enrichment, enzyme reactions, immunoassay, etc.
CCB-350
CHB-350S
CHB-350T
Heating & Cooling Block Heating Blocks
SELECTION GUIDE Heating & Cooling Blocks Heating Blocks
Description Heating & Cooling Block
CCB-350 CHB-350S
Heating Blocks CHB-350T
Temperature Range
Temperature Fluctuation
Temperature Variation
(Ⳅ/ⳅ)
[±Ⳅ/ⳅ]
[±Ⳅ/ⳅ]
4 to 95 / 39.2 to 203
0.05 / 0.09 at 37Ⳅ
0.55 / 0.99 at 37Ⳅ
139
Amb. +5 to 130 / Amb. +41 to 266
0.1 / 0.18 at 80Ⳅ
0.2 / 0.36 at 80Ⳅ
140
Page
Heating & Cooling blocks Heating & Cooling Block
Rapid cooling and heating in centrifuge tubes, sample vials, micro tubes within the broad temperature range of 4 to 95°C. Outstanding temperature compensation function guarantees precise temperature control.
Operating Features t Precision accuracy of ±0.1°C is ensured by its PID controller. t Wide temperature control range from 4 to 95°C with rapid cool down and heat-up times. t Maximum 9 temperature range-specific calibration. t Memory function of programmed protocols allowing relevant parameters of each protocol step to be stored. - Up to 10 protocols allowed for memory storage. - Up to 10 steps allowed for each protocol. t Two types of timer modes: - Timer 1 starts only after reaching the set temp. - Timer 2 starts right after the timer setting.
Constructional Features t Cooling is controlled by Peltier elements for an energy efficient compact design. t Bright VFD display with responsive touch buttons.
CCB-350 with the optional Blocks Included Accessories Optional Accessories
t Block Lifters(2ae) t Tube Blocks
t Its polypropylene main body is highly chemical-resistant and easy-to-clean. t Optimal heat transfer is achieved by the tight coupling design of the main body and the corrosion-resistant anodized aluminum blocks. t Transparent lid allows easy sample monitoring and even temperature distribution. t Blocks can be easily interchanged by the included block lifter.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Control System Display
VFD(0.1Ⳅ resolution) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)
Temperature
CCB-350 Feedback control PID 4 to 95 / 39.2 to 203 0.05 / 0.09
Fluctuation at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)
Safety
Over Temp. Over Current Internal (mm / inch)
Dimension (W×D×H)
0.55 / 0.99 Heating plate
Overall (mm / inch)
PCB Current limit protection 99 x 77.5 x 36 / 3.9 x 3.1 x 1.4 276 x 334 x 165 / 10.9 x 13.1 x 6.5
Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (2-60°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%)
5.0 / 11.0 2A AAHJ5015K 4A AAHJ5013U
H
Heating & Cooling blocks Heating Blocks
Ideal for simultaneous sample heating of multiple vials or test tubes with uniform and precise temperature control.
Operating Features t Precision accuracy of ±0.1°C is ensured by its PID controller from ambient + 5°C to 130°C. t Its built-in temperature limit setting feature (with max. 0.2°C overshooting) allows you to perform highly temp. sensitive reactions such as isothermal amplifications. t Automatic power cutoff. - If the temperature of the main body exceeds 150°C. - If the internal circuit is overheated. t Two types of timer modes: - Timer 1 starts only after reaching the set temp. - Timer 2 starts right after the timer setting.
Constructional Features t Its polypropylene main body is highly chemical-resistant and easy-to-clean. t Optimal heat transfer is achieved by the tight coupling design of the main body and the corrosion-resistant anodized aluminum blocks.
CHB-350S / CHB-350T
t Bright VFD display with responsive touch buttons.
with the optional Blocks
t Transparent lid allows easy sample monitoring and even temperature distribution.
Included Accessories Optional Accessories
t Block Lifters(2ae) t Tube Blocks
t Blocks can be easily interchanged by the included block lifter.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model
CHB-350S
CHB-350T
Control System
Feedback control PID
Display
VFD(0.1Ⳅ resolution) Amb. +5 to 130 / Amb. +41 to 266
Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature
Safety
Fluctuation at 80Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)
0.1 / 0.18
Variation at 80Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)
0.2 / 0.36 Heating plate
Over Temp.
PCB
Over Current
Current limit protection
Internal (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H)
Overall (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs)
154×99×37 / 6.1×3.9×1.5 276×334×120 / 10.9×13.1×4.7
Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.
AAHJ1015K
AAHJ1115K 5.6A
AAHJ1013U
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (2-60Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 80%)
140
4.3 / 9.5 2.8A
Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.
276×334×250 / 10.9×13.1×9.8
3.9 / 8.6
AAHJ1113U
Heating & Cooling blocks Accessories & Options
Tube Blocks Block
Cat. No.
Description
Max. Mountable Tube
WxDxH (mm, inch)
Mountable Capacity of Blocks CHB-350S CHB-350T CCB-350
CHB0030
96-well Tube Block (microtube)
0.2mL x 96 holes
153×98×41 / 6×3.9×1.6
1
1
-
CHB0029
0.5 ⽀ Tube Block (microtube)
0.5mL x 48 holes
98×76.5×41 / 3.9×3×1.6
2
2
1
CHB0045
1.5 ⽀ Tube Block (microtube)
1.5mL x 30 holes
98×76.5×41 / 3.9×3×1.6
-
-
1
CHB0028
1.5 ⽀ Tube Block (microtube)
1.5mL x 48 holes
1
1
-
CHB0031
15 ⽀ Tube Block (centrifuge tube)
15mL x 15 holes
98×76.5×51 / 3.9×3×2
-
2
1
98×76.5×51 / 3.9×3×2
-
2
1
98×76.5×87 / 3.9×3×3.4
-
2
1
CHB0032 50 ⽀ Tube Block (centrifuge tube)
153×98×41 / 6×3.9×1.6
50mL x 6 holes
CHB0033
CHB0034
Ø10 Tube Block
Ø10 x 35 holes
-
2
1
CHB0035
Ø12 Tube Block
Ø12 x 24 holes
-
2
1
CHB0036
Ø13 Tube Block
Ø13 x 24 holes
-
2
1
CHB0037
Ø15 Tube Block
Ø15 x 20 holes
-
2
1
CHB0038
Ø16 Tube Block
Ø16 x 16 holes
-
2
1
CHB0039
Ø18 Tube Block
Ø18 x 12 holes
-
2
1
CHB0040
Ø20 Tube Block
Ø20 x 12 holes
-
2
1
98×76.5×51 / 3.9×3×2
141
Hotplates & Stirrers SELECTION GUIDE
Hotplates & Hotplate Stirrers T-14S/R1)
Hotplates
Hotplates Hotplate Stirrers Magnetic Stirrers
Temperature Range (Ⳅ/ⳅ)
Description
Speed Range Stirring Capacity, Page (RPM) Max. (L / cu ft, H2O)
Amb. to 350 / 662
T-17S/R1)
Hotplate Stirrers (Advanced)
TM-14S/R1)
Hotplate Stirrers (Basic)
TM-14SB/RB
-
-
145
20 / 0.7
146
Positions
Page
30 to 2,000
TM-17S/R1) 1)
Amb. to 350 / 662 50 to 2,000
TM-17SB/RB1)
1) S/SB Models: straight type, R/RB Models: round type with handles.
Overhead Stirrers
Magnetic Stirrers Speed Range Stirring Capacity, (RPM) Max. (L, H2O)
Description MS-12B/T MS-17B/T1) MS-22B MS-17G MS-22G MS-23M MS-32M MS-33M MS-51M MS-52M MS-53M
2 4 5 4 5 1.5* 1.5* 2.25* 1.25* 2.5* 3.75*
1)
Scale Models Digital Models
Multi-position Models
150 to 2,500 30 to 2,000
30 to 2,000
Single
6 6 9 5 10 15
148
1) B Models: round type, T Models: triangle type. * Erlenmeyer flask: usable under 250⽀ in case full positions.
Overhead Stirrers Speed Range
Description
Economy Models
Analog Models
Digital Models
[RPM]
Stirring Capacity, Page Max. [L, H2O]
MSE-1
up to 1,400
20
MSE-2
up to 1,200
30
MSE-3
up to 900
50
MSM-1
50 to 1,400
20
MSM-2
50 to 1,200
30
MSM-3
50 to 900
50
MSP-1
50 to 1,400
20
MSP-2
50 to 1,200
30
MSP-3
50 to 900
50
150
151
Accessories & Options Description for Hotplates & Hotplate Stirrers for Magnetic Stirrers for Overhead Stirrers
Page 152-153 154-155
GENERAL APPLICATIONS
Hotplates Acid and base digestions, trace metal analysis, sample drying, general reagent heating, heating TLC plates, evaporation, etc.
Hotplate Stirrers Various heating and mixing applications that require accuracy, stability, and repeatability.
Magnetic Stirrers Crystallization, solvent evaporation, chemical reactions, titration, distillation, media dissolution, food processing, etc.
Overhead Stirrers Chemical and petrochemical applications, beverage production, dairy production, food processing, sugar and candy production, ceramic applications, water treatment, cosmetics production, colorant and paint production, paper production, etc.
TECHNICAL BENEFITS Hotplates & Hotplate Stirrers 1) Virtually no decoupling of stir bars. (only for Hotplate Stirrers)
2) Fast and precise stirring speed even at high temperatures. (only for Hotplate Stirrers)
Magnetic Stirrers 1) Easy to use. 2) Microprocessor PID controls. (MS-G/M Models only)
3) High heat transfer rate.
3) Equipped with a durable and silent BLDC motor.
4) Non-slip heating bath preventing accidental spills.
4) Wide speed range. (up to 2,500 rpm)
5) Hot top warning indicator and multiple overheat prevention features. 6) Temperature limit setting. (up to 350âł&#x201E;) 7) Smooth start and quick stop. 8) Bright digital display panel. (except for Basic Hotplate Stirrers)
9) Separate heater ON/OFF button. (except for Basic Hotplate Stirrers)
5) Accurate speed control regardless of the sample weight. 6) Safe control even at low speed. 7) Quick real-time start of the stirring action. (MS-B/T Models only)
Overhead Stirrers 1) Powerful torque capable of handling high viscosity tasks. 2) Maintenance of constant motor speed by PID feedback control system even under conditions of changing viscosity. (MSM and MSP Models only)
3) Wide speed range. 4) Bright FND digital display panel. (MSM and MSP Models only)
5) Compact and slim head design. 6) Sturdy aluminum main body efficiently absorbing and emitting the heat generated by the motor.
H
Hotplates & Stirrers Hotplates & Hotplate Stirrers
Newly designed to provide maximum benefit for your laboratory with respect to performance, safety, ease of use, and durability.
Certification without T-S/R
T-17R
TM-17SB
TM-17R
Hotplates Hotplate Stirrers
(Basic/Advanced Models)
Integrated Design of The Heater and The Top Plate
Non-slip Heating Bath
t Quick heat up time with high heat transfer rate.
t Prevention of unintentional slips of the bath from the top plate thanks to specially designed concavo-convex bottom.
t Protection of the heater from liquid spills or leakage. t Easy-to-clean and chemical-resistant aluminum alloy top plate with white ceramic coating. t Easy monitoring of the media color changes during operation.
144
(patent pending)
Hotplates & Stirrers Hotplates
Operating Features t Overheat prevention circuit turns off the heater if the top plate temperature reaches 450Ⳅ for any reason. t Hot Top warning Indicator blinks when the top plate temperature is over 50Ⳅ to prevent accidental injuries. t Button Lock feature prevents inadvertent or accidental changes during operation. t Microprocessor PID control for precise temperature. t Automatic temperature calibration feature for precise temperature control. t Three user-selectable temperature control modes provided: - Optimal Mode, Fast Mode, Slow Mode. t Optimal heating level can be selected by turning the heater scale knob. (from 0 to 100%) t Two user-selectable timer activation modes allowing the timer to start immediately after the timer setting or to be activated only when the set temperature is reached.
Constructional Features
T-14S / T-14R Optional Accessories see page 152-155
t Integrated design of the heater and the top plate provides exceptional heat transfer rate and quick heat up capability.
t Heating Bath t Transparent Shield t Support Rod
t Non-slip heating bath with concavo-convex bottom prevents unintentional slips of the bath. (optional) t A transparent safety shield protects users from liquid splashes or decoupled stir bars during operations. (optional) t Two support rods allow for diverse flexibility in configuring other test equipments and accessories. (optional)
Specification & Ordering Information Model 1) Heating
T-14S Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Control Display Heating Power (W) Hot Top Indicator (Ⳅ / ⳅ)
T-14R
600
800
General Data
Over Temp.
Over Current Timer Load, Max (kg / Ibs) Material Top Plate Dimension (Ø, mm / Inch) Material Body Dimension (WxDxH, mm / Inch)
Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (230V,50Hz / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V,60Hz) Cat. No.
T-17R
Warning lamp (50 / 122) Top plate Main body PCB Current limit protection 2 type, 1min to 99 hrs 59 min 25 / 55.1 Ceramic coated aluminum
Technical Data Safety
T-17S
Amb. to 350 / 662 Feedback Control with PID / Scale LED digital (0.1Ⳅ resolution)
140 / 5.5
170 / 6.7
Cast aluminum 210x294x99 / 191x330x101 / 8.27x11.57x3.90 7.52x12.99x3.98 2.4 / 5.3 2.9 / 6.4
161x290x100 / 6.34x11.42x3.94 2.2 / 4.9 3A AAH35015K
4A AAH35115K
AAH35025K
5A AAH35013U
240x324x100 / 9.45x12.76x3.94 3 / 6.6 AAH35125K 6.7 A
AAH35113U
AAH35023U
AAH35123U
1) S Models: straight type, R Models: round type with handles.
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5 - 40Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 80%). Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.
145
H
Hotplates & Stirrers
Hotplate Stirrers (Advanced & Basic Models)
Operating Features t Hot Top warning Indicator on the control panel will blink whenever the top plate temperature is over 50Ⳅ to prevent accidental injuries. t Overheat prevention circuit turns off the heater if the top plate temperature reaches 450Ⳅ for any reason. t Virtually no decoupling of magnetic stir bars even with viscous media or at high speeds. t Temperature limit can be set between 50 and 350Ⳅ. t Thanks to the built-in BLDC motor, stirring action stops instantly when the stirrer is turned off.
Constructional Features t Integrated design of the heater and the top plate provides exceptional heat transfer rate and quick heat up capability.
TM-14S / TM-14R (Advanced Models)
t Fast and precise stirring operations even at high temperatures are enabled by the BLDC motor and a powerful magnet.
Included Accessories
t Non-slip heating bath with concavo-convex bottom prevents unintentional slips of the bath.
see page 152-155
t Heating Bath t Transparent Shield t Support Rod (2ea)
(included for Advanced Models and optional for Basic Models)
t A transparent safety shield protects users from liquid splashes or de-coupled stir bars during operations. (included for Advanced Models and optional for Basic Models)
t Two support rods allow for diverse flexibility in configuring other test equipments and accessories. (included for Advanced Models and optional for Basic Models)
Additional TM-S/R Features t Constant stirring speed is maintained even when the viscosity of the media changes during operation. t Optimal heating level can be selected by turning the heater scale knob. (from 0 to 100%) t Three timer setting modes (stirring only, heating only, or both) are provided. t To avoid unintentional heating, a separate Heater ON/OFF Button is provided on the control panel.
TM-14SB / TM-14RB (Basic Models) Optional Accessories see page 152-155
146
t Heating Bath t Transparent Shield t Support Rod
Hotplates & Stirrers
Hotplate Stirrers (Advanced & Basic Models)
Advanced Models Model 1)
TM-14S
TM-14R
Heating
Stirring
800 30 to 2,000 20 / 0.71 8 x 40 / 0.31 x 1.57
Hot Top Indicator (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Safety
Warning lamp (50 / 122) Top plate Main body PCB Current limit protection BLDC motor 1min. to 99 hours 59 min. 25 / 55.12 Ceramic coated aluminum
Over Temp. Over Current
Motor Timer Load, Max (kg / Ibs) Top plate General Data
Body
Material Dimension (Ø, mm / Inch) Material Dimension (WxDxH, mm / Inch)
Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.
TM-17R
600
(ØxL, mm / Inch)
Technical Data
TM-17S
Amb. to 350 / 662 Scale LED digital (0.1Ⳅ resolution)
Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Control Display Heating Power (W) Speed Range (RPM) Capacity (L / cu ft, H2O) Magnetic Bar, Max.
140 / 5.51
170 / 6.69
Cast aluminum 210x294x99 / 191x330x101 / 8.27x11.57x3.9 7.52x12.99x3.98 3 / 6.61 3.5 / 7.72
161x290x100 / 6.34x11.42x3.94 2.8 / 6.17
240x324x100 / 9.45x12.76x3.94 3.6 / 7.94
3A
4A
AAH34015FK
AAH34115FK
AAH34025FK
5A
AAH34125FK 6.7 A
AAH34013FU
AAH34113FU
AAH34023FU
AAH34123FU
TM-17SB
TM-17RB
Ⲽ Included accessories for all Advanced Models: a heating bath, a transparent shield and two support rods.
Basic Models Model 1) Heating
Stirring
TM-14SB
TM-14RB
Amb. to 350 / 662 Scale
Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Control Heating Power (W) Speed Range (RPM) Capacity (L / cu ft, H2O) Magnetic Bar, Max.
600
800 50 to 2,000 20 / 0.71 8 x 40 / 0.31 x 1.57
(ØxL, mm / Inch)
Technical Data
Hot Top Indicator (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Safety
Warning lamp (50 / 122) Top plate Main body PCB Current limit protection BLDC motor 25 / 55.12 Ceramic coated aluminum
Over Temp. Over Current
Motor Load, Max (kg / Ibs) Top plate General Data
Body
Material Dimension (Ø, mm / Inch) Material Dimension (WxDxH, mm / Inch)
Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (230V,50Hz/60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V,60Hz) Cat. No.
140 / 5.51
170 / 6.69
Cast aluminum 210x294x99 / 191x330x101 / 8.27x11.57x3.9 7.52x12.99x3.98 3 / 6.61 3.5 / 7.72
161x290x100 / 6.34x11.42x3.94 2.8 / 6.17 3A
4A
AAH34215K
AAH34315K
AAH34225K
5A AAH34213U
240x324x100 / 9.45x12.76x3.94 3.6 / 7.94 AAH34325K 6.7A
AAH34313U
AAH34223U
AAH34323U
1) S / SB Models: straight type, R/RB Models: round type with handles.
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 80%). Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.
147
H
Hotplates & Stirrers
Magnetic Stirrers (Scale & Digital & Multi-position Models)
Features of MS-B, T, G Models t Best-in-the-class with broad speed range and suitable for high-speed rotation experimental environment. t Ergonomic designed, lightweight, easy to operate, and low profile. t Wide top plate. t Two non-slip silicon plate covers (white & black) provided for all MS-B, T, G Models. t Non-slip strength rubber feet. t Sparkless, silent and durable BLDC motor. t Built-in thermal shutdown and current limit protection.
MS-B / T with the included Plate Covers
Additional MS-G Features t Bright and vivid VFD and responsive touch buttons. t Gradual start-up to protect users against splashing of samples. t M12 threaded hole to hold a support rod.
MS-G with the included Plate Covers
Additional MS-M Features t User-friendly operation and time setting modes allowing various ways of multi-position stirring to meet usersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; demands: single point, multiple point, whole row, whole column, etc. t Easy-to-read VFD and intuitive control panel. t Bright and vivid LED position indicating lamps. t Non-slip see-through silicon plate mat. (optional) t Chemical-resistant #304 grade stainless steel top-plate. t Uncompromising safety devices.
Included Accessories (without MS-M Models) t Plate Covers(white & black) t Magnetic Stirring Bars
Optional Accessories
MS-M with an optional Plate Mats 148
t Silicone Plate Mats t Plastic Retrievers
see page 152-153
Hotplates & Stirrers
Magnetic Stirrers (Scale & Digital & Multi-position Models) Specifications & Ordering Information Model 1)
MS-12B
Speed Control Stirring Capacity (Liter, H2O) Speed Range (RPM) Speed Display Motor Rating Input / Output (W)
Technical Data
Magnetic Bar (Ø×L, mm / Inch), Max. Load, Max (kg / lbs) Material Dimension (mm / inch, Ø) Body Material
Top Plate
Dimension (mm / inch, W×D×H) Weight (kg / lbs)
General Data
MS-17B
MS-17T
Electronic speed control 2 4 150 ~ 2,500 None 2.9 / 1.6 8×30 / 8×30 / 8×40 / 8×30 / 0.31×1.18 0.31×1.18 0.31×1.57 0.31×1.18 15 / 33.07 10 / 22.05 20 / 44.09 20 / 44.09 Polypropylene with non-slip silicon cover 120 / 4.72 115 / 4.53 170 / 6.69 165 / 6.5 Poly propylene 130×130×65 / 181×176×57 / 185×185×65 / 246×243×57 / 5.12×5.12×2.56 7.13×6.93×2.24 7.28×7.28×2.56 9.69×9.57×2.24 0.6 / 1.32 0.9 / 1.98
Electrical Requirements
AC 100 ~ 240V, 50 / 60Hz with power adapter
Power Consumption (W) Protection Class (DIN EN 60529) KR plug Persian Blue US plug KR plug Yellow US plug KR plug Orange US plug
Cat. No.
MS-12T
5 AAH330115BK AAH330115BU AAH330115YK AAH330115YU -
MS-22B 5
10×50 / 0.39×1.97 25 / 55.12 220 / 8.66 230×230×65 / 9.06×9.06×2.56 1.1 / 2.43 AC 100 ~ 240V, 50 / 60Hz
6 AAH333115BK AAH33316BU AAH333115RK AAH33316RU
IP42 AAH330215BK AAH330215BU AAH330215YK AAH330215YU -
AAH333215BK AAH33326BU AAH333215RK AAH33326RU
AAH330315BK AAH330315BU AAH330315YK AAH330315YU -
1) B-models: round type, T-models; triangle type.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model
MS-17G
Speed Control Stirring Capacity (Liter, H2O) Speed Range (RPM) Speed Display Motor Rating Input / Output (W) Magnetic Bar (Ø×L, mm / Inch), Max. Load, Max (kg / lbs) Material Dimension (mm / inch, Ø) Body Material
Technical Data
Top Plate
Dimension (mm / inch, W×D×H) General Data
Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements Power Consumption (W) Protection Class (DIN EN 60529) KR plug Persian Blue US plug KR plug Yellow US plug
Cat. No.
MS-22G Feedback control with PID
4
5 30 to 2,000 VFD 2.9 / 1.6 8×40 / 0.31×1.57 10×50 / 0.39×1.97 20 / 44.09 25 / 55.12 Polypropylene with non-slip silicon cover 170 / 6.69 220 / 8.66 Poly propylene 210×280×72 / 260×360×72 / 8.27×11.02×2.82 10.24×14.17×2.82 1.35 / 2.98 1.75 / 3.86 AC 100 ~ 240V, 50 / 60Hz 6 IP42 AAH331215BK AAH331315BK AAH331215BU AAH331315BU AAH331215YK AAH331315YK AAH331215YU AAH331315YU
Specifications & Ordering Information Model
Technical Data
Speed Control Positions Stirring Speed Range (RPM) Stirring Point Distance (mm / inch, W×D)
Timer Speed Display Motor Rating Input / Output (W) Load, Max (kg / lbs) Dimension (mm / inch, W×D×H)
General Data
Cat. No.
Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements Power Consumption (W) Protection Class (DIN EN 60529) KR plug US plug
MS-23M 6
MS-32M 6
117×170 / 4.6×6.69
117×90 / 4.6×3.54
377×434×81 / 14.84×17.09×3.19 6 / 13.23
254×434×81 / 10×17.09×3.19 5 / 11.02
45 AAH332115K AAH332115U
45 AAH332215K AAH332215U
MS-33M
MS-51M
Feedback control with PID 9 5 30 to 2,000 117×90 / 90 / 3.54 4.6×3.54 1 min. to 99 hours 59 min. VFD 2.9 / 1.6 30 / 66.14 377×434×81 / 130×591×75 / 14.84×17.09×3.19 5.12×23.27×2.95 7 / 15.43 4 / 8.82 AC 100 ~ 240V, 50 / 60Hz 54 45 IP 21 AAH332315K AAH332415K AAH332315U AAH332415U
MS-52M
MS-53M
10
15
117×90 / 4.6×3.54
251×591×75 / 9.88×23.27×2.95 8 / 17.64
378×591×75 / 14.89×23.27×2.95 11 / 24.25
85
135
AAH332515K AAH332515U
AAH332615K AAH332615U
149
H
Hotplates & Stirrers
Overhead Stirrers (Economy & Analog Models)
Dynamic stirring, simple operation, and sustainable economic benefits - for tasks of up to 50 liters. (H2O) Sturdy aluminum main body efficiently absorbing and emitting the heat generated by the motor.
Features t Compact and slim head design. t Powerful torque capable of handling high viscosity tasks. t Safety features against overload and overheating for all models. t Sequential auto-stop safety features for MSM models: visible warning → audible warning → auto-stop. t High speed, vibration-free, and silent operation. t Speed adjustment dial knob. t A wide range of accessories available.
Additional Features of MSM Models t Well illuminated digital display panel with sensitive touch buttons. t Convenient emergency stop feature. t Displayed modes: rpm, power ratio. (%)
MSE Models
MSM Models
Specifications & Ordering Information Model
Technical Data
Speed Control Speed Range (rpm) Display Stirring Capacity (L, H2O) Torque, Max. (N·cm) Power Max. (W / A) Body Material Dimension (mm / inch, W×D×H)
General Data
Cat. No.
Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements Safety Device Shaft Die, Max (mm / Inch) Protection Class (DIN EN 60529) KR plug US plug
MSE-1 Up to 1,400 20 15 15 / 1.2 65×135×190 / 2.56×5.31×7.48 2 / 4.41
AAH372115K AAH372115U
MSE-2 Scale Up to 1,200 None 30 27 20.4 / 1.7
MSE-3 Up to 900
MSM-1 50 ~ 1,400
50 53 31.2 / 2.6
Analog 50 ~ 1,200 Digital 30 27 20.4 / 1.7
20 15 15 / 1.2 Aluminum, PP 70×150×200 / 70×150×215 / 65×135×190 / 70×150×200 / 2.76×5.91×7.87 2.76×5.91×8.46 2.56×5.31×7.48 2.76×5.91×7.87 2.5 / 5.51 3 / 6.61 2 / 4.41 2.5 / 5.51 AC 100 ~ 240V, 50/60Hz Thermal protection, Current protection, Emergency stop (MSM) 3 ~ 10 / 0.12 ~ 0.39 IP10 AAH372215K AAH372315K AAH370115K AAH370215K AAH372215U AAH372315U AAH370115U AAH370215U
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 80%). Ⲽ Protection class according to DIN EN 60529: waterproof, Dust production index based on the test level. Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.
150
MSM-2
MSM-3 50 ~ 900 50 53 31.2 / 2.6 70×150×215 / 2.76×5.91×8.46 3 / 6.61
AAH370315K AAH370315U
Hotplates & Stirrers Overhead Stirrers (Digital Models)
Specially designed for optimum usability and the highest efficiency in the same class with advanced safety features.
Features t Compact and slim head design. t Prevention of accidental spills or splashes thanks to microprocessor controlled smooth start and stop functions. t Maintenance of constant motor speed by PID feedback control system even under conditions of changing viscosity. t Powerful torque capable of handling high viscosity tasks. t Bright digital display panel with touch sensitive buttons. t Selectable display modes: rpm, power ratio (%), motor temp, and run time. t Convenient emergency stop feature. t Safety features against overload and overheating. - sequential auto-stop safety features: visible warning → audible warning → auto-stop. t High speed, vibration-free, and silent operation. t Speed adjustment dial knob. t Built-in USB port for external control and data collection. (Lab Companion software required)
t A wide range of accessories available.
MSP Models Specifications & Ordering Information Model
Technical Data
Speed Control Speed Range (rpm) Display Stirring Capacity, Max. (L, H2O) Torque, Max. (N·cm) Power Max. (W / A) Body Material Dimension (mm / inch, W×D×H)
General Data
Cat. No.
Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements Safety Device Shaft Die, Max (mm / Inch) Protection Class (DIN EN 60529) KR plug US plug
MSP-1
MSP-2
MSP-3
PID feedback control 50 ~ 1,400 50 ~ 1,200 50 ~ 900 Digital 20 30 50 15 27 53 15 / 1.2 20.4 / 1.7 31.2 / 2.6 Aluminum, PP 65×135×190 / 70×150×200 / 70×150×215 / 2.56×5.31×7.48 2.76×5.91×7.87 2.76×5.91×8.46 2 / 4.41 2.5 / 5.51 3 / 6.61 AC 100 ~ 240V, 50 / 60Hz Thermal protection, Current protection, Emergency stop, Automatic speed-down (MSP) 3 ~ 10 / 0.12 ~ 0.39 IP10 AAH371115K AAH371215K AAH371315K AAH371115U AAH371215U AAH371315U
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 80%). Ⲽ Protection class according to DIN EN 60529: waterproof, Dust production index based on the test level. Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.
151
H
Hotplates & Stirrers Accessories & Options
for Hotplates & Hotplate Stirrers
Heating Bath
Transparent Safety Shield
Cat. No.
Support Rods
Clamp Holders (C-10, C-7, C-5)
Description
Suitable for
HPS0012
Heating Bath
HPS0015
Heating Bath
TM / T-14 TM / T-17
HPS0038
Transparent Safety Shield (PC)
TM / T-14 TM / T-17
HPS0039
Transparent Safety Shield (PC)
MTT0132
Support Rod (12Ø , 400mm , M10)
AAA37512
Clamp Holder, C-10 (Al body, Ø17mm)
AAA37513
Clamp Holder, C-7 (Al body, Ø12mm)
AAA37514
Clamp Holder, C-5 (PP body, Ø12mm)
TM / T-14, 17
Ⲽ See page 143 for prong clamp’s information.
for Magnetic Stirrers Plate Covers, Silicone Pads, Power Adapter
Plate Covers (Black & White)
Silicone Pad
Cat. No.
Description
Suitable for
MTT0144
Plate cover (White color, Silicone Ø115mm)
MS-12T
MTT0146
Plate cover (White color, Silicone Ø165mm)
MS-17T
MTT0002
Plate cover (White color, Silicone Ø120)
MS-12B
MTT0003
Plate cover (White color, Silicone Ø170)
MS-17B/G
MTT0004
Plate cover (White color, Silicone Ø220)
MS-22B/G
MTT0143
Plate cover (Black color, Silicone Ø115mm)
MS-12T
MTT0145
Plate cover (Black color, Silicone Ø165mm)
MS-17T
MTT0005
Plate cover (Black color, Silicone Ø120)
MS-12B
MTT0006
Plate cover (Black color, Silicone Ø170)
MS-17B/G
MTT0007
Plate cover (Black color, Silicone Ø220)
MS-22B/G
MTS0015
Silicone pad (355×475×1mm)
MS-53M
MTS0016
Silicone pad (235×475×1mm)
MS-52M
MTS0017
Silicone pad (115×475×1mm)
MS-51M
MTS0041
Silicone pad (235×310×1mm)
MS-32M
MTS0042
Silicone pad (355×310×1mm)
MS-23M/33M
MTT0001
Power Adapter (100~240V, 50/60Hz)
AAA33501
Power Divider(5 channels*) with M10 rod, adapter(100~240V, 50/60Hz), five DC plugs
MTT0132
Clamp Rod (Ø12×400, M10)
Ⲽ Power supply to Max. five units at the same time.
152
Power Divider(5 channels*)
MS-12B/T, MS-17B/T MS-17G/ 22G
Hotplates & Stirrers Accessories & Options
for Hotplates & Magnetic Stirrers Magnetic Stirring Bars
Octahedral Magnetic Stirring Bars
Cylindrical Magnetic Stirring Bars
Oval Magnetic Stirring Bars
Cat. No.
L(mm)
Ø(mm)
Cat. No.
L(mm)
Ø(mm)
Cat. No.
L(mm)
Ø(mm)
BCW1513
13
8
BCW11138
13
8
BCW1610
10
5
6
BCW1615
15
6
BCW1620
20
10
BCW162510
25
10
BCW1630
30
16
BCW1515
15
8
BCW11156
15
BCW1522
22
8
BCW11208
20
8
BCW1525
25
8
BCW11258
25
8
BCW1528
28
8
BCW11308
30
8
BCW1635
35
16
BCW1538
38
8
BCW1140
40
8
BCW1640
40
20
BCW1541
41
8
BCW1150
50
8
BCW1650
50
20
BCW1551
51
8
BCW155110
51
10
Plastic Retrievers
Plastic Retrievers (PP) Cat. No.
Plastic Retrievers (PTFE) L(mm)
Ø(mm)
BCW41300
300
10
BCW41350
350
10
BCW41450
450
10
BCW4150
150
10
BCW4250
250
10
BCW4350
350
10
BCW4450
450
10
Description Polypropylene, Alnico V
PTFE, Alnico V
153
H
Hotplates & Stirrers Accessories & Options
for Overhead Stirrers Impellers Propeller Impellers
Turbine Impellers
Half-Moon & Centrifugal Impellers
Anchor and Paddle Impellers
- Standard grade stainless steel with Teflon shaft produces anaxial flow stir between the bottom and top levels of a sample with local shearing force. Used at medium or high speeds for mixing normal range level viscosity samples.
- A radial flowing stir from the top and bottom levels of a sample with a powerful, high shearing turbulent force. Used ideally for the gassing of liquids and mixing medium to high range level viscosity samples.
- Tiltable moon-shaped and blade shaft produces a normal axial flow percentage mixing of samples. Used with round bottom shaped containers, medium mixing speed, and samples ranging from low to medium viscosity levels.
- An anchored shaft that produces a strong tangential flow with a high shearing percentage force on samples with medium to high viscosity level with speed setting in the low to medium range.
Turbine Impellers
Half-Moon & Centrifugal Impellers
PTFE Impellers Propeller Impellers
Cat. No.
154
Description
Cat. No.
Anchor and Paddle Impellers
Description
AAA37521
Propeller (50mm 3-Bladed, 8mm Shaft, 400mm Length)
AAA37562
Turbine (70mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)
AAA37522
Propeller (70mm 3-Bladed, 8mm Shaft, 400mm Length)
AAA37571
Anchor (45×45mm, 8mm Shaft, 300mm Length)
AAA37523
Propeller (100mm 3-Bladed, 8mm Shaft, 400mm Length)
AAA37572
Anchor (60×60mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)
AAA37531
Propeller (50mm 4-Bladed, 8mm Shaft, 400mm Length)
AAA37581
Paddle A (70×70mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)
AAA37532
Propeller (70mm 4-Bladed, 8mm Shaft, 400mm Length)
BEA0570081
PTFE Propeller (50mm 4-Bladed, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)
AAA37533
Propeller (100mm 4-Bladed, 8mm Shaft, 400mm Length)
BEA0570082
PTFE Propeller (70mm 4-Bladed, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)
AAA37541
Half-Moon (65/20mm , 8mm Shaft, 300mm Length)
BEA0570091
PTFE Half-Moon (60 / 18mm , 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)
AAA37542
Half-Moon (90/25mm , 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)
BEA0570101
PTFE Centrifugal (76 / 17mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)
BEA0570031
Dissolver (55mm, 8mm Shaft, 350mm Length)
BEA0570111
PTFE Anchor (80×50×5mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)
BEA0570032
Dissolver (75mm, 8mm Shaft, 350mm Length)
BEA0570121
PTFE Anchor (80×40mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)
AAA37551
Centrifugal (50/15mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)
BEA0570131
PTFE Turbine (70mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)
AAA37552
Centrifugal (80/15mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)
BEA0570141
PTFE Paddle (70mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)
AAA37561
Turbine (40mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)
BEA0570151
PTFE Paddle A (78×80mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)
Hotplates & Stirrers Accessories & Options
for Overhead Stirrers
Dial Stand
Basic Stand 1
Basic Stand 2
Basic Stand 3
Clamp
Clamp Holder (C-20, C-10)
PTFE Stirring seals
Utility Clamp 3 Prong
Utility Clamp Plat
PTFE Stirring seals
Prong Clamp, Fixing Clamp, Flexible Coupling
3 Prong Clamp
Cat. No.
2 Prong Clamp
Description
Fixing Clamp
Flexible Coupling
Cat. No.
Description
AAA37501
Dial Stand (W×D×H, 400×400×700)
AAA37512
Clamp Holder, C-10 (Al body, Ø17mm)
AAA37502
Basic Stand 1 (W×D×H, 400×400×700)
AAA37511
Clamp Holder, C-20 (Al body, Ø27mm)
AAA37503
Basic Stand 2 (W×D×H, 300×400×700)
BEA1000001
Utility Clamp 3 Prong
AAA37504
Basic Stand 3 (W×D×H, 250×350×700)
BEA1000002
Utility Clamp Plat
MSS0051
15Ø Support Rod, 500mm, M14 Nut
BEA1000011
3 Prong Clamp (80mm grip)
MSS0052
18Ø Support Rod, 500mm, M14 Nut
BEA1000012
3 Prong Clamp (60mm grip)
MSS0053
20Ø Support Rod, 500mm, M14 Nut
BEA1000013
3 Prong Clamp (20mm grip)
BEA0570161
PTFE Stirring Seals (24 / 40)
BEA1000014
2 Prong Clamp (60mm grip)
BEA0570162
PTFE Stirring Seals (29 / 42)
BEA0570181
Fixing Clamp
BEA0570163
PTFE Stirring Seals (34 / 45)
BEA0570191
Flexible Coupling
155
Vortex Mixers Low profile design and highly touch sensitive sensor reduce wrist stress when pushing and holding experiment tools resulting in less fatigue and unpleasant feeling. Low profile design and highly touch sensitive sensor reduce wrist stress when pushing and holding experiment tools resulting in less fatigue and unpleasant feeling.
VM-96B / VM-96E Included Accessories
t Rubber Platform
Features t Well-balanced design and optimized safety features.
t Sparkless BLDC motor adopted for safety, quick acceleration, and low maintenance.
t Low-profile with small footprint ideal for use on lab benches and within fume hoods or clean benches.
t Built-in safety features against overload and over current.
t Real-time mixing for thanks to highly touch sensitive switch.
t Chemically resistant PP (polypropylene) molded exterior.
t Selective mixing modes with Variable speed control knob. - VM-96B: Touch, Continuous, High-continuous. - VM-96E: Touch, Continuous.
t A wide range of accessories available. (rubber platform comes standard)
t Built-in LED lamps in case of VM-96B for easy recognition of mixing mode selected.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model
VM-96B
VM-96E
Motion
Orbital
Speed Range (RPM)
0 - 3,000
200 - 3,000
Control Technical Data
Scale 4 / 0.16
Orbit (mm / inch, Ø) Operating Mode
Touch, Continuous, High-continuous
Motor
BLDC motor
Max. Load (kg / lbs) - incl. attachment
0.5 / 1.1
Body
Material
General Data
Touch, Continuous
12W / 6W
Motor Rating Input / Output (W)
Polypropylene
Platform
Silicone rubber
Dimension (mm / inch, W×D×H)*
154×210×83 / 6.1×8.3×3.3
148×159×77 / 5.8×7.4×3
Net Weight (kg / lbs)
3.1 / 6.8
2.6 / 5.7
Electrical Requirements Safety Device
AC 100V ~ 240V, 50 / 60Hz Self-resetting / Current limit protection
KR Plug
Parsian blue
AAH360115K
Cat. No. US Plug
Current limit protection
IP 42
Protection Class (DIN EN 60529)
AAH360115U
AAH361115BK
Orange
AAH361115RK
Parsian blue
AAH361115BU
Orange
AAH361115RU
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 80%) Ⲽ Protection class according to DIN EN 60529: Waterproof, Dust production index based on the test level. * Exterior dimension without attachment.
Accessories & Options Cat. No.
Description
VMS0008
Microplate Tray
VMS0011
Rubber Platform
AAA36520
Tube Holder with Insert Retainer
AAA36521
Tube Holder with Insert Retainer (Ø10mm)
AAA36522
Tube Holder with Insert Retainer (Ø12mm)
AAA36523
Tube Holder with Insert Retainer (Ø15mm)
AAA36524
Tube Holder with Insert Retainer (Ø20mm)
AAA36525
Tube Holder with Insert Retainer (Ø25mm)
AAA36521
AAA36522
VMS0011
AAA36520
Rubber Platform
VMS0008
Tube Holders
AAA36523
Temperature Chambers SELECTION GUIDE
Temperature Chambers
Temperature Chambers (Floor Standing Models)
Temperature Chambers (Tabletop Models)
Operating Temp. Range (Ⳅ/ⳅ)
Description TC-G-180
180 / 6.4
TC-G-300
300 / 10.6
TC-G-408 Temperature Chambers (Floor Standing Models)
TC-G-800
-35 to 150 / -31 to 302
TC-G-1500
1500 / 53
TC-KE-025 TC-KE-065
(Tabletop Models)
800 / 28.3 1000 / 35.3
-60 to 150 / -76 to 302
Page
408 / 14.4
TC-G-1000
TC-GU-300
Temperature Chambers
Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)
160-165
300 / 10.6 25 / 0.9
-35 to 150 / -31 to 302
65 / 2.3
TC-KE-100
100 / 3.53
TC-ME-025
25 / 0.9
166-171
TC-ME-065
-20 to 120 / -4 to 248
TC-ME-100
65 / 2.3 100 / 3.53
Accessories & Options Description for Temperature Chambers
Page 172-173
GENERAL APPLICATIONS Temperature Chambers Test for reliability, durability, climatic, freezing resistance, quality assurance, thermal endurance etc. - Testing for electric and electronic component, sensors. - Testing for semiconductor, PCB, LCD & LED. - Pharmaceutical tests. - Mechanical / Military / Aircraft engineering. - Automobile, Transport / automobile supply industries. - Chemical / Petrochemical industries. - Construction materials / Plastic / Textile industries. - Testing mould, liquor, cigar, paintings. - Testing metal related industries like plating etc.
TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features 1) Self-protecting cut-off function: - Over temperature, electrical leakage or over voltage automatically cuts the power from the unit, in an orderly fashion, starting with the heating element then the controller unit. 2) Time setting function for automated RUN / OFF: - Enable automatic start and shut off of a unit at any specific time. - A timer can be set for a month and data can be recorded in time, day, or week intervals. 3) Door-open warning alarm: - Intermittent toned alarm audible alarm and visual alarms. - Heating element, fan, and platform automatically stops when the door is opened to minimize heat loss and to ensure users safety.
Optimum Control Features
Protect the Global Environment
1) Microprocess PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration.
1) Use of HFC refrigerant prevents damage to the ozone layer.
2) Optimize CPU logic control system. - Optimum control of temperature with economical controls that reduces power consumption.
2) Complies with the Montreal Protocol on Substances That Deplete the Ozone Layer control measures.
3) Touch screen type display. - 5.7-inch Color LCD display with interactive input system. ( Floor Standing Models only) - Temperature / timer settings, and operation condition. - Temp., other operating parameters can be recorded using a recorder. - Easily visible set value: set point value (SV) / pre-sent value (PV) are also added on the colorful LCD controller.
T
Temperature Chambers
Temperature Chambers (Floor Standing Models)
Certification only for the TC-G-180路300路408
Floor Standing Models
TC-G / GU Models
160
Temperature Chambers
Temperature Chambers (Floor Standing Models)
Dimension (TC-G / GU Models)
Models
TC-G
TC-GU
Capacity 180L (6.4cu ft) 300L (10.6cu ft) 408L (14.4cu ft) 800L (28.3cu ft) 1000L (35.3cu ft) 1500L (53 cu ft) 300L (10.6cu ft)
W 1025mm (40.4”) 1120mm (44.1”) 1120mm (44.1”) 1570mm (61.8”) 1570mm (61.8”) 1570mm (61.8”) 1120mm (44.1”)
D
H
1035mm (40.7”) 1070mm (42.1”) 1240mm (48.8”) 1245mm (48.8”) 1445mm (56.9”) 2045mm (80.5”) 1070mm (42.1”)
1530mm (60.2”) 1730mm (68.1”) 1730mm (68.1”) 2060mm (81.1”) 2060mm (81.1”) 2050mm (80.7”) 1730mm (68.1”)
A 450mm (17.7”) 450mm (17.7”) 520mm (20.5”) 490mm (19.3”) 560mm (22”) 560mm (22”) 450mm (17.7”)
B 1230mm (48.4”) 1230mm (48.4”) 1230mm (48.4”) 1260mm (49.6”) 1260mm (49.6”) 800mm (31.5”) 1230mm (48.4”)
Air Flow & Operating Range
TC-G Models t -35Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ / -31ⳅ to 150ⳅ
TC-GU Models t -60Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ -76ⳅ to 302ⳅ
161
T
Temperature Chambers
Temperature Chambers (Floor Standing Models)
Operating & Constructional Features Constructional Features t Standard environmental test chambers. t High quality #304 stainless steel exterior and interior. t Casters for easy mobility when installing or moving temp. test chamber. t Convenient maintenance-available to view total operating time. t Spacious chamber volume maximum capacity of 1500L. t Choose from 7 different model chambers based on size and temperature preference. - The series comes in 2 different models based on temp. ranges ranging in -35âł&#x201E; to 150âł&#x201E;, -60âł&#x201E; to 150âł&#x201E; and six different volume capacities of 180L, 300L, 408L, 800L, 1000L and 1500L. Door Catch & Trim
t Unique door lock & trim. - Vice lock type door and foam silicone packing to ensure a perfect seal. - Door open warning alarm. t Inner door. - Optional inner glass door comes with four holes to handle samples inside the chamber. (excludes chambers with volume capacities of 800L or 1500L)
t Ventilation. - Ventilation vent is located at the upper right side of the unit. t Chart recorder. (optional) - 6-point dot type recorder with a digital display. t Viewing window for observation. - Tempered glass window provides a clear view of samples in the chamber, beneficial during testing. - Fluorescent lighting source included. t Cable port for external probes or wires. - 50mm diameter cable port comes standard on the left side of the unit. Additional 50mm or 80mm diameter cable ports can be custom ordered. (optional)
Color LCD Controller
t Easy cleaning of condenser air-filter. - To prevent deterioration of refrigeration system and keep filter dust free by periodically cleaning the filter.
âł&#x201E;
âł&#x201E;
Safety Features t Leakage breaker for power supply. t Over current protection. t Overheat / overcool protection. t Switch-off after alarm for over heating. t Door open alarm. t Vice lock door type locking mechanism.
Digital Recorder (optional)
162
Temperature Chambers
Temperature Chambers (Floor Standing Models)
Operating Features t Microprocess PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration. t Chamber supports three different languages: English, Chinese, and Korean. t Optimize CPU logic control system. - Optimum control of temperature with economical power consumption. t Touch screen type display. - 5.7-inch Color LCD display with interactive input system. : Easily visible set value: set point value (SV) /present value (PV) are also added on the colorful LCD controller. - Temperature, timer settings, operation condition. - Temperature and other operating parameters can be recorded using a chart recorder. t Programming operation. Description
TC-G / GU
Programmable Pattern Capacity Pattern Repeat Time Max. Segments per a Pattern Available Max. Segments* Programmable Process Time per a Segment
120 999 100 1200 0 to 99 hr 59 min
Viewing Window
Cable Port
* Even though the max. segments per a pattern are 100, available total segments are up to 1200 not 12000, so you need to arrange the number of segment an patterns properly.
t Computer interface. - Save data in excel format. - Software provided. - Storage of program information, backup of value settings / recovery, and temperature values. - RS-232C port as standard offer. t RS-485 communication port offers connection of a maximum of 9 temperature chamber units to one PC. (optional)
Multi-control Display
Single-control Display
Program Setting Display
Graph Display
Air Filter
Ventilation
163
T
Temperature Chambers
Temperature Chambers (Floor Standing Models)
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)
TC-G-180
TC-G-300
180 / 6.4
300 / 10.6
TC-G-408
0.2 / 0.36
BU Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)
Variation 1) BU Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)
0.9 / 1.62
Heating (Min.)
1 / 1.80
0.8 / 1.44
(68ⳅ to -31ⳅ)
Mechanical dual stage refrigerator system
(air-cooled condenser)
(air-cooled condenser)
R-404A
Capacity (W)
1500
R-404A (1st step), R-23 (2nd step) 4250
6000
Plate fin cooler Ni-Cr Wire Heater
Material Drying Bulb (W)
SUS TUBE Heater
2000
3000
Temperature
5000
Pt 100
Interior
Stainless steel #304
Exterior
Stainless steel #304
Insulation
Polyurethane foam 100mm (3.94”)
Door
Glass wool Tangent blower (90W)
4 sets of sirocco fan (4×90W)
Interior (mm / inch)
500×630×600 / 19.7×24.8×23.6
600×630×800 / 23.6×24.8×31.5
600×850×800 / 23.6×33.5×31.5
1000×800×1000 / 39.4×31.5×39.4
1000×1000×1000 / 39.4×39.4×39.4
1000×1000×1500 / 39.4×39.4×59.1
Exterior (mm / inch)
1025×1035×1530 / 40.4×40.7×60.2
1120×1070×1730 / 44.1×42.1×68.1
1120×1240×1730 / 44.1×44.8×68.1
1570×1245×2060 / 61.8×49×81.1
1570×1445×2060 / 61.8×56.9×81.1
1570×2045×2560 / 61.8×80.5×81.1
Viewing Windows Net Weight (kg / lbs)
200×330 / 7.9×13 310±10 / 683.4±22
375±10 / 826.7±22
270×330 / 10.6×13 400±10 / 881.8±22
Cable Port
Basically one hole provided / Ø50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)
Interface Port
Basically RS-232C [RS-485(Maximum 999 Units Control)-optional]
Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No.
1ph / 16.2A AAH81411K
Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Cat. No.
AAH81421K
AAH81412K
AAH81422K
Electrical Requirements (380V, 50Hz)
AAH81429K
AAH81432K
AAH81428K
AAH81441K
AAH81451K
AAH81442K
AAH81452K
3ph / 11.5A AAH81439K
3ph / 5.2A AAH81418K
670±10 / 1477±22
3ph / 22.5A
3ph / 5.4A AAH81419K
610±10 / 1345±22
3ph / 22.5A AAH81431K
1ph / 16.2A
Electrical Requirements (380V, 60Hz)
AAH81449K
AAH81459K
3ph / 11.5A AAH81438K
1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.
Ⲽ Certification only for the TC-G-180∙300∙408. Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ and relative humidity (up to 85%). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No Load.
164
85 From 20Ⳅ to -35Ⳅ
Mechanical single stage refrigerator system
(mm / inch)
Cat. No.
0.5 / 0.9
On singe point control
Refrigerant
Air Flow
(W×D×H)
0.5 / 0.9
60 From -35Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (-31ⳅ to 248ⳅ)
Cooler
Dimension
0.4 / 0.72
60 From 20Ⳅ to -35Ⳅ (68ⳅ to -31ⳅ)
Cooling (Min.) System
0.1 / 0.18
50 From -35Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (-31ⳅ to 248ⳅ)
Time
Material
TC-G-1500 1500 / 53
-35 to 150 / -31 to 302
Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)
Sensor
1000 / 35.3
Programmable, Touch screen type controller (5.7” Color monitor) Fluctuation 1)
Heater
TC-G-1000
800 / 28.3
Cooling fuzzy control system
Controller
Refrigeration
TC-G-800
408 / 14.4
Control System
Temperature
Certification only for the TC-G-180.300.408
AAH81448K
AAH81458K
750±10 / 1653.5±22
3ph / 28.5A AAH81462K 3ph / 15.2A AAH81468K
Temperature Chambers
Temperature Chambers (Floor Standing Models)
Specifications & Ordering Information Model
TC-GU-300
Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Control System Controller
Programmable, Touch screen type controller (5.7” Color monitor) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)
Temperature
300 / 10.6 Cooling fuzzy control system -60 to 150 / -76 to 302 without humidity *best programmable control range : -50 to 140 / -58 to 284
Fluctuation 1) at 40Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)
0.3 / 0.54
Variation 1) at 40Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Time
Heating (Min.) Cooling (Min.) System
Refrigeration
Refrigerant
0.5 / 0.9 60 From -60Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (-76ⳅ to 248ⳅ) 65 From 20Ⳅ to -60Ⳅ (68ⳅ to -76ⳅ) on singe point control Mechanical dual stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser) R-404A (1st step), R-23 (2nd step)
Capacity (W)
3000
Cooler Heater
Plate fin cooler Material
Ni-Cr Wire Heater
Drying Bulb (W)
2000
Temperature Sensor Interior Material
Exterior Insulation
Pt 100 Stainless steel #304 Stainless steel #304 Polyurethane foam 100mm (3.94”)
Door Air Flow
Glass wool Tangent blower (90W)
Interior (mm / inch)
600×630×800 / 23.6×24.8×31.5
Dimension
Exterior (mm / inch)
1120×1070×1730 / 44.1×42.1×68.1
(W×D×H)
Viewing Windows (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs)
Cable Port Interface Port
200×330 / 7.9×13 375±10 / 870.8±22 Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”) Basically RS-232C [RS-485(Maximum 999 Units Control)-optional]
Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz)
1ph / 24.3A
Cat. No.
AAH81521K
Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz)
1ph / 24.3A
Cat. No.
AAH81522K
Electrical Requirements (380V, 60 / 50Hz) Cat. No.
3ph / 8.3A AAH81528K
1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85%). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient Temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No Load.
165
T Please visit
Temperature Chambers
Temperature Chambers (Tabletop Models) .com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Temperature Chamber products Information is readily available on our website.
Certification only for TC-ME models
TC-KE-100
TC-ME-100 with optional Viewing Window and Stand
ⲟ In the year of 2013, this products design can be changed without prior notice.
166
Temperature Chambers
Temperature Chambers (Tabletop Models)
Dimension (TC-KE / ME Models)
Models TC-KE TC-ME
Capacity
W
D
H
A
B
25L (0.9 cu ft)
610mm (24”)
875mm (34.4)
920mm (36.2”)
220mm (8.7”)
498mm (19.6”)
65L (2.3 cu ft)
660mm (26”)
1040mm (40.9)
1065mm (41.9”)
258mm (10.2”)
570mm (22.4”)
100L (3.53 cu ft)
760mm (29.9”)
1110mm (43.7)
1085mm (42.7”)
318mm (12.5”)
56.3mm (22.2”)
Air Flow & Operating Range
TC-KE Models t -35Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ / -31ⳅ to 302ⳅ
TC-ME Models t -20Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ -4ⳅ to 248ⳅ
167
T
Temperature Chambers
Temperature Chambers (Tabletop Models)
Operating & Constructional Features Constructional Features t Small size and light weight. t Compact design with high performance. t Choose from 6 different model chambers based on size and temperature preference. - The series comes in 2 different model based on temp. ranging in -35Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ, -20Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ and three different volume capacities of 20L, 65L, 100L. t Efficient system with durable materials. - The evaporating system for better thermal efficiency with corrosion-resistant materials. - The heating system with minimized potential heat when heating or cooling for prompt reaction time and advanced performance. Stainless Steel Inner Chamber
t Viewing window. - A tempered glass window provides a clear view of samples in the chamber, beneficial during testing. (optional) t Cable port for external probes or wires. - 50mm diameter cable port comes standard on the left side of the unit. Additional 50mm or 80mm diameter cable ports can be custom ordered. (optional) t Optional stand for space-saving layout. - For use in limited spaces: stand and casters. Ⲽ Be sure to secure the stand onto floor with earthquake resistant fitting for your safety when using stand.
Safety Features t Leakage breaker for power supply. t Over current protection. Controller
t Overheat protection. t Switch-off after alarm for over heating. t Door open alarm.
Portable Recorder (optional)
168
Temperature Chambers
Temperature Chambers (Tabletop Models)
Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration. t Digital LCD display with touch-sensitive keys. t Easy operation with wide LCD screen. - Temperature / timer settings and operating condition. t Program patterns are memorized for 10 years due to a battery built into the PCB. t Expansion parameter inputs. (displayed by letters) t Programming operation. Description Programmable Pattern Capacity
TC - KE / ME 10
Pattern Repeat Time
999
Max. Segments per a Pattern
100
Available Max. Segments* Programmable Process Time per a Segment
100
Door Handle
0 to 99 hr 59 min
* Even though the max. segments per a pattern are 100, available total segments are up to 300 not 3000, so you need to arrange the number of segment and patterns properly.
t Computer interface. (optional) - Software provided. - Save data in excel format. - Storage of program information, backup of value settings / recovery, and temperature values. - RS-232C port as standard offer. t Chart Recorder. (optional) - 6 point dot type recorder with digital display. t RS-485 communication port offers a maximum of 9 temp. chambers to be connected by one PC. (optional)
Multi-control Display
Single-control Display
Program Setting Display
Graph Display
Water Tank
Cable Port
169
T
Temperature Chambers
Temperature Chambers (Tabletop Models)
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)
TC-KE-025 25 / 0.9
TC-KE-065 65 / 2.3
Controller
PID control (LCD Type) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)
Temperature1)
TC-KE-100 100 / 3.53
-35~150 / -31~302
Fluctuation2) at 50Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)
± 0.5°C
Variation2) at 50Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)
± 1°C
Heating
60 (-40Ⳅ Æ 100Ⳅ)
Cooling3)
70 (25Ⳅ Æ -35Ⳅ)
3)
Time
Refrigeration
System
Mechanical single stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)
Refrigerant
R-404A
Capacity (W)
470
Cooler Heater
Material
Ni-Cr Wire Heater
Drying Bulb (W)
1000
Temperature Sensor
Material
565
657
1200
1500
Plate fin cooler (cooper)
Pt 100
Internal
Stainless steel #304 (2B polish)
External
SUS #304 & Steel, 0.8t, Double painted & baked
Insulation
Polyurethane foam 100mm [3.94”]
Door
Glasswool
Air Flow (sirocco fan)
60W×2EA
Interface Port
Basically RS-232C, [RS-485:optional]
Cable Port
Basically one hole provided / Ø50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)
Dimension (W×D×H)
Electrical Requirements
60W×2EA
Internal (mm / inch)
350×220×350 / 13.8×8.7×13.8
400×330×495 / 15.7×13×19.5
500×380×530 / 19.7×15×20.9
External (mm / inch)
610×875×920 / 24×34.4×36.2
660×1040×1065 / 26×40.9×41.9
760×1110×1085 / 29.9×43.7×42.7
Weight (kg / lbs)
110 ±10 / 242.5 ±22
140 ±10 / 308.6 ±22
150 ±10 / 330.7 ±22
7.4A
8.8A
10.8A
AAH86111K
AAH86121K
AAH86131K
7.1A
8.4A
10.3A
AAH86112K
AAH86122K
AAH86132K
AC230V, 1ph, 60Hz AC230V, 1ph, 50Hz
1) All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), no load. 2)Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068. 3) Up to 98% of the set value.
* 80mm cable access hole is NOT available for 25L chamber (TC-ME-025). * Above the dimensions are NOT included size of attached accessories. ⲼPermissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ and relative humidity (up to 85%). Æ Recommended ambient temperature : +20Ⳅ (68ⳅ).
170
60W×2EA
Temperature Chambers
Temperature Chambers (Tabletop Models)
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)
TC-ME-025 25 / 0.9
Control System
TC-ME-100 100 / 3.53
Cooling PID control system
Controller
Temperature
TC-ME-065 65 / 2.3 Program controller (LCD type)
Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)
-20 to 120 / -4 to 248
Program Control (Ⳅ / ⳅ)
-15 to 120 / -5 to 248
Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 100Ⳅ
0.4 / 0.72
0.3 / 0.55
0.3 / 0.55
Variation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 100Ⳅ
2 / 3.60
1.9 / 3.42
1.8 / 3.24
1)
Time
Heating (Min.)
55 From -15Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (5ⳅ to 248ⳅ)
Cooling (Min.)
60 From 20Ⳅ to -15Ⳅ (68ⳅ to 5ⳅ) on singe point control *
System Refrigeration
Mechanical single stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)
Refrigerant
R-404A
Capacity (W)
250
250
Cooler Heater
Ni-Cr Wire Heater
Material Drying Bulb (W)
800
1000
Temperature Sensor
Material
Interior
Stainless steel #304
Exterior
SUS #304 & Steel, 0.8t, Double painted & baked
Insulation
Polyurethane foam 100mm [3.94”] Glass wool
Air Flow (sirocco fan)
(W×D×H)
60W×2EA
60W×2EA
60W×2EA
Interior (mm / inch)
350×220×350 / 13.8×8.7×13.8
400×330×495 / 15.7×13×19.5
500×380×530 / 19.7×15×20.9
Exterior (mm / inch)
610×875×920 / 24×34.4×36.2
660×1040×1065 / 26×40.9×41.9
760×1110×1085 / 29.9×43.7×42.7
Net Weight (kg / lbs)
80±5 / 176±11
110±5 / 242±11
130±5 / 286±11
Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)
Cable Port Interface Port Electrical Requirements
1200
Pt 100
Door
Dimension
375
Plate fin cooler (cooper)
Basically RS-232C [RS-485 (Maximum 9 Units Control) - optional] AC230V, 1ph, 60Hz AC230V, 1ph, 50Hz
5.3A
6.1A
AAH86011K
AAH86021K
6.8A AAH86031K
5.1A
6A
6.5A
AAH86012K
AAH86022K
AAH86032K
1)Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.
* 80mm cable access hole is NOT available for 25L chamber (TC-ME-025). * Above the dimensions are NOT included size of attached accessories. Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ and relative humidity (up to 85%). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), no load.
171
T
Temperature Chambers Accessories & Options
Viewing Window
Recorder
Cable Port
Warning Signal Light
Viewing Window
Cable Port
t A tempered dual window provides a clear view of samples during testing.
t A through hole of 50 or 80mm dia. (2.0 or 3.2˝ dia.) is provided on the wall of chamber to allow electrical cables to be introduced into the chamber. A 50mm hole is provided, maximum two holes (50 or 80mm) are optional.
Inner Door
Shelf
t An inner glass door for quick viewing of samples and to prevent outside air from flowing in. (only for TC-G / GU)
t Wire and perforated type shelves (shelf brackets included) are made of durable stainless steel. Standard shelves and shelf brackets come standard.
Temperature Recorder t 6-point dot type recorder.
Warning Signal Light
t digital display.
t A malfunction indicator can be placed on the right upper side.
Tabletop Chambers Cat. No. AAA8T504 AAA8T506 AAA8T540 AAA8T542 AAA80550 AAA82501 AAA82502 AAA82503 RTD679 RTD680 RTD681 AAA80602-6 AAA80602-7 AAA80602-8 AAA8T612 AAA8T613 AAA8T610 AAA8T611 AAA80631 AAA80632 AAA80633 AAA80634 AAA80635 CFA1910
Description Portable Recorder (6 points) Portable Recorder (digital, 6 channels) Interface Converter (RS - 485 ⳨ 232) included a cable (5m / 16.4ft) Interface Cable (5m / 16.4ft) Warning Signal Lamp Viewing window for TC-KE/ME-025 Viewing window for TC-KE/ME-065 Viewing window for TC-KE/ME-100 Wire Shelf for TC-KE/ME-025 Wire Shelf for TC-KE/ME-065 Wire Shelf for TC-KE/ME-100 Perforated Shelf forTC-KE/ME-025 Perforated Shelf for TC-KE/ME-065 Perforated Shelf for TC-KE/ME-100 Cable Port (Ø 50mm / 2.0”) for TC-ME Models Cable Port (Ø 80mm / 3.2”) for TC-ME Models Cable Port (Ø 50mm / 2.0”) for TC-KE Models Cable Port (Ø 80mm / 3.2”) for TC-KE Models Stand for TC-KE/ME-025 Stand for TC-KE/ME-065 Stand for TC-KE/ME-100 Two Step Stand for TC-KE/ME-025 Two Step Stand for TC-KE/ME-065 Temperature Sensor (RTD type)
25L
TC-KE 65L
100L
25L
TC-ME 65L
100L
t t t t t t t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t t t t t t
Ⲽ 80mm cable access hole is NOT available for 25L chamber.
Wire & Perforated Shelves for Tabletop Chambers Models TC-KE/ME-025 TC-KE/ME-065 TC-KE/ME-100
* Only for wire shelf.
172
Included*
Maximum
2 2 2
7 10 10
Description Space 20mm (0.8”) 20mm (0.8”) 20mm (0.8”)
Dimension (W×L) 195×310mm (7.7×12.2”) 280×360mm (11×14.2”) 330×460mm (13×18.1”)
Temperature Chambers
Accessories & Options
Floor Standing Chambers Cat. No.
Description
AAA8T500 AAA8T505 AAA8T540 AAA8T542 AAA80550 AAA81552 AAA81551 EDA8212 EDA8213 EDA8214 EDA8215 EDA8216 AAA80602-1 AAA80602-2 AAA80602-3 AAA80602-4 AAA80602-5 AAA8T610 AAA8T611 CFA1185
Recorder (6 points) Recorder (digital, 6 channels) Interface Converter (RS - 485 ⳨ 232) included a cable (5m / 16.4ft) Interface Cable (5m / 16.4ft) Warning Signal lamp Inner Glass Door (only for 180L chambers) Inner Glass Door (only for 270, 300, 408L chambers) Wire Shelf for TC-G-180 Wire Shelf for TC-G/GU-300 Wire Shelf for TC-G-408 Wire Shelf for TC-G-800 Wire Shelf forTC-G-1000, 1500 Perforated Shelf for TC-G-180 Perforated Shelf for TC-G/GU-300 Perforated Shelf for TC-G-408 Perforated Shelf for TC-G-800 Perforated Shelf for TC-G-1000, 1500 Cable Port (Ø 50mm / 2.0”) Cable Port (Ø 80mm / 3.2”) Temperature Sensor (RTD type)
180L
300L
t t t t t t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t t t t t t
TC-G 408L 800L t t t t t t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t t t t t t
1000L 1500L t t t t t t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t t t t t t
Wire & Perforated Shelves for Floor Standing Chambers Models TC-G-180 TC-G/GU-300 TC-G-408 TC-G-800 TC-G-1000, 1500
Included*
Maximum
2 2 2 2 2
9 10 10 14 14
Description Space 40mm (1.6”) 40mm (1.6”) 40mm (1.6”) 40mm (1.6”) 40mm (1.6”)
Dimensions (W×L) 463×518mm (17.2×20.4”) 518×558mm (20.4×22.0”) 560×740mm (22.0×29.1”) 750×960mm (30.0×37.8”) 950×960mm (37.4×37.8”)
* Only for wire shelf. Ⲽ In addition to providing standard accessories, we will manufacture customized accessories to meet your specific requirements. Contact us for details.
173
Temperature & SELECTION GUIDE
Temperature & Humidity Chambers TH-G Models
Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)
Temp. & Humid. Chambers
Operating Temp. Operating Humid. Chamber Page Range 1) (Ⳅ/ⳅ) Full Range 2) (%RH) Volume (L / cu ft)
Description
-35 to 150 / -31 to 302
TH-I Models Temp. & Humid. Chambers
Clean Temp. & Humid. Chamber
180 to 1500 / 6.4 to 53
20 to 98
180 to 408 / 6.4 to 14.4
176182
TH-GU-300
-60 to 150 / -76 to 302
25 to 98
300 / 10.6
TH-TG Models
-5 to 100 / 23 to 212
10 to 95
190 to 1500 / 6.7 to 53
TH-ICH 3) Models
-5 to 85 / 23 to 185
20 to 85
300, 760 / 10.6, 26.8
TH-KE Models
-35~150 / -31~302
20 to 95
TH-ME Models
-20 to 120 / -4 to 248
20 to 95
TH-PE Models
0 to 120 / 32 to 248
35 to 95
Fingerprint Development Chamber
TH-PF-100
40 to 100 / 104 to 212
Clean Temp. & Humid. Chamber
TH-CR-270
-35 to 100 / -31 to 212
(Floor Standing Models)
(Tabletop Models)
Fingerprint Development Chamber
25 to 98
Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)
Plant Growth Chambers
183187
25 to 100 / 0.9 to 3.53
188194
50 to 90
100 / 3.53
195197
30 to 90
270 / 9.5
198201
1) Operating temperature ranges obtained without using humidity. 2) Please, refer to the specification details in the catalog. 3) TH-ICH Models temperature ranges obtained w/o using light or humidity.
Plant Growth Chambers Description Plant Growth Chambers (Floor Standing Models)
GC-300TL GC-300TLH GC-1000TLH
Operating Temp. Range 1) (Ⳅ/ⳅ) 5 to 50 / 41 to 122 - Lamp off 10 to 50 / 50 to 122 - Lamp on
Operating Humid. Chamber Page Full Range 2) (%RH) Volume (L / cu ft) 40 to 90 50 to 90
300 / 10.6
204260
1000 / 35.3
Accessories & Options Description for Temperature & Humidity Chambers for Plant Growth Chambers
Page 202-203 207
Humidity Chambers GENERAL APPLICATIONS
Temperature & Humidity Chambers Test for reliability, durability, climatic, freezing resistance, quality assurance, thermal endurance etc. - Testing for electric and electronic component, sensors. - Testing for semiconductor, PCB, LCD & LED. - Pharmaceutical tests. - Mechanical / Military / Aircraft engineering. - Automobile, Transport / automobile supply industries. - Chemical / Petrochemical industries. - Construction materials / Plastic / Textile industries. - Testing mould, liquor, cigar, paintings. - Testing metal related industries like plating etc. - Ninhydrin, DFO and other fingerprint development processes. (only TH-PF-100)
Plant Growth Chambers - Agriculture experiment with growth of plants. - Growth experiment of animals and insects. - Food preservation experiments. - Genetic of life science researches. - Genetic researches and pathology of plants. - Retardation researches of seeds. - Tissue culture of plants and germinating researches of seeds.
TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features
Optimum control Features
1) Self-protecting cut-off function - Over temperature, electrical leakage or over voltage automatically cuts the power from the unit, in an orderly fashion, starting with the heating element then the controller unit.
1) Microprocess PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration.
2) Time setting function for automated RUN / OFF - Enable automatic start and shut off of a unit at any specific time. - A timer can be set for a month and data can be recorded in time, day, or week intervals.
3) Touch screen type display. - 5.7-inch Color LCD display with interactive input system.
3) Low fluid level protection water leakage alarm - Intermittent toned alarm audible alarm and visual alarms. - Water supply and circuit compartment separate from each other to ensure safety. 4) Door-open warning alarm - Intermittent toned alarm audible alarm and visual alarms. - Heating element, fan, and platform auto-matically stops when the door is opened to minimize heat loss and to ensure users safety.
2) Optimize CPU logic control system. - Optimum control of temperature / humidity with economical controls that reduces power consumption.
(Floor Standing Models only)
- Temperature & humidity timer settings, and operation condition. - Temperature & humidity and other operating parameters can be recorded using a recorder. - Easily visible set value: set point value (SV) / present value (PV) are also added on the colorful LCD controller.
Protect the global environment 1) Use of HFC refrigerant prevents damage to the ozone layer. 2) Complies with the Montreal Protocol on Sub-stances That Deplete the Ozone Layer control measures.
T
Temp. & Humid. Chambers
Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)
Certification only for the TH-G-180路300路408
Floor Standing Models
TH-G / I / GU Models
176
Temp. & Humid. Chambers
Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models) Dimension
Models TH-G TH-I TH-G
Capacity 180L (6.4cu ft) 300L (10.6cu ft) 408L (14.4cu ft) 800L (28.3cu ft) 1000L (35.3cu ft) 1500L (53 cu ft)
W
D
1025mm (40.4”) 1120mm (44.1”) 1120mm (44.1”) 1570mm (61.8”) 1570mm (61.8”) 1570mm (61.8”)
1035mm (40.7”) 1070mm (42.1”) 1240mm (48.8”) 1245mm (48.8”) 1445mm (56.9”) 2045mm (80.5”)
H 1530mm (60.2”) 1730mm (68.1”) 1730mm (68.1”) 2060mm (81.1”) 2060mm (81.1”) 2050mm (80.7”)
A 450mm (17.7”) 450mm (17.7”) 520mm (20.5”) 490mm (19.3”) 560mm (22”) 560mm (22”)
B 1230mm (48.4”) 1230mm (48.4”) 1230mm (48.4”) 1260mm (49.6”) 1260mm (49.6”) 800mm (31.5”)
Temperature & Humidity Control Range
Temperature Ⳅ
TH-G (180, 300, 408L) TH-GU-300
Temperature Ⳅ
TH-G (800, 1000, 1500L)
Temperature Ⳅ
TH-I (180, 300, 408L)
t 50 ~ 90% RH at 20Ⳅ
t 30 ~ 80% RH at 10Ⳅ
t 40 ~ 85% RH at 15Ⳅ
t 45 ~ 95% RH at 25Ⳅ
t 20 ~ 90% RH at 20Ⳅ
t 25 ~ 98% RH at 25 ~ 80Ⳅ
t 40 ~ 95% RH at 30 ~ 80Ⳅ
t 20 ~ 98% RH at 25 ~ 80Ⳅ
t 25 ~ 80% RH at 90Ⳅ
t 40 ~ 80% RH at 90Ⳅ
t 20 ~ 80% RH at 90Ⳅ
177
T
Temp. & Humid. Chambers
Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)
Operating & Constructional Features Constructional Features t Standard environmental test chambers. t High quality #304 stainless steel exterior and interior. t Casters for easy mobility when installing or moving temp. and Humid. test chamber. t Convenient maintenance-available to view total operating time. t Spacious chamber volume maximum capacity of 1500L. t Choose from 10 different model chambers based on size and temperature preference. - The series comes in 3 different models based on temp. and humid. ranges ranging in -35Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ, -60Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ / upmost 20 to 98% RH and six different volume capacities of 180L, 300L, 408L, 800L, 1000L and 1500L. Door Catch & Trim
t Unique door lock & trim. - Vice lock type door and foam silicone packing to ensure a perfect seal. - Door open warning alarm. t Inner door. - Optional inner glass door comes with four holes to handle samples inside the chamber. (excludes chambers with volume capacities of 800L or 1500L)
t Ventilation. - Ventilation vent is located at the upper right side of the unit. t Chart recorder. (optional) - 6-point dot type recorder with a digital display. t Container type tank for easy adding and changing of water. - Maintenance of the water tank can be easily performed from the front side. - Checking of the water level and the amount of water rema-ining in the tank can be performed by looking through the center viewing window. Color LCD Controller
t Viewing window for observation. - Tempered glass window provides a clear view of samples in the chamber, beneficial during testing. - Fluorescent lighting source included. t Cable port for external probes or wires. - 50mm diameter cable port comes standard on the left side of the unit. Additional 50mm or 80mm diameter cable ports can be custom ordered. (optional) t Easy cleaning of condenser air-filter. - To prevent deterioration of refrigeration system and keep filter dust free by periodically cleaning the filter.
Safety Features
Digital Recorder (optional)
178
t Leakage breaker for power supply. t Over current protection. t Overheat / overcool protection. t Switch-off after alarm for over heating. t Water empty alarm. t Door open alarm. t Vice lock door type locking mechanism.
Temp. & Humid. Chambers
Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)
Operating Features t Microprocess PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration. t Chamber supports three different languages: English, Chinese, and Korean. t Optimize CPU logic control system. - Optimum control of temperature with economical power consumption. t Touch screen type display. - 5.7-inch Color LCD display with interactive input system. : Easily visible set value: set point value (SV) /present value (PV) are also added on the colorful LCD controller. - Temperature and humidity / timer settings and operation condition. - Temperature, humidity, and other operating parameters can be recorded using a chart recorder. t Programming operation. Description
Water Tank
TH-G, I, GU
Programmable Pattern Capacity Pattern Repeat Time Max. Segments per a Pattern Available Max. Segments* Programmable Process Time per a Segment
120 999 100 1200 0 to 99 hr 59 min
* Even though the max. segments per a pattern are 100, available total segments are up to 1200 not 12000, so you need to arrange the number of segment an patterns properly.
t Computer interface. - Save data in excel format. - Software provided. - Storage of program information, backup of value settings / recovery, and temperature values. - RS-232C port as standard offer. t RS-485 communication port offers connection of a maximum of 9 temperature chamber units to one PC. (optional)
Multi-control Display
Single-control Display
Program Setting Display
Graph Display
Air Filter
Ventilation
179
T
Temp. & Humid. Chambers
Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Control System Controller
TH-G-180 180 / 6.4
TH-G-300
Humidity
0.1 / 0.18
0.2 / 0.36
0.2 / 0.36
0.3 / 0.55
0.3 / 0.55
0.3 / 0.55
Variation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 55Ⳅ / 60%RH
0.6 / 1.08
0.5 / 0.9
0.5 / 0.9
0.5 / 0.9
0.5 / 0.9
0.5 / 0.9
50 From -35Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (-31ⳅ to 248ⳅ)
60 From -35Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (-31ⳅ to 248ⳅ)
Range (%RH)
40 to 85 at 15Ⳅ (59ⳅ) 25 to 98 at 25Ⳅ to 80Ⳅ (77ⳅ to 176ⳅ) 25 to 80 at 90Ⳅ (194ⳅ)
Fluctuation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ
0.3
0.4
0.3
Air Flow Water Supply
Dimension (W×D×H)
Capacity Water Quality
1
Mechanical dual stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)
R-404A 1500
R-404A (1st step), R-23 (2nd step) 4250 Plate fin cooler
Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS sheath Heater
6000
SUS Tube Heater
2000 1500
3000 2000
5000 3500
Pt 100 Electronic sensor - Free of drying a wet pack and good reaction time Stainless steel #304 Stainless steel #304 Polyurethane foam 100mm (3.94”) Glass wool 4 sets of sirocco fan (4×90W) Tangent blower (90W) 15L (0.53cu ft) - Cartridge type Direct water supplying system pH6.2 to 7.2 / Electrical conductivity 20⽜ /cm to below
Interior (mm / inch)
500×630×600 / 19.7×24.8×23.6
600×630×800 / 23.6×24.8×31.5
600×850×800 / 23.6×33.5×31.5
1000×800×1000 / 39.4×31.5×39.4
1000×1000×1000 / 39.4×39.4×39.4
1000×1000×1500 / 39.4×39.4×59.1
Exterior (mm / inch)
1025×1035×1530 / 40.4×40.7×60.2
1120×1070×1730 / 44.1×42.1×68.1
1120×1240×1730 / 44.1×44.8×68.1
1570×1245×2060 / 61.8×49×81.1
1570×1445×2060 / 61.8×56.9×81.1
1570×2045×2060 / 61.8×80.5×80.7
Viewing Windows
200×330 / 7.9×13
(mm / inch)
Net Weight (kg / lbs)
310±10 / 683.4±22
375±10 / 826.7±22
270×330 / 10.6×13 400±10 / 881.8±22
Cable Port
Basically one hole provided / Ø50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)
Interface Port
Basically RS-232C [RS-485(Maximum 999 Units Control)-optional]
Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No.
AAH80011K AAH80012K AAH80018K
1ph / 23A AAH80021K 1ph / 23A AAH80022K 3ph / 7.7A AAH80028K
AAH80031K AAH80032K AAH80038K
1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.
Ⲽ Certification only for the TH-G-180∙300∙408. Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85%). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load.
180
0.6
3.5
(air-cooled condenser)
Material
Material
0.5
Mechanical single stage refrigerator system
Cooler
Sensor
(68ⳅ to -31ⳅ)
On singe point control * 50 to 90 at 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ) 45 to 95 at 30Ⳅ to 80Ⳅ (86ⳅ to 176ⳅ) 40 to 80 at 30Ⳅ to 90Ⳅ (86ⳅ to 194ⳅ)
3
Refrigerant Capacity (W)
Drying Bulb (W) Humidity Bulb (W) Temperature Humidity Interior Exterior Insulation Door
85 From 20Ⳅ to -35Ⳅ
60 From 20Ⳅ to -35Ⳅ (68ⳅ to -31ⳅ)
Cooling - without Humidity (Min.)
System
Heater
TH-G-1500 1500 / 53
Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 55Ⳅ / 60%RH
Variation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ
Refrigeration
TH-G-1000
-35 to 150 / -31 to 302 * best programmable control range : -30 to 140 / -22 to 284
Heating - without Humidity (Min.) Time
TH-G-800
300 / 10.6 408 / 14.4 800 / 28.3 1000 / 35.3 BDBC2 system - Balanced Dehumidifying & Bath Cooling control Programmable, Touch screen type controller (5.7” Color monitor)
Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) - without Humidity Temperature
Certification only for the TH-G-180.300.408
TH-G-408
610±10 / 1345±22
670±10 / 1477±22
AAH80041K AAH80051K 3ph / 22.5A AAH80042K AAH80052K 3ph / 13A AAH80048K AAH80058K
750±10 / 1653.5±22
3ph / 37.7A AAH80072K 3ph / 20.6A AAH80078K
Temp. & Humid. Chambers
Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)
TH-I-180
Control System
300 / 10.6
Programmable, Touch screen type controller (5.7” Color monitor) Range
Time
TH-I-408 408 / 14.4
BDBC2 system - Balanced Dehumidifying & Bath Cooling control
Controller
Temperature
TH-I-300
180 / 6.4
-35 to 150 / -31 to 302 without humidity * best programmable control range : -30 to 140 / -22 to 284
(Ⳅ / ⳅ)
Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 55Ⳅ / 60%RH
0.1 / 0.18
0.2 / 0.36
0.2 / 0.36
Variation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 55Ⳅ / 60%
0.6 / 1.08
0.5 / 0.9
0.5 / 0.9
Heating - without Humidity (Min.)
50 From -35Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (-31ⳅ to 248ⳅ)
Cooling - without Humidity (Min.)
60 From 20Ⳅ to -35Ⳅ (68ⳅ to -31ⳅ) on singe point control * 30 to 80 at 10Ⳅ (50ⳅ)
Range (%RH)
20 to 98 at 20 to 80Ⳅ (68ⳅ to 176ⳅ) 20 to 80 at 90Ⳅ (194ⳅ)
Humidity
Fluctuation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ
0.3
0.4
0.3
Variation (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ
3
3
3
1)
System Refrigeration
Mechanical single stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)
Refrigerant
R-404A
Capacity (W)
1500
Cooler
Plate fin cooler Material
Heater
Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS sheath Heater 2000
Drying Bulb (W)
1500
Humidity Bulb (W) Sensor
Material
Temperature Humidity
Electronic sensor - Free of drying a wet pack and good reaction time
Interior
Stainless steel #304
Exterior
Stainless steel #304
Insulation
Polyurethane foam 100mm (3.94”)
Door
Glass wool
Air Flow Water Supply
Dimension (W×D×H)
Pt 100
Tangent blower (90W) Capacity
15L (0.53cu ft) - Cartridge type
Water Quality
pH6.2 to 7.2 / Electrical conductivity 20⽜ /cm to below
Interior (mm / inch)
500×630×600 / 19.7×24.8×23.6
600×630×800 / 23.6×24.8×31.5
600×850×800 / 23.6×33.5×31.5
Exterior (mm / inch)
1025×1035×1530 / 40.4×40.7×60.2
1120×1070×1730 / 44.1×42.1×68.1
1120×1240×1730 / 44.1×44.8×68.1
310±10 / 683.4±22
375±10 / 826.7±22
200×330 / 7.9×13
Viewing Windows (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs) Cable Port
Basically one hole provided / Ø50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)
Interface Port
Basically RS-232C [RS-485(Maximum 999 Units Control)-optional]
Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No.
1ph / 23A AAH80111K
AAH80121K
AAH80112K
AAH80122K
AAH80132K
3ph / 7.7A
Electrical Requirements (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No.
AAH80131K
1ph / 23A
Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.
400±10 / 881.8±22
AAH80118K
AAH80128K
AAH80138K
1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ)and relative humidity (up to 85%). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient Temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No Load.
181
T
Temp. & Humid. Chambers
Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)
Specifications & Ordering Information Model
TH-GU-300
Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Controller Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature
300 / 10.6 Programmable, Touch screen type controller (5.7” Color monitor) -60 to 150 / -76 to 302 without humidity *best programmable control range : -50 to 140 / -58 to 284
Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH
0.3 / 0.54
Variation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH 1)
Time
0.5 / 0.9
Heating - without Humidity (Min.)
60 From -60Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (-76ⳅ to 248ⳅ)
Cooling - without Humidity (Min.)
65 From 20Ⳅ to -60Ⳅ (68ⳅ to -76ⳅ) on singe point control 40 to 85 at 15Ⳅ (59ⳅ)
Range (%RH) Humidity
25 to 98 at 25 to 80Ⳅ (77ⳅ to 176ⳅ) 25 to 80 at 90Ⳅ (194ⳅ) 3
Fluctuation 1) (±%RH) Variation 1) (±%RH) System Refrigeration
Refrigerant
3 Mechanical dual stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser) R-404A(1st step), R-23(2nd step)
Capacity (W)
3000
Cooler
Plate fin cooler Material
Heater
Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS sheath Heater
Drying Bulb (W)
2000
Humidity Bulb (W) Sensor
Humidity Interior
Material
1500
Temperature
Exterior Insulation
Pt 100 Electronic sensor - Free of drying a wet pack and good reaction time Stainless steel #304 Stainless steel #304 Polyurethane foam 100mm (3.94”)
Door Air Flow Water Supply
Dimension (W×D×H)
Glass wool Tangent blower (90W)
Capacity Water Quality
15L (0.53cu ft) - Cartridge type pH6.2 to 7.2/ Electrical conductivity 20⽜ / cm to below
Interior (mm / inch)
600×630×800 / 23.6×24.8×31.5
Exterior (mm / inch)
1120×1070×1730 / 44.1×42.1×68.1
Viewing Windows (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs)
Cable Port Interface Port
200×330 / 7.9×13 395±10 / 870.8±22 Basically one hole provided / Ø50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”) Basically RS-232C [RS-485(Maximum 999 Units Control)-optional]
Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85 ). Ⲽ Upon request, other sizes of chambers are available. Please contact with us. Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load.
182
1ph / 23A AAH80321K 1ph / 23A AAH80322K 3ph / 7.7A AAH80328K
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chamber (Floor Standing Models) Please visit
.com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Temperature & Humidity Chamber products Information is readily available on our website.
TH-TG Models
TH-ICH Models 183
T
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chamber (Floor Standing Models)
Dimension (TH-TG / TH-ICH Models)
Model TH-TG-180 TH- TG -300 TH-TG-408 TH-TG-800 TH-TG-1000 TH-TG-1500 TH-ICH-300 TH-ICH-800
Capacity 190L (6.7 cu ft) 300L (10.6 cu ft) 410L (14.5 cu ft) 760L (26.8 cu ft) 960L (33.9 cu ft) 1500L (53 cu ft) 300L (10.6 cu ft) 760L (26.8 cu ft)
W 880mm (34.6”) 1130mm (44.5”) 1130mm (44.5”) 1220mm (48”) 1220mm (48”) 1450mm (57.1”) 1130mm (44.5”) 1220mm (48”)
D
H
945mm (37.2”) 945mm (37.2”) 1045mm (41.1”) 1175mm (46.3”) 1415mm (55.7”) 1900mm (74.8”) 985mm (33.8”) 1215mm (47.8”)
1465mm (57.7”) 1520mm (59.8”) 1520mm (59.8”) 1965mm (77.4”) 1965mm (77.4”) 2065mm (81.3”) 1520mm (59.8”) 1965mm (77.4”)
A 420mm (16.5”) 420mm (16.5”) 520mm (20.5”) 520mm (20.5”) 635mm (25”) 635mm (25”) 460mm (18.1”) 545mm (21.5”)
B 880mm (34.6”) 905mm (35.6”) 905mm (35.6”) 1010mm (39.8”) 1010mm (39.8”) 800mm (31.5”) 905mm (35.6”) 1185mm (46.7”)
Temperature & Humidity Control Range
Temperature Ⳅ
TH-TG (190 to 960L)
184
Temperature Ⳅ
TH-TG (1500L)
Temperature Ⳅ
TH-ICH (300, 760L)
t 40~90% RH at 10Ⳅ
t 40~90% RH at 15Ⳅ
t 40~80% RH at 15Ⳅ
t 20~95% RH at 30Ⳅ
t 30~95% RH at 30Ⳅ
t 30~85% RH at 30Ⳅ
t 10~95% RH at 50~80Ⳅ
t 20~95% RH at 50~80Ⳅ
t 20~85% RH at 50~85Ⳅ
t 10~80% RH at 90Ⳅ
t 20~85% RH at 85Ⳅ
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chamber (Floor Standing Models)
The temperature & humidity chamber units comply with the ICH guidelines. Stability Testing Q1A (R2)-ICH, TG Chamber Models. Photostability Testing Q1B (Option 2)-ICH Chamber Models.
Constructional Features
Operating Features
t High quality #304 stainless steel exterior and interior.
t Microprocess PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration.
t Casters for easy mobility when installing or moving environmental test chamber.
t Digital LCD display with touch-sensitive 7 keypads.
t Convenient maintenance - Available to check total operating time. t Unique door lock & trim. t Vice lock type door and foam silicone packing to ensure a perfect seal.
t Easy operation with wide LCD screen. - Temperature and humidity / timer settings and operation condition. t Program patterns are memorized for 10 years due to a battery built into the PCB. t Expansion parameter inputs. (conveniently display by letters)
t Cable port for external probes or wires.
t Programming operation.
t 50mm diameter cable port comes standard on the left side of the unit. Additional 50mm or 80mm diameter cable ports can be custom ordered. (optional)
t Computer interface. - Software provided. - Save data in excel format. - Storage of program information, backup of value settings / recovery, and temperature / humidity values. - RS-232C port as standard offer.
t Container type tank for easy adding and changing of water. - Maintenance of the water tank can be easily performed from the front side. t Door lock. t Cyclic defrost functions does not affect the temperature and humidity control for extended operation.
t Chart recorder. (optional) - 6-point dots type recorder with digital display. - Digital recorder. (6-channels)
(Under 15âł&#x201E; set value)
t Powerful two Sirocco fans maintains a constant airflow in the chamber.
Additional TH-ICH 300/800 Features t In the event of a validation the apparatus correctly controls each light and then transfers accurate data and is equipped with light sensors. (UV light sensor / VIS light sensor) t Samples that have to be exposed to the light in which it is completely near the UV energy of less than 200W-hr/m2 is provided to compare directly the results from overall intensity of less than 1.20 million lux-hr, drug substances and reagent. t Total fluorescent lamp and UV lamp indicator and operating time indicator.
Safety Features t Leakage breaker for power supply. t Over current protection. t Overheat protection. t Switch-off after alarm for over heating. t Door open alarm. t Water empty. t Vice lock door type locking mechanism. (optional) t Alarm for completed Photostability Test. (only TH-ICH Models)
185
T
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chamber (Floor Standing Models)
Specifications & Ordering Information Model
TH-TG-180
Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Controller Range Temperature 1)
190 / 6.7
TH-TG-300
TH-TG-408
300 / 10.6
410 / 14.5
without Humidity (Ⳅ / ⳅ)
TH-TG-800
760 / 26.8 PID control (LCD Type)
TH-TG-1000 960 / 33.9
TH-TG-1500 1500 / 53
-5 to 100 / 23 to 212
with Humidity (Ⳅ / ⳅ)
+10 to 90 / 50 to 194
Fluctuation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH
+15 to 85
1)
0.3 / 0.55
Variation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH
0.5 / 0.9
1)
0.5 / 0.9
0.7 / 1.3
1 / 1.8 FULL RANGE : 20 to 95 40 to 90 at 15Ⳅ ⳅ
30 to 95 at 30Ⳅ ⳅ
20 to 95 at 50Ⳅ to 80Ⳅ
FULL RANGE : 10 to 95 40 to 90 at 10Ⳅ ( 50ⳅ
30 to 95 at 20Ⳅ ( 68ⳅ
10 to 95 at 50Ⳅ to 80Ⳅ (122ⳅ to 176ⳅ
10 to 80 at 90Ⳅ (194ⳅ
Range (%RH) Humidity Fluctuation (±%RH) at 60%RH / 40Ⳅ
2
Variation (±%RH) at 60%RH / 40Ⳅ
3
ⳅ UP ⳅ
20 to 85 at 85Ⳅ ⳅ
2)
2)
Heating 4) Time Cooling 4)
50min
55min
(-5Ⳅ 100Ⳅ)
(-5Ⳅ 100Ⳅ)
120min
145min
(100Ⳅ -5Ⳅ)
(100Ⳅ -5Ⳅ)
System Refrigeration Refrigerant Capacity (W) Cooler Material Heater Drying Bulb (W) Humidity Bulb (W) Temperature Sensor Humidity
Electronic sensor (Free of drying a wet pack and good response time)
Air Flow
2 set of sirocco fan (2×60 W) : Vertical type
Internal External Material Insulation Door Operating Temperature Capacity (L / cu ft) Water Tank Water Quality Interface Port
SUS #304 (2B polish) SUS #304 (Hairline finish) & Steel, 2t, Double painted & baked Polyurethane (70mm / 2.76”) Glasswool 18Ⳅ to 30Ⳅ / 64.4ⳅto 56ⳅ, 85%RH (Non-corrosive and pure place) 15 / 0.53 pH6.2 ~ 7.2, Electrical conductivity 20⽜ / cm to below Basically RS-232C, [RS-485 : optional]
Cable Port
Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”), Optionally max. two holes available / Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)
Viewing Window (mm / inch) Internal Dimension
(mm / inch)
(W×D×H)
External (mm / inch)
Net Weight (kg / lbs) AC230V, 1ph, 60Hz Cat.No. Electrical Requirements AC230V, 1ph, 50Hz Cat.No.
150
250
1000 1000
1500 1200
470
470×2
2300 2000
3000 2500
4 set of sirocco fan(4×60W) : Vertical type
30 / 1.1
230×340 / 9.1×13.4 (option) 500×650×600 750×650×650 750×850×650 750×880×1160 750×1110×1160 / 19.7×25.6×23.6 / 29.5×25.6×25.6 / 29.5×33.5×25.6 / 29.5×34.6×45.7 / 29.5×43.7×45.7
1000×1000×1500 / 39.4×39.4×59.1
880×945×1465 / 34.6×37.2×57.7
1130×945×1520 1130×1045×1520 1220×1175×1965 1220×1415 ×1965 / 44.5×37.2×59.8 / 44.5×41.1×59.8 / 48×46.3×77.3 / 48×55.7×77.4
1450×1900×2065 / 57.1×74.8×81.3
220±10 / 485±22 13.1 A AAHC2001K 12.4 A AAHC2002K
250±10 / 485±22 15.4 A AAHC2011K 14.7 A AAHC2012K
480±10 / 1058±22 30.5A AAHC2051K 29.2A AAHC2052K
1) All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load. 2) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068 3) The value is measured on the center of chamber at the point of vertical direction. 4) Up to 98% of the set value.
186
Air - cooled R- 404A 250 470 Copper plate fin cooler Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS Tube Heater 1500 2300 1200 2000 Pt 100
280±10 / 617±22 15.4 A AAHC2021K 14.7 A AAHC2022K
360±10 / 794±22 24.5 A AAHC2031K 23.5 A AAHC2032K
410±10 / 904±22 24.5 A AAHC2041K 23.5 A AAHC2042K
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chamber (Floor Standing Models)
Specifications & Ordering Information Model
TH-ICH-300
Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)
760 / 26.8
Controller
Range Temperature 1)
PID control (LCD Type) -5 to 85 / 23 to 185 without Light 0 to 85 / 32 to 185 with Light
without Humidity (Ⳅ / ⳅ) with Humidity (Ⳅ / ⳅ)
+15 to 85 / 59 to185 with Light
Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH
0.3 / 0.55
0.3 / 0.55
Variation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH
0.5 / 0.9
0.7 / 1.3 FULL RANGE : 20 to 85 40 to 80 at 15Ⳅ (59ⳅ
30 to 85 at 30Ⳅ (86ⳅ
20 to 85 at 50Ⳅ to 85Ⳅ (122ⳅ to 185ⳅ
Range (%RH) Humidity
TH-ICH-800
300 / 10.6
Fluctuation 2) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 40Ⳅ
3
Variation 2) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 40Ⳅ
5
Cool White Ultraviolet-A 3)
6,000 lux 4.5 W/⽋
6,500 lux 5 W/⽋
Light Uniformity
VIS. : ±10% UVA : ±15%
VIS. : ±15% UVA : ±15%
Typical Time Required to Reach ICH Recommendation of 1.2 million lux-hr
ⴊ 200Hr
ⴊ 184Hr
Typical Time Required to Reach ICH Recommendation of 200 W-hr/m2
ⴊ 50Hr
ⴊ 40Hr
3)
Light Source (ICH Q1B option 2)
Time
Refrigeration
Heating 4) Cooling 4) System Refrigerant Capacity (W)
25min (20Ⳅ Æ 85Ⳅ) 35min (20Ⳅ Æ -5Ⳅ) Air - cooled R- 404A 250
Cooler Heater
Sensor
Material Drying Bulb (W) Humidity Bulb (W) Temperature Humidity
Air Flow Internal External Material Insulation Door Operating Temperature Capacity (L / cu ft) Water Tank Water Quality Interface Port
(W×D×H)
470 Copper plate fin cooler Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS Tube Heater
1500 1200
2300 2000
Pt 100 Electronic sensor (Free of drying a wet pack and good response time) 2 set of sirocco fan (2×60 W) : Vertical type SUS #304 (2B polish) SUS #304 (Hairline finish) & Steel, 2t, Double painted & baked Polyurethane (70mm / 2.76”) EPDM Sheet 18Ⳅ to 30Ⳅ / 64.4ⳅ to 56ⳅ, 85%RH (Non-corrosive and pure place) 15 / 0.53 pH6.2 ~ 7.2, Electrical conductivity 20⽜ / cm to below Basically RS-232C, [RS-485 : optional] Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”), Optionally max. two holes available / Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)
Cable Port Dimension
30min (20Ⳅ Æ 85Ⳅ) 40min (20Ⳅ Æ -5Ⳅ)
Internal (mm / inch) External (mm / inch)
Net Weight (kg / lbs) AC230V, 1ph, 60Hz Cat.No. Electrical Requirements AC230V, 1ph, 50Hz Cat.No.
750×650×650 / 29.5×25.6×25.6 1130×985×1520 / 44.5×38.8×59.8 280±10 / 617±22 15.4 A AAHC1001K 14.7 A AAHC1002K
750×880×1160 / 29.5×34.6×45.7 1220×1215×1965 / 48×47.8×77.4 400±10 / 882±22 24.5 A AAHC1011K 23.5 A AAHC1012K
1) All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load. 2) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068. 3) The value is measured on the center of chamber at the point of vertical direction. 4) Up to 98% of the set value.
187
T Please visit
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models) .com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Temperature & Humidity Chamber products Information is readily available on our website.
Certification only for TH-ME / PE models
TH-ME/KE/PE Models with optional Viewing Windows ⲟ In the year of 2013, this products design can be changed without prior notice.
188
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)
Temperature & Humidity Control Range TH-KE
TH-ME
TH-PE
-35 Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ
-20Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ
0Ⳅ to 100Ⳅ
Discontinuous temperature and humidity operation..
TH-KE (25 to 100L)
ME (25 to 100L)
TH-PE (25 to 100L)
t 45~75% RH at 15Ⳅ
t 45~75% RH at 15Ⳅ
t 45~95% RH at 20Ⳅ
t 20~95% RH at 40~80Ⳅ
t 20~95% RH at 40~80Ⳅ
t 30~95% RH at 30~80Ⳅ
t 20~90% RH at 90Ⳅ
t 20~90% RH at 90Ⳅ
t 30~90% RH at 85Ⳅ
Dimension (TH-KE / ME / PE Models)
Models TH-KE TH-ME TH-PE
Capacity
W
25L (0.9 cu ft)
610mm (24”)
65L (2.3 cu ft) 100L (3.53 cu ft)
D
H
875mm (34.4)
920mm (36.2”)
660mm (26”)
1040mm (40.9)
760mm (29.9”)
1110mm (43.7)
A
B
220mm (8.7”)
498mm (19.6”)
1065mm (41.9”)
258mm (10.2”)
570mm (22.4”)
1085mm (42.7”)
318mm (12.5”)
56.3mm (22.2”)
189
T
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)
Operating & Constructional Features Constructional Features t Small size and light weight. t Compact design with high performance. t Choose from 9 different model chambers based on size and temperature preference. - The series comes in 3 different models based on temp. and humid. ranging in -35Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ, -20Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ, -0Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ / upmost 20 to 95% RH and three different volume capacities of 20L, 65L, 100L. t Efficient system with durable materials. - The evaporating system for better thermal efficiency with corrosion-resistant materials. - The heating system with minimized potential heat when heating or cooling for prompt reaction time and advanced performance. Stainless Steel Inner Chamber
t Water tank for easy water supply. - Maintenance can be done easily from the front side. t Viewing window. - A tempered glass window provides a clear view of samples in the chamber, beneficial during testing. t Cable port for external probes or wires. - 50mm diameter cable port comes standard on the left side of the unit. Additional 50mm or 80mm diameter cable ports can be custom ordered. (optional) t Optional stand for space-saving layout. - For use in limited spaces: stand and casters. Ⲽ Be sure to secure the stand onto floor with earthquake resistant fitting for your safety when using stand.
Safety Features t Leakage breaker for power supply. Controller
t Over current protection. t Overheat protection. t Switch-off after alarm for over heating. t Door open alarm. t Water empty alarm. (TH-KE / ME / PE)
Portable Digital Recorder (optional)
190
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)
Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration. t Digital LCD display with touch-sensitive keys. t Easy operation with wide LCD screen. - Temperature and humidity / timer settings and operating condition. t Program patterns are memorized for 10 years due to a battery built into the PCB. t Expansion parameter inputs. (displayed by letters) t Programming operation Description Programmable Pattern Capacity
TH-KE / ME / PE 10
Pattern Repeat Time
999
Max. Segments per a Pattern
100
Available Max. Segments* Programmable Process Time per a Segment
Water Tank
100 0 to 99 hr 59 min
* Even though the max. segments per a pattern are 100, available total segments are up to 300 not 3000, so you need to arrange the number of segment and patterns properly.
t Computer interface. (optional) - Software provided - Save data in excel format. - Storage of program information, backup of value settings / recovery, and temperature and humidity values. - RS-232C port as standard offer. t Chart Recorder. (optional) - 6 point dot type recorder with digital display. t RS-485 communication port offers a maximum of 9 temp. and humidity chambers to be connected by one PC. (optional)
Multi-control Display
Single-control Display
Program setting Display
Graph Display
Stand with Caster (optional)
191
T
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)
Specifications & Ordering Information Model
TH-KE-025
Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)
25 / 0.9
Controller
Program controller (LCD type)
Temperature 1)
Time
TH-KE-065 65 / 2.3
Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)
-35 to 150 / -31 to 302 without humidity +15 to 90 / 59 to 194 with humidity
Fluctuation2) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 50Ⳅ / 60%RH
0.5 / 0.90
Variation2) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 50Ⳅ / 60%RH
1 / 1.8
Heating3) Æ without Humidity (Min.)
60 (-40Ⳅ Æ 100Ⳅ)
Cooling3) Æ without Humidity (Min.)
70 (25Ⳅ Æ -35Ⳅ)
Range (%RH)
FULL RANGE : 20 to 95 45 to 75 at 15Ⳅ (59ⳅ) 40 to 95 at 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ) 20 to 95 at 40 to 80Ⳅ (104 to 176ⳅ) 20 to 90 at 90Ⳅ (194ⳅ)
Humidity Fluctuation2) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 50Ⳅ
2
Variation2) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 50Ⳅ System Refrigeration
3 Mechanical single stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)
Refrigerant
R-404A
Capacity (W)
470
Cooler
656
Sensor
Material
Ni-Cr Wire Heater/SUS TUBE Heater
Drying Bulb (W)
800
1000
1200
Humidity Bulb (W)
800
1000
1200
Temperature
Pt 100
Humidity
Water Tank
Electronic sensor - Free of drying a wet pack and good reaction time 60W×2EA
(sirocco fan)
Material
60W×2EA
Internal
Stainless steel #304 (2B polish)
External
SUS #304 & Steel, 0.8t, Double painted & baked
Insulation
Polyurethane foam 100mm [3.94”]
Door
Glasswool
Capacity (L / cu ft)
6.0 / 0.21
Quality
pH6.2 ~ 7.2, Electrical conductivity 20Ⳅ / cm to below
7.5 / 0.26
Interface Port
Basically RS-232C, [RS-485: optional]
Cable Port
Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available/ Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)
Dimension (W×D×H)
60W×2EA
10.0 / 0.35
Internal (mm / inch)
350×220×350 / 13.8×8.7×13.8
400×330×495 / 15.7×13×19.5
500×380×530 / 19.7×15×20.9
External (mm / inch)
610×875×920 / 24×34.4×36.2
660×1040×1065 / 26×40.9×41.9
760×1110×1085 / 29.9×43.7×42.7 150 ±10 / 330.7 ±22
110 ±10 / 242.5 ±22
140 ±10 / 308.6 ±22
Electrical Requirements (AC230V, 1ph, 60Hz)
10.1A
12.4A
16A
Cat. No.
AAH82411K
AAH82421K
AAH82431K
Electrical Requirements (AC230V, 1ph, 50Hz)
9.7A
11.8A
15.6A
Cat. No.
AAH82412K
AAH82422K
AAH82432K
Net Weight (kg / lbs)
1) All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load. 2) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068. 3) Up to 98% of the set value.
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85%). Ⲽ Recommended ambient temperature: +20Ⳅ(68ⳅ).
192
750
Plate fin cooler (cooper)
Heater
Air Flow
TH-KE-100 100 / 3.53
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)
TH-ME-025 25 / 0.9
Controller
-20 to 120 / -4 to 248
Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 25Ⳅ / 60%RH Variation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 25Ⳅ / 60%
Time
1.0 / 1.8
1.0 / 1.8
Cooling - without Humidity (Min.)
60 From 20Ⳅ to -15Ⳅ (68ⳅ to 5ⳅ) on singe point control *
Range (%RH)
FULL RANGE : 20 to 95 45 to 75% at 15Ⳅ (59ⳅ) 40 to 95% at 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ) 20 to 95% at 40 to 80Ⳅ (104 to176ⳅ) 20 to 90% at 90Ⳅ (194ⳅ)
Fluctuation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ
1.6
1.0
1.0
Variation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ
3
3
3
Mechanical single stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)
Refrigerant
R-404A
Capacity (W)
250
250
Cooler
Material
Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS sheath Heater
Drying Bulb (W)
800
1000
1200
Humidity Bulb (W)
500
650
1000
Temperature
Pt 100
Humidity
Electronic sensor - Free of drying a wet pack and good reaction time
Interior
Stainless steel #304
Exterior
SUS #304 & Steel, 0.8t, Double painted & baked
Insulation
Polyurethane foam 100mm [3.94”]
Door
Glass wool 60W x 1EA
Air Flow (sirocco fan) Water Tank
Dimension (W×D×H)
375
Plate fin cooler (cooper) Material
Sensor
1.0 / 1.8
55 From -15Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (5ⳅto 248ⳅ)
System
Heater
without humidity
0.5Ⳅ / 0.9
Heating - without Humidity (Min.)
Humidity
Refrigeration
TH-ME-100 100 / 3.53
Program controller (LCD type) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)
Temperature
TH-ME-065 65 / 2.3
Capacity (L / cu ft)
6.0 / 0.21
7.5 / 0.26
60W x 2EA 10.0 / 0.35
pH6.2 to 7.2 / Electrical conductivity 20Ⳅ/cm to below
Water Quality Interior (mm / inch)
350×220×350 / 13.8×8.7×13.8
400×330×495 / 15.7×13×19.5
500×380×530 / 19.7×15×20.9
Exterior (mm / inch)
610×875×920 / 24×34.4×36.2
660×1040×1065 / 26×40.9×41.9
760×1110×1085 / 29.9×43.7×42.7
Net Weight (kg / lbs)
80±5 / 176±11
110±5 / 242±11
130±5 / 286±11
Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)
Cable Port Interface Port
Basically RS-232C [RS-485 (Maximum 999 Units Control) - optional]
Electrical Requirements (230V, 1ph, 60Hz)
9.6A
12A
14.4A
Cat. No.
AAH82111K
AAH82121K
AAH82131K
Electrical Requirements (230V, 1ph, 50Hz)
9.2A
11.1A
13.8A
Cat. No.
AAH82112K
AAH82122K
AAH82132K
1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.
* 80mm cable access hole is NOT available for 25L chamber. (TH-ME-025). * Above the dimensions are NOT included size of attached accessories. Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85 ). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load.
193
T
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)
TH-PE-025
TH-PE-065
25 / 0.9
65 / 2.3
Controller
Program controller (LCD type) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)
Temperature
Variation at 25Ⳅ / 60%
Humidity
0 to 120 / 32 to 248 - without humidity
Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 25Ⳅ / 60%RH 1)
Time
(±Ⳅ / ⳅ)
0.5 / 0.9 1.0 / 1.8
1.0 / 1.8
Heating - without Humidity (Min.) Cooling - without Humidity (Min.)
30 From 20Ⳅ to 0Ⳅ (68ⳅ to 32ⳅ) on singe point control *
Range (%RH)
FULL RANGE : 30 to 95 45 to 95 at 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ) 30 to 95 at 30 to 80Ⳅ (86 to176ⳅ) 30 to 90 at 85Ⳅ (185ⳅ)
Fluctuation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ
1.6
1.0
1.0
Variation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ
3
3
3
Mechanical single stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)
Refrigerant
R-404A
Capacity (W)
250
250
Cooler
Sensor
Material
Ni-Cr Wire Heater/ SUS sheath Heater
Drying Bulb (W)
800
1000
1200
Humidity Bulb (W)
500
650
1000
Temperature
Pt 100
Humidity
Electronic sensor - Free of drying a wet pack and good reaction time
Interior
Stainless steel #304
Exterior
SUS #304 & Steel, 0.8t, Double painted & baked
Insulation
Polyurethane foam 100mm [3.94”]
Door
Glass wool 60W x 2EA
Air Flow (sirocco fan) Water Tank
Dimension (W×D×H)
Capacity (L / cu ft)
6.0 / 0.21
60W x 2EA 7.5 / 0.26
60W x 2EA 10.0 / 0.35
pH6.2 ~ 7.2, Electrical conductivity 20Ⳅ / cm to below
Water Quality Interior (mm / inch)
350×220×350 / 13.8×8.7×13.8
400×330×495 / 15.7×13×19.5
500×380×530 / 19.7×15×20.9
Exterior (mm / inch)
610×875×920 / 24×34.4×36.2
660×1040×1065 / 26×40.9×41.9
760×1110×1085 / 29.9×43.7×42.7
Net Weight (kg / lbs)
80±5 / 176±11
110±5 / 242±11
130±5 / 286±11
Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)
Cable Port
Basically RS-232C
Interface Port
[RS-485 (Maximum 999 Units Control) - optional]
Electrical Requirements (230V, 1hp, 60Hz)
9.6A
12A
14.4A
Cat. No.
AAH82211K
AAH82221K
AAH82231K
Electrical Requirements (230V, 1hp, 50Hz)
9.2A
11.1A
13.8A
Cat. No.
AAH82212K
AAH82222K
AAH82232K
1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.
* 80mm cable access hole is NOT available for 25L chamber (TH-PE-025). * Above the dimensions are NOT included size of attached accessories. Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85 ). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load.
194
375
Plate fin cooler (cooper) Material
Heater
1.0 / 1.8
40 From 0Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (32ⳅ to 248ⳅ)
System Refrigeration
TH-PE-100 100 / 3.53
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Fingerprint Development Chamber
Please visit
.com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Temperature & Humidity Chamber products Information is readily available on our website.
TH-PF-100
Temperature & Humidity Control Range TH-PF-100 t 80 ~ 90% RH at 40Ⳅ t 65 ~ 95% RH at 50Ⳅ t 50 ~ 95% RH at 60Ⳅ t 50 ~ 90% RH at 90Ⳅ
Temperature Ⳅ
195
T
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Fingerprint Development Chamber
Exceptional design for Ninhydrin, DFO and other fingerprint development processes. Highly precise controlled microprocessor PID controller for rapid performance. Advanced safety features for protecting evidence. A clear display with LED light indicator and heated glass window.
Constructional Features t Small size & light weight. t Compact design with high performance. t Efficient system with durable materials. - The evaporating system for better thermal efficiency with corrosion-resistant materials. - The heating system with minimized potential heat when heating or cooling for prompt reaction time and advanced performance. t Stainless steel interior. - High quality and corrosion-resistant. t Water tank for easy water supply. - Maintenance can be done easily from the front side. (optional direct water system.)
t Large viewing window. - A tempered glass door provides a clear view of your specimen during testing. t Vice lock type door and foam silicone packing to ensure a perfect seal. t Cable port for external probes or wires. - B50mm diameter cable port comes standard on the left side of the unit. - Additional 50mm or 80mm diameter cable ports can be custom ordered. (optional) t Optional stand for space-saving layout. - For use in limited spaces: stand & casters. - Chambers can be stacked maximum two high. ⲟ Be sure to secure the stand to the floor with an earthquake resistant fitting for safety.
Control Board
Operating Features t Intuitive Control Panel. - Sight Lamp, Window Clean, Water Level indicators. t Microprocessor PID control / auto tuning / calibration. - Precise temperature & humidity control. - Faster fingerprint development. - Rapid recovery time after the door has been opened. t Touch screen type digital LCD display with touch-sensitive keys. t Easy operation with wide LCD screen. - Temperature and humidity / timer settings and operating condition. t Digital Timer with acoustic alarm. - Start / Stop button for easy operation. - Digital display for time remaining. - Set time expiring alarm. t Programming operation. t Program patterns are memorized for 10 years due to a battery built into the PCB. t Expansion parameter inputs. (conveniently display by letters.)
Safety Features t Key lockable door for your evidences. t Leakage breaker for power supply. t Over current protection. t Over heat protection. t Switch-off after alarm for overheating. t Automatic shut off after overheat alarm. t Low and empty water level alarm.
196
t Computer Interface. (optional) - Software provided. - Save data in excel format. - Storage of program information, backup of value settings / recovery, and temperature / humidity values. - RS-232C port standard. t Chart Recorder. (optional) - 6-point dot type recorder with a digital display.
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Fingerprint Development Chamber
Large window for viewing samples and with LED lighting on left and right of the interior door window. Heated glass window eliminates condensation.
Water Tank included Easy maintenance. Direct water system. (optional)
Key Lockable Door for your evidences.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model
TH-PF-100
Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)
100 / 3.53
Controller
PID control (LCD Type)
Temperature
Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)
40 to 100 / 104 to 212 without humidity
Fluctuation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 100Ⳅ
0.5 / 0.9
Variation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 100Ⳅ
0.5 / 0.9
Range (%RH)
FULL RANGE : 50 to 90 80 to 90 at 40Ⳅ 65 to 95 at 50Ⳅ 50 to 90 at 90Ⳅ
Humidity
Heater
Sensor
Fluctuation (±%RH)
3
Variation (±%RH)
3
Material
Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS cartridge Heater
Drying Bulb
400W
Humidity Bulb
400W
Temperature
Pt 100
Humidity
Electronic sensor (free of drying a wet pack and good response time)
Air Flow
Material
Water Tank
2 set of sirocco fan (60W) Interior
SUS #304 (2B polish)
Exterior
SUS #304 & Steel, 1t, Double painted & baked
Insulation
Polyurethane (70mm)
Door
Glasswool
Capacity (L / cu ft)
9 / 0.32
Quality
pH6.2 ~ 7.2, Electrical conductivity 20⽜ / cm to below
Viewing Window (mm / inch)
280×430 / 11.02×16.9
Cable Port
Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available/ Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)
Interface Dimension (W×D×H)
Basically RS-232C [RS-485 [Maximum 999 Units Control] - optional] Interior (mm / inch)
500×380×530 / 1.97×15×20.9
Exterior (mm / inch)
670×845×1045 / 26.4×33.3× 41.15
Net Weight (kg / lbs)
115kg±5kg / 253.5±11
Electrical Requirements AC230V, 1ph, 60Hz
4.5A
Cat. No.
AAH82331K
Electrical Requirements AC230V, 1ph, 50Hz
4.3A
Cat. No.
AAH82332K
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85 ). Ⲽ Recommended ambient temperature: +20Ⳅ(68ⳅ) Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ(68ⳅ), No load.
197
T
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Clean Temp. & Humid Chamber
TH-CR-270
Temperature & Humidity Control Range 90% RH
TH-CR-270 t 50 to 90% RH at 20Ⳅ t 40 to 90% RH at 30Ⳅ t 30 to 90% RH at 40 to 85Ⳅ
85Ⳅ
Temperature Ⳅ
198
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Clean Temp. & Humid Chamber
Dimension (TH-CR-270)
Models
Capacity
W
D
H*
A
B
TH-CR-270
270L (9.5 cu ft)
1180mm (46.5”)
1120mm (44.1”)
1935mm (76.1”)
325mm (12.8”)
1155mm (45.5”)
Operating & Constructional Features User-friendly Design t Standard clean environmental test chambers. t Silicone-free safe construction. t High quality type 304 grade stainless steel exterior and interior. t Casters for easy mobility when installing or moving environmental test chamber. t Convenient maintenance-available to view total operating time. t Unique door lock & trim. - Vice lock type door and foam silicone packing to ensure a perfect seal. - Door open warning alarm.
t Viewing window. - Tempered glass window provides a clear view of samples in the chamber, beneficial during testing. - Fluorescent lighting source included. t Cable port for external probes or wires. - 50mm diameter cable port comes standard on the left side of the unit. - Additional 50mm or 80mm diameter cable ports can be custom ordered. (optional) t Easy cleaning of condenser air-filter. - To prevent deterioration of refrigeration system and keep filter dust free by periodically cleaning the filter.
t Inner door. - Optional inner glass door comes with four holes to handle samples inside the chamber. t Exhaust duct. - Exhaust duct is located at the upper right side of the unit. t Chart Recorder. (optional) - 6 point dot type recorder with digital display. t Container type tank for easy adding and changing of water. - Maintenance of the water tank can be easily performed from the front side. - Checking of the water level and the amount of water remaining in the tank can be performed by looking through the center viewing window. Inner Chamber
199
T
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Clean Temp. & Humid Chamber
Capable for the best cleaned temperature and humidity chamber! By employing a HEPA filter and a top to bottom laminar air flow system, a class 100 controlled chamber is achieved.
Operating & Constructional Features Constructional Features t Microprocess PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration. t Chamber supports three different languages: English, Chinese, and Korean. t CPU logic control system. - Optimum control of temperature / humidity with economical power consumption. t Touch Screen Type Display. - 5.7-inch Color LCD display with interactive input system. (only floor type)
- Easily visible set value: set point value (SV) / present value (PV) are also added on the colorful LED controller. - Temperature & humidity, timer settings, and operation conditions. - Temperature, humidity, and other operating parameters can be recorded using a chart recorder. t Programming operation. Description
Control Panel
TH-CR-270
Programmable Pattern Capacity
120
Pattern Repeat Time
999
Max. Segments per a Pattern
100
Available Max. Segments*
1200
Programmable Process Time per a Segment
0 to 99 hr 59 min
* Even though the max. segments per a pattern are 100, available total segments are up to 1200 not 12000, so you need to arrange the number of segment and patterns properly.
t Computer interface. - Software provided. - Save data in excel format. - Storage of program information, backup of value settings / recovery, and temperature / humidity values. - RS-232C port as standard offer. - RS-485 communication port offers connection of a maximum of 9 temperature & humidity chamber units to one PC. (optional)
Door Catch & Trim
Safety Features t Leakage breaker for power supply. t Over current protection. t Over heat protection. t Automatic shut off after overheat alarm. t Low and empty water level alarm. t Door opening alarm. t Vice lock door closing equipment.
200
Air-filter
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Clean Temp. & Humid Chamber
Specifications & Ordering Information Model
TH-CR-270
Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)
270 / 9.5
Controller
Programmable, Touch screen type controller (5.7” Color monitor) Local controller (Fixed - command control) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)
Temperature
Time
-35 to 100 / -31 to 212 without humidity
Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH
0.5 / 0.9
Variation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH
0.5 / 0.9
Heating - without Humidity (Min.)
60 From -35Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (-31ⳅ to 248ⳅ)
Cooling - without Humidity (Min.)
65 From 20Ⳅ to -35Ⳅ (68ⳅ to -31ⳅ) 50 to 90 at 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ)
Range (%RH) Humidity
30 to 90 at 40 to 85Ⳅ (104 to185ⳅ) Fluctuation 1) (±%RH)
3
Variation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH
3
Cleanliness
Class 100 (ISO 14644-1) System
Refrigeration
Sensor
Material
R-404A
Capacity (W)
1500
Material
Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS sheath Heater
Drying Bulb (W)
2000
Plate fin cooler
Humidity Bulb (W)
2000
Temperature
Pt 100
Humidity
Electronic sensor - Free of drying a wet pack and good reaction time
Interior
Stainless steel #304
Exterior
Stainless steel #304
Insulation
Polyurethane
(Base & Control panels are made of Stainless steel with powder coating)
Door
Glass wool
*Silicon Free (optional)
EPDM for door packing, chamber sealing and tube Poly Urethane for DI water inlet & drainage
Capacity
15L (0.53cu ft) - Cartridge type
Air Flow Water Supply
Mechanical single stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)
Refrigerant
Cooler Heater
40 to 90 at 30Ⳅ (86ⳅ)
Sirocco fan Water Quality
pH6.2 to 7.2 / Electrical conductivity 20⽜ /cm to below
Interior (mm / inch)
600×700×648 / 23.6×27.6×25.4
Dimension
Exterior (mm / inch)
1180×1120×1935 / 46.5×44.1×76.2
(W×D×H)
Viewing Windows (mm / inch)
200×330 / 7.9×13
Net Weight (kg / lbs)
400±10 / 881.8±22
Cable Port
Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)
Interface Port
Basically RS-232C [RS-485 [Maximum 999 Units Control] - optional]
Electrical Requirements (230V, 1ph)
60Hz / 29A
50Hz / 29A
Cat. No.
AAH83011K
AAH83012K
Electrical Requirements (380V, 3ph)
50Hz / 9.6A
Cat. No.
AAH83018K
1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85 ). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load. Ⲽ Upon request, other sizes of chambers are available. Please contact with us.
201
T
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Accessories & Options
for TH Chambers
Viewing Window
Cable Port
t A tempered dual window provides a clear of view of samples during testing.
t A through hole of 50 or 80mm dia. (2.0 or 3.2˝ dia.) is provided on the wall of chamber to allow electrical cables to be introduced into the chamber. A 50mm hole is provided, maximum two holes (50 or 80mm) are optional.
Inner Door t An inner glass door comes installed with the clean temperature & humidity chamber for quick viewing of samples and to prevent outside air from flowing in. (Table top - without hand entry ports.)
Water Purifier t Water purifier with reverse osmosis membrane. (optional)
Temperature and Humidity Recorder
Shelves
t 6-point dot type recorder.
t Wire and perforated type shelves (shelf brackets included) are made of durable stainless steel. Standard shelves and shelf brackets come standard.
t digital display.
Water Supply
Warning Signal Light
t Water supply system for supplying pure water for humidification. - Maintenance of the water tank can be easily performed from the front side.
t A malfunction indicator can be placed on the right upper side.
Tabletop Chambers Cat. No. AAA8T504 AAA8T506 AAA8T540 AAA8T542 AAA8T550 AAA82501 AAA82502 AAA82503 RTD679 RTD680 RTD681 AAA80602-6 AAA80602-7 AAA80602-8 AAA8T612 AAA8T613 AAA8T610 AAA8T611 AAA80631 AAA80632 AAA80633 AAA80634 AAA80635 AAA8T621 RTD0794 CFA1910
Models TH-KE/ME/PE TH-PF
Description Portable Recorder (6 points) Portable Recorder (Digital, 6 channels) Interface Converter CRS-485 ⳨ 232C Included a Cable (5m / 16.4ft) Interface Cable (5m / 16.4ft) Warning Signal Lamp Viewing window for TH-KE/ME/PE-025 Viewing window for TH-KE/ME/PE-065 Viewing window for TH-KE/ME/PE-100 Wire Shelf for TH-KE/ME/PE-025 Wire Shelf for TH-KE/ME/PE-065 Wire Shelf for TH-KE/ME/PE-100 Perforated Shelf for TH-KE/ME/PE-025 Perforated Shelf for TH-KE/ME/PE-065 Perforated Shelf for TH-KE/ME/PE-PF-100 Cable Port (Ø 50mm / 2.0”) for TH-ME/PE Models Cable Port (Ø 80mm / 3.2”) for TH-ME/PE Models Cable Port (Ø 50mm / 2.0”) for TH-KE Models Cable Port (Ø 80mm / 3.2”) for TH-KE Models Stand for TH-KE/ME/PE-025 Stand for TH-KE/ME/PE-065 Stand for TH-KE/ME/PE/PF-100 Two Step Stand for TH-KE/ME/PE-025 Two Step Stand for TH-KE/ME/PE-065 Water Purifier Humidity Sensor Temperature Sensor (RTD type)
t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t t t t t t t
Ⲽ 80mm cable access hole is NOT available for 25L chamber.
Wire & Perforated Shelves for Tabletop Chambers Models TH-KE/ME/PE-025 TH-KE/ME/PE-065 TH-KE/ME/PE/PF-100
* Only for wire shelf.
202
Included*
Maximum
2 2 2
7 10 10
Description Space 20mm (0.8”) 20mm (0.8”) 20mm (0.8”)
Dimension (W×L) 195×310mm (7.7×12.2”) 280×360mm (11×14.2”) 330×460mm (13×18.1”)
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Accessories & Options
for TH Chambers Floor Standing Chambers Cat. No. AAA8T500 AAA8T505 AAA8T540 AAA8T542 AAA80550 AAA81552 AAA81551 AAA81550 AAA81553 AAA81554 AAA81555 AAA80671 AAA80672 AAA80673 EDA8212 EDA8213 EDA8214 EDA8215 EDA8216 RTD1195 RTD1196 RTD1197 RTD1198 RTD1199 STT1040 AAA80602-1 AAA80602-2 AAA80602-3 AAA80602-4 AAA80602-5 AAA80604-1 AAA80604-2 AAA80604-3 AAA80604-4 AAA80604-5 AAA80630-1 AAA8T610 AAA8T611 AAA8T621 AAA80622 RTD0794 CFA1185 RTD1190 RTD1191 RTD1188 RTD1189 AAA80680 AAA80681 EDA9175 EDA9184 AAA80620
Description
TH-G
Recorder (6 points) Recorder (Digital, 6 channels) Interface Converter CRS-485 ⳨ 232C Included a Cable (5m / 16.4ft) Interface Cable (5m / 16.4ft) Warning Signal Lamp Inner Glass Door for TH-G/I-180 Inner Glass Door for TH-G/I/GU-300, 408 Inner Glass Door for TH-G/I-800, 1000 Inner Glass Door for TH-TG-180 Inner Glass Door for TH-TG-300, 408 Inner Glass Door for TH-TG-800, 1000 Viewing Window for TH-TG-180 Viewing Window for TH-TG-300, 408 Viewing Window for TH-TG-800, 1000, 1500 Wire Shelf for TH-G/I-180 Wire Shelf for TH-G/I/GU-300 Wire Shelf for TH-G/I-408 Wire Shelf for TH-G-800 Wire Shelf for TH-G-1000, 1500 Wire Shelf for TH-TG-180 Wire Shelf for TH-TG/ICH-300 Wire Shelf for TH-TG-408 Wire Shelf for TH-TG/ICH-800 Wire Shelf for TH-TG-1000, 1500 Wire Shelf for TH-CR-270 Perforated Shelf for TH-G/I-180 Perforated Shelf for TH-G/I/GU-300 Perforated Shelf for TH-G/I-408 Perforated Shelf for TH-G-800 Perforated Shelf for TH-G-1000 , 1500 Perforated Shelf for TH-TG-180 Perforated Shelf for TH-TG/ICH-300 Perforated Shelf for TH-TG-408 Perforated Shelf for TH-TG/ICH-800 Perforated Shelf for TH-TG-1000/1500 Perforated Shelf for TH-CR-270 Cable Port (Ø 50mm / 2”) Cable Port (Ø 80mm / 3.2”) Water Purifier Water Cartridge Tank Humidity Sensor Temperature Sensor (RTD type) Fluorescent Lamp(Cool White) for TH-ICH-300 Fluorescent Lamp(Cool White) for TH-ICH-800 UVA Lamp for TH-ICH-300 UVA Lamp for TH-ICH-800 THE-680 UV Sensor TH-ICH THE-681 Illumination Sensor for TH-ICH ULPA Filter (optional) HEPA Filter (1EA included) Direct Water System
t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t
-
TH-I
Models TH-TG
TH-ICH
TH-CR
t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t
Wire & Perforated Shelves for Floor Standing Chambers Models TH/I-180 TH/I-300 TH/I-408 TH/I-800 TH/I-1000, 1500 TH-TG-180 TH-TG/ICH-300 TH-TG-408 TH-TG/ICH-800 TH-TG-1000, 1500 TH-CR-270
Included*
Maximum
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
9 10 10 14 14 7 8 8 17 17 10
Description Space 40mm (1.6”) 40mm (1.6”) 40mm (1.6”) 40mm (1.6”) 40mm (1.6”) 60mm (2.4”) 60mm (2.4”) 60mm (2.4”) 60mm (2.4”) 60mm (2.4”) 40mm (1.6”)
Dimension (W×L) 463×518mm (17.2×20.4”) 518×558mm (20.4×22”) 560×740mm (22×29.1”) 750×960mm (30×37.8”) 950×960mm (37.4×37.8”) 458×608 (18×23.9) 708×608 (27.9×23.9) 708×808 (27.9×31.8) 708×718 (27.9×28.3) 1008×708 (39.7×27.9) 640×558mm (25.2×22”)
* Only for wire shelf. Ⲽ In addition to providing standard accessories, we will manufacture customized accessories to meet your specific requirements. Contact us for details.
203
T Please visit
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Plant Growth Chambers .com
For further information on Jeio Tech´s Temperature & Humidity Chamber products Information is readily available on our website.
GC-1000TLH
204
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Plant Growth Chambers
Enough capacity, maximum 1000L to satisfy the user's plant growth needs. User-friendly programmable logic microprocessor, streamlined design, with optimized air flow and temperature flexibility.
Operating Features t +5Ⳅ to 50Ⳅ (lamp off ) / 10Ⳅ to 50Ⳅ. (lamp on)
t Adjustable water tank positions. (only for GC-300TLH) t Removable shelving and rounded inner chamber corners for easy cleaning.
t Max. to 35,000Lux for GC-1000. t Max. to 20,000Lux for GC-300 Models. t 40 to 80% RH for GC-300TLH. (at 20~35Ⳅ) 50 to 90% RH for GC-1000TLH. (at 20~35Ⳅ) t 300 to 5,000ppm CO2 control. (optional) t Microprocessor PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration. t Digital timer: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t Over-temperature limit / Door open alarm. t 10 step programmable temperature, humidity, and illumination profiles and repeat the steps up to 999 cycles. (self-testing)
Safety Features t Leakage breaker for power supply. t Over current protection. t Over heat protection with alarm. t Door opening alarm. t Low and empty water level alarm. (TLH Models only)
Constructional Features t High quality #304 grade stainless steel interior and dirt repellent powder coated exterior surface. t User-friendly door system. - Silicone packing for keep inner chamber perfectly. - External door with magnetic sealing for dual airtight. - Smoothly open to minimize damage of samples. t Wide inner tempered glass door provides a full view of the samples. - A tempered window provides a clear view of your specimen during testing. t Powerful air circulator for smooth airflow. - Air flow system very efficient for plant growth. - One propeller for GC-1000TLH / tangent blower and a sirocco fan for GC-300 Models. t High frequency electronic ballast lamps. - Reinforced Blue and Red spectrums lighting system for plant photosynthesis. - Economical with stable light and long life span. - Easy-to change bulbs.
Efficient airflow for plant growth (1000Ⳇ)
t Heat rise restraint. - Unique construction to minimize the heat from rising due to the luminous light source. - Designed to exhaust the heated air through the upper holes. (only for GC-1000TLH)
t Easy cleaning of condenser air-filter. - To prevent deterioration of refrigeration system and keep filter dust free by periodically cleaning the filter. t Casters for easy mobility when installing or moving environmental testing chamber. t Electronic humidity sensor is fast acting and easy to calibrate. t Dual type water level sensor.
Temperature setting graph * 00:00 time value setting for the step 10 makes total number of step is 9 as the above graph.
205
T
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Plant Growth Chambers
Model
GC-300TL
GC-300TLH
Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Control System Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature
Fluctuation at 25Ⳅ
0.1 / 0.18 - without humidity
Variation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 25Ⳅ
0.8 / 1.43 - without humidity
(±Ⳅ / ⳅ)
Illumination
Range (Lux) Control (steps)
Co2(optional)
1000 / 35.3
0 to 20,000 10
Lamp
Humidity
GC-1000TLH
300 / 10.6 Microprocessor PID controller 5 to 50 / 41 to 122 - Lamp off 10 to 50 / 50 to 122 - Lamp on 20 to 50 / 68 to 122 - with humidity
0 to 35,000 11 FL lamp (32W×16EA) Metal lamp (400W×3EA) 50 to 90 at 20 to 35Ⳅ 60 to 90 at 36 to 50Ⳅ
Fl lamp (32W×18EA)
Range (RH %)
-
Fluctuation (±RH) at 60% RH
-
40 to 80 at 20 to 35Ⳅ 70 to 90 at 36 to 50Ⳅ 3
Range (ppm) Sensor
300 to 5,000 NDIR CO2 sensor
Refrigerant (HP) Temp. Heater Power (W) Humid. Heater Power (W) Interior (mm / inch) Dimension Exterior (mm / inch) (W×D×H) Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No.
1/2 750×2EA -
60Hz / 12.5A AAHA1011K
1300 510×540×1100 / 20×21.3×43.3 700×805×1900 / 27.6×30.1×74.8 250 / 551.2 50Hz / 12.5A 60Hz / 16A 50Hz / 16A AAHA1012K AAHA1021K AAHA1022K
3/4 1,500×2EA 1500 1200×800×1080 / 47.2×31.5×42.5 1410×1070×2150 / 55.5×42.1×84.7 550 / 1212.5 60Hz / 30A 50Hz / 30A AAHA1031K AAHA1032K
Lamps Setting Control illumination values with the below lamp setting arrangements.
GC-300 Lamp Arrangement
GC-1000 Lamp Arrangement
Lamps Setting for GC-300 No.
Lux (lx)
Set Values on Display
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1,500 3,500 5,500 6,000 8,000 10,000 12,000 14,000 17,000 20,000
0000 010 0000 101 0000 111 0101 010 0101 101 1010 010 1010 101 1111 010 1111 101 1111 111
Lamp Diagram 2 1,3 1,2,3 2,4,6 1,3,4,6 2,5,7 1,3,5,7 2,4,5,6,7 1,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7
Ⲽ Above the set values are measured at the center of chamber toward upside.
206
Lamps Setting for GC-1000 No.
Lux (lx)
Set Values on Display
Lamp Diagram
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
5,000 7,500 9,500 12,500 15,000 18,500 21,000 24,000 28,000 31,500 35,000
0101 000 0000 010 1111 000 0101 010 0000 101 1111 010 0101 101 0000 111 1111 101 0101 111 1111 111
4,6 (or 5,7) 2 4,5,6,7 2 with 4,6 (or 5,7) 1,3 2,4,5,6,7 1,3 with 4,6 (or 5,7) 1,2,3 1,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3 with 4,6 (or 5,7) 1,2,3,4,5,6,7
Temp. & Humid. Chambers Accessories & Options
for Plant Growth Chambers
Wire Shelves
Perforated Shelves
Recorder
CO 2 Sensor
Wire Shelves Included
Description Maximum
Dimensions (W×L)
EDA8220
3
15
466×490mm (18.3×19.3”)
GC-300TL GC-300TLH
EDA8222
6
30
770×580mm (30.3×22.8”)
GC-1000TLH
Included
Description Maximum
Dimensions (W×L)
AAA22522
-
15
466×490mm (18.3×19.3”)
GC-300TL GC-300TLH
AAAA1512
-
30
770×580mm (30.3×22.8”)
GC-1000TLH
Cat. No.
Models
Perforated Shelves Cat. No.
Models
Recorder Cat. No.
Description
Models
AAAA1501
Recorder (6 points) with humidity sensor
All GC series
CO2 Control System Cat. No.
Description
AAAA1521
CO2 control system
Models All GC series
Ⲽ In addition to providing standard accessories, we will manufacture customized accessories to meet your specific requirements. Contact us for details.
207
Pipettes Mechanical Pipettes t Volume Locking device. t Volume on the knob is fully visible during both left and right handed operation. t The only pipetter with fixed and variable exchangeable counter mechanism. t Single-channel Models: Lightweight handle for ease of tip ejection with finger rest. t Multi-channel Models: Large handle for comfortable grip and soft-touch tip ejection. t Entire pipetter can be steam autoclaved. (No disassemble required) t Double O-ring for optimal tip seal.
Electronic Pipettes t Easy electronic setting and pipetting without hand fatigue. t Automatic calibration. t Large easy-to-read display. t Aspirating and Dispensing Speed: 5 steps. t Pipetting mode: - Auto: Automatic pipetting. - MD: Multi dispensing with Reverse pipetting. - Mix: Mixing - SE: Sequential Aspirating and Dispensing. t Acoustic Signals, Tip Ejection Alarm, Blow-Out function. t Program Recall: Maximum 9 protocols can be stored. t Lower half of the pipetter is Autoclavable. t Double O-ring for optimal tip seal. t Left and right handed operation available for Multi-channel Models.
Pipette Controller / Aid t Light and fatigue free: weights only 167g, including the battery. t Powerful: 50ml pipette is filled in less than 10 seconds. t Gravity delivery, blow-out dispensing and fully adjustable speed-setting. t Exchangeable 0.2 Îźm PTFE disc filter acts as effective shutdown system if overfill occurs. t Vapour outlet for venting out corrosive liquids or fumes. t Autoclavable: Nose cone, pipette holder and filter.
208
Mechanical Pipettes Electronic Pipettes Pipette Controller / Aid
Specifications & Ordering Information Mechanical Pipettes Cat No.
Type
Description
Inaccuracy % Imprecision %
Color Code
BCPC021S
variable vol. 0.2-2⼿
12 / 2
6/ 1
Violet
BCPC101
variable vol. 0.5-10⼿
2.5 / 1
1.8 / 0.5
White
BCPC201
variable vol. 2-20⼿
5/ 1
1.5 / 0.3
Gray
BCPC501
variable vol. 5-50⼿
2/1
1.2 / 0.3
Red
variable vol. 10-100⼿
2 / 0.7
0.8 / 0.2
Orange
BCPC2001
variable vol. 20-200⼿
1.5 / 0.6
0.5 / 0.15
Yellow
BCPC10001
variable vol. 100-1000⼿
1.5 / 0.8
0.4 / 0.15
Blue
BCPC50001
variable vol. 1000-5000⼿
1.2 / 0.6
0.3 / 0.15
Green
BCPC108
8-channel, 0.5-10 ⼿
5/2
3.6 / 1
White
BCPC208
8-channel, 2-20 ⼿
5/2
3.6 / 1
Gray
BCPC508
8-channel, 5-50 ⼿
3.2 / 1.4
1.6 / 0.6
Red
BCPC1001
Single
Multi
8-channel, 10-100 ⼿
2.5 / 1.3
1.2 / 0.5
Orange
BCPC2008
8-channel, 20-200 ⼿
1.8 / 1.2
0.8 / 0.4
Yellow
BCPC3008
8-channel, 30-300 ⼿
1.66 / 1.4
0.6 / 0.3
Black
BCPC1008
Specifications & Ordering Information Electronic Pipettes Cat No.
Type
BCPE201BA BCPE2001BA
Single
BCPE10001BA BCPE208BA BCPE2008BA
Description
Inaccuracy % Imprecision %
1-channel, 2-20 ⼿
Multi
BCPE12008BA
1
0.3
Color Code Red
1-channel, 10-200 ⼿
0.6
0.15
Yellow
1-channel, 100-1000 ⼿
0.5
0.15
Blue
8-channel, 2-20 ⼿
1
0.3
Red
8-channel, 10-200 ⼿
0.6
0.15
Yellow
8-channel, 100-1200 ⼿
0.5
0.15
Blue
Specifications & Ordering Information Pipette Controller / Aid Model Pipette Range Aspirating and Dispensing Speed
Material
Pipette Controller 0.1~100ml 6ml/sec
Body
UV-resistant ABS housing
Filter
25 mm diameter, PTFE(external), Hydrophobic(internal), 0.2 ⽅,
Nose Cone
Polypropylene
Pipette Holder
Silicon
Electrical Requirement
Battery
600 mAh / 3.6 V (up to 12 hours of continuous use of Lithium battery)
Power Adapter
AC 100~240V, AC-DC 3.6V
Cat. No.
BCPPA100
Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%)
209
P
Pipettes
Accessories & Options
Pipette Tips
Volume Controller Knobs
Combi Stands
Pipette Tips t A variety of Pipette tips - Standard tips, Low retention tips and Low retention filter tips. t Filter tips Eliminate opportunities for cross contamination. - No detectable nucleic acid contamination, No detectable PCR inhibitors, No detectable endonucleases, No detectable endotoxin, Sterile.
Cat. No.
Size(⼿)
t Cost saving ReLoad system. - A unique ReLoad system makes re-filling the racks easier than ever, and is designed to cut down on both cost and waste.
Sterile
Packaging
Qty/Unit
Description
BCP5130010C
10
-
Bag
1000 Tips × 20
Clear
BCP5130070C
200
-
Bag
1000 Tips × 10
Clear
BCP5130100C
300
-
Bag
1000 Tips × 10
Clear
BCP5130130C
1000
-
Bag
1000 Tips × 4
Clear
5000
-
Bag
250 Tips × 10
Clear
300
-
Hinged Racks
10x96 Tips × 5
-
BCP5130135C
1000
-
Hinged Racks
16x60 Tips
-
BCP5130165C
5000
-
Racks
10x50 Tips
-
BCP5130160C BCP5130105C
Standard Tips
BCP5130110C
300
pre-sterile
Hinged Racks
10x96 Tips × 5
-
BCP5130140C
1000
pre-sterile
Hinged Racks
16x60 Tips
-
BCP5030010C
10
-
Bag
1000 Tips × 20
Clear
BCP5030070C
200
-
Bag
1000 Tips × 10
Clear
BCP5030015C
10
-
Hinged Racks
10x96 Tips × 5
-
BCP5030075C
Low Retention Tips
200
-
Hinged Racks
10x96 Tips × 5
-
BCP5030020C
(without filter)
-
10
pre-sterile
Hinged Racks
10x96 Tips × 5
BCP5030080C
200
pre-sterile
Hinged Racks
10x96 Tips × 5
-
BCP5030035C
10
pre-sterile
20x96 Tips × 4
Reload
BCP0530095C
200
pre-sterile
10x96 Tips × 10
Reload
BCP5131030C
10
pre-sterile
Bag
1000 Tips × 20
-
BCP5131062C
20
pre-sterile
Bag
1000 Tips × 10
-
BCP5131066C
100
pre-sterile
Bag
1000 Tips × 10
-
BCP5131090C
200
pre-sterile
Bag
1000 Tips × 10
-
BCP5131150C
1000
pre-sterile
Bag
1000 Tips × 10
-
BCP5030030C
210
Type
t Superiority of Low retention tips. - Low retention tips deliver volumes within 0.1 % of the set volume, versus 0.5-0.7% for standard tips.
Low Retention Tips
-
10
pre-sterile
Hinged Racks
10x96 Tips × 5
BCP5030062C
20
pre-sterile
Hinged Racks
10x96 Tips × 5
-
BCP5030066C
100
pre-sterile
Hinged Racks
10x96 Tips × 5
-
BCP5030090C
200
pre-sterile
Hinged Racks
10x96 Tips
-
BCP5130150C
1000
pre-sterile
Hinged Racks
8x60 Tips × 10
BCP5130155C
1000
pre-sterile
(with filter)
-
10x96 Tips × 5
Reload
Pipettes
Accessories & Options
Carousel Stands
Wall Holders
Stand for Electronic Pipettes
for Mechanical Pipettes Cat. No. BCP2VZ BCP10VZ BCP20VZ BCP50VZ BCP100VZ BCP200VZ BCP1000VZ BCP5000VZ BCP300VZ1 BCP300VZ BCP02FE1 BCP02FE2 BCP10FE5 BCP10FE10 BCP20FE10 BCP20FE20 BCP50FE20 BCP50FE25 BCP50FE50 BCP100FE30 BCP100FE50 BCP100FE100 BCP200FE100 BCP200FE200 BCP1000FE500 BCP1000FE1000 BCP02FZ1 BCP02FZ2 BCP10FZ5 BCP10FZ10 BCP20FZ10 BCP20FZ20 BCP50FZ20 BCP50FZ25 BCP50FZ50 BCP100FZ30 BCP100FZ50 BCP100FZ100 BCP200FZ100 BCP200FZ200 BCP300FZ300 BCPC10001FT BCPC50001FT BCP003921 BCPC01 BCPS06 BCPW1M BCP001691
Description Variable volume controller knob for 0.2-2⼿ pipettes Variable volume controller knob for 0.5-10⼿ pipettes Variable volume controller knob for 2-20⼿ pipettes Variable volume controller knob for 5-50⼿ pipettes Variable volume controller knob for 10-100⼿ pipettes Variable volume controller knob for 20-200⼿ pipettes Variable volume controller knob for 100-1000⼿ pipettes Variable volume controller knob for 1000-5000⼿ pipettes Variable volume controller knob, 30-200 ⼿, for 30-300 ⼿ pipettes Variable volume controller knob, 125-300 ⼿, for 30-300 ⼿ pipettes 1 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 0.2-2 ⼿ pipettes 2 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 0.2-2 ⼿ pipettes 5 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 0.5-10 ⼿ pipettes 10 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 0.5-10 ⼿ pipettes 20 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 2-20 ⼿ pipettes 20 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 2-20 ⼿ pipettes 20 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 5-50 ⼿ pipettes 25 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 5-50 ⼿ pipettes 50 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 5-50 ⼿ pipettes 30 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 10-100 ⼿ pipettes 50 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 10-100 ⼿ pipettes 100 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 10-100 ⼿ pipettes 100 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 20-200 ⼿ pipettes 200 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 20-200 ⼿ pipettes 500 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 100-1000 ⼿ pipettes 1000 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 100-1000 ⼿ pipettes 1 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 0.2-2 ⼿ pipettes 2 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 0.2-2 ⼿ pipettes 5 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 0.5-10 ⼿ pipettes 10 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 0.5-10 ⼿ pipettes 10 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 2-20 ⼿ pipettes 20 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 2-20 ⼿ pipettes 20 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 5-50 ⼿ pipettes 25 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 5-50 ⼿ pipettes 50 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 5-50 ⼿ pipettes 30 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 10-100 ⼿ pipettes 50 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 10-100 ⼿ pipettes 100 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 10-100 ⼿ pipettes 100 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 20-200 ⼿ pipettes 200 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 20-200 ⼿ pipettes 300 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 30-300 ⼿ pipettes Disposable filter for use with 100-1000 ⼿ pipettes, bag w/ 50 pcs Disposable filter for use with Capp 1000-5000 ⼿ pipettes, bag w/ 25 pcs Block for 4 volume controllers Combi Stand (2 modules) for up to 3 mechanical pipettes Carousel stand for up to 6 mechanical pipettes Wall holder for mechanical pipettes Bench top stand for multichannel pipettes
Models Single t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t -
Multi t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t
for Electronic Pipettes Cat. No. BCPESTAND
Description Stand for 3 units of Electronic pipettes
Models Single t
Multi t
211
Plasticware
Ice Pan & On-Ice Rack
Ice pan keeps bottles, test tubes, and temperature-sensitive samples cool for hours.
Features
On-Ice Racks
t Rigid one molded urethane foam construction provides high durability and excellent insulating properties. t Water proof, leak proof, unbreakable with normal use. t Rim enables safe handling and transport. t Ice pan can be used with On-ice racks(optional) for higher heat transfer. Scratch-proof and high heat transfer aluminum rack with easy tube identification.(numbers carved into the rack) JCB-150
Specifications & Ordering Information Ice Pan Model Material
IBS-310 Urethane Foam
Volume (L / cu ft)
4 / 0.14
Dimension
Overall (mm / inch)
(WxDxH)
Net Weight (kg / Ibs)
Cat. No.
347x257x132 / 13.7x10.1x5.2 1.4 / 3.1 AAAJ2801
Optional Accessories On-Ice Rack Model Material Dimensions ( WxDxH, mm) Max. mountable tube Cat. No.
212
JCB-150 Aluminum 157.5 x 151.5 x 21.1 1.5ml micro tube x 50ea 0.2ml micro tube x 64ea AAAJ2011
Plasticware Carboys
Great for storing and dispensing solutions. HDPE carboys have a spigot which is molded in to the body for convenience and strength.
DBR-10
DBC-05
DBR-05
DBR-20
DBC-10
Features t Space-saving design for storing liquid solvent. t High-density polyethylene container features durable and excellent chemical resistance.
t Gradations for easy checking. - DBR models : gradations on the side and front of the body are great for checking the volume of media at any side of view. - DBC models : gradations on the front and bottom for convenience of storing media even when you stand the carboy up.
t Spigot provides easy dispensing and leak resistance. t The amount of liquid solvent is easily adjustable by spigot tap’s angle. t Molded in shoulder handles provide great convenience and strength.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model
DBR-05
Description
DBR-10
DBR-20
Volume (L / gal)
5 / 1.32
Tube inner dia. (Ø, mm / inch)
10 / 2.64
20 / 5.28
10 / 2.64
Polypropylene & Silicone High density Polyethylene & Teflon 180 x 242 x 333 / 7.1 x 9.5 x 13.1
225 x 277 x 399 / 8.9 x 10.9 x 15.7
260 x 317 x 539 / 10.2 x 12.5 x 21.2
114 x 387 x 305 / 4.5 x 15.2 x 12
204 x 387 x 317 / 8 x 15.2 x 12.5
Opening inner size (Ø, mm/inch)
Ø 51 / 2
Ø 73 / 2.9
Ø 74 / 2.9
Ø 49 / 1.9
Ø 72 / 2.8
Net Weight (kg / Ibs)
0.8 / 1.8
1.5 / 3.3
2.1 / 4.6
1.4 / 3.1
1.8 / 4
AAAJ3011
AAAJ3021
AAAJ3031
AAAJ3111
AAAJ3121
Overall (WXDXH, mm / inch)
Cat. No.
5 / 1.32
High density Polyethylene
Cap Spigot
Dimension
DBC-10
Rectangular type
15.9 / 5/8” (when used with provided spigot adapter : 6.35~7.94 / 1/4”~5/16”)
Body Material
DBC-05
Round type
213
P
Plasticware Flask Supports
It's concave recessed, secure, and safe multi-volume flask holder. Convenient grip for easy carrying Noticeable name tag for classification Multi-purpose holder also is able to hold ice.
Features
Flask Supports
t Flask size : 100ml, 250ml, 500ml, 1000ml, 2000ml t Chemically resistant to various organic solvents. t Material : Polypropylene t Heat Resistance: -30Ⳅ ~ +121Ⳅ
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Hole Capacity (ml) Hole (Dia, ×H) (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H) (mm / inch)
Cat. No.
Model Hole Capacity (ml) Hole (Dia, ×H) (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H) (mm / inch)
Cat. No.
214
FT 010 13
FT 010 34
100 70×91 / 2.76×3.58 310×100×100 / 12.2×3.94×3.94 AAA23706
100 70×91 / 2.76×3.58 384×265×98 / 15.12×10.43×3.86 AAA23701
FT 050 12 500 121×128 / 4.76×5.04 360×146×135 / 14.17×5.75×5.31 AAA23703
FT 025 12 250 98×122 / 3.86×4.8 280×125×130 / 11.02×4.92×5.12 AAA23707
FT 100 12 1000 148×156 / 5.83×6.14 415×192×165 / 16.34×7.56×6.5 AAA23704
FT 025 23 250 98×122 / 3.86×4.8 389×239×130 / 15.31×9.41×5.12 AAA23702
FT 200 12 2000 183×188 / 7.2×7.4 503×223×199 / 19.8×8.78×7.83 AAA23705
Plasticware Tube Racks
Transparent and chemical resistance tube racks are ready to play a vital role in the laboratory environment.
Micro tube Rack with Cap
30ml Centrifuge tube Rack
15ml Conical tube Rack
50ml Conical tube Rack
Micro tube Rack
Centrifuge tube Rack
t Autoclavable and chemical resistance PC rack.
t Autoclavable and chemical resistance PC rack.
t Included transparent cap has a recessed area allowing stacking.
t Hold six 30 ml centrifuge tubes.
t Use each rack itself alone and also it is suitable for use with Microplate Shakers.
Conical tube Rack
t Hold eighty 1.5/2.0 ml micro tubes on one side or eighty 1.5/2.0 ml micro tubes on the other.
t Chemical resistance ABS racks and PC rack are available. t Use each rack itself alone and also it is suitable for use with Microplate Shakers. (only for ABS racks) t Autoclavable (only for PC rack)
Specifications & Ordering Information Micro tube Rack 1.5/2.0ml Micro tube rack 0.2/0.5ml Micro tube rack
Model Material
PC (Polycarbonate)
Dimensions ( WxDxH, mm / inch)
269 x 90 x 50 (cap included) / 10.6 x 3.5 x 2.0 80 (5 x 16), each side
Max. mountable tube Cat. No.
AAAJ2311
Centrifuge tube Rack Model
30ml Centrifuge tube Rack
Material
PC (Polycarbonate)
Dimensions ( WxDxH, mm / inch)
263 x 55 x 55, Ă&#x2DC; 25.7 / 10.4 x 2.2 x 2.2, Ă&#x2DC; 1.0
Max. mountable tube
6
Cat. No.
AAAJ2111
Conical tube Rack Model
15ml Conical tube Rack
Material Dimensions ( WxDxH, mm / inch)
50ml Conical tube Rack
ABS (Acrylonitrile-butadienestyrene)
PC (plycarbonate)
269 x 85 x 72 / 10.6 x 3.3 x 2.8
263 x 55 x 55 / 10.4 x 2.2 x 2.2
Max. mountable tube
30 (3 x 10)
12 (2 x 6)
6 (1 x 6)
Cat. No.
CPS0011
CPS0012
AAAJ2211
215
Ultrasonic Cleaners
UC Models with the included Cover and Basket
UC-20 with the included Cover and Basket * Above baskets are for UC/US Models
216
Aggressive cleaning ability in a variety of sizes! Industrial B.L.T type ultrasonic transducer (Bolt Clamped Langevin Type Transducer) generates high-frequency sound waves that provide maximum cleaning power. UC/ US-P types are increased the frequency to improve cleaning ability.
Features for UC Models (ABS / PBT housing, SUS tank) t Durable leakproof ABS / PBT housing and cover with 304 stainless steel tanks. t Maximum heater temperature is 70Ⳅ. (only 50Ⳅ for UC-02) t Digital LED display using splash-proof keypads: timer (1 to 99 min), temperature monitor. (UC-02 is only On/Off ) t High-frequency 40 kHz sound waves provide greater cleaning power and increased reliability. t Multiple frequency on 3 stages for both gentle cleaning and intensive cleaning. (without UC-02)
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft)
UC - 02
UC - 10 (10P)
UC - 20 (20P)
2 / 0.07
10 / 0.35
20 / 0.70
Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)
Amb. ~ to 50 / Amb. ~ to 122
Ultrasonic Power (W) Bath Internal
70 142×132, 104 / 5.6×5.2, 4.1 290×210×200 / 11.4×8.4×7.9 2 / 4.4 0.3A BDH53015 0.6A BDH53013
(W×L, D) (mm / inch)
Dimension
Overall (W×L×H) (mm / inch)
Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.
Amb. ~ to 70 / Amb. ~ to 158 200 [300] 300×240, 150 / 11.8×9.4, 5.9 490×368×297 / 19.3×14.5×11.7 11 / 24.3 0.9A (1.3A) BDH53045 (BDH53055) 1.7A (2.5A) BDH53043 (BDH53053)
400 [500] 495×292, 150 / 19.5×11.5, 5.9 721×451×297 / 28.4×17.8×11.7 17/ 37.5 1.7A (2.2A) BDH53065 (BDH53075) 3.3A (4.2A) BDH53063 (BDH53073)
Features for US Models (steel housing, SUS tank) t All parts are made of durable 304 stainless steel tanks, cover and powder coating steel housing. t Maximum heater temperature is 70Ⳅ. t Digital LED display using splash-proof keypads: timer (1 to 99 min), temperature monitor. t High-frequency 40 kHz sound waves provide greater cleaning power and increased reliability. t Multiple frequency on 3 stages for both gentle cleaning and intensive cleaning.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Ultrasonic Power (W) Bath Internal (W×L, D) (mm / inch)
Dimension
Overall (W×L×H) (mm / inch)
Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.
US-05 (05P)
US-10 (10P)
US-20 (20P)
5.7 / 0.20
20 / 0.70
150 [200] 300×150, 150 / 11.8×5.9, 5.9 380×236×300 / 15×9.3×11.8 9 / 19.8
10 / 0.35 Amb. ~ to 70 / Amb. ~ to 158 200 [300] 300×240, 150 / 11.8×9.4, 5.9 360×300×300 / 14.2×11.8×11.8 12.5 / 27.6
400 [500] 495×292, 150 / 19.5×11.5, 5.9 565×360×300 / 22.2×14.2×11.8 19 / 41.9
0.7A (0.9A) BDH53125 (BDH53135) 1.3A (1.7A) BDH53123 (BDH53133)
0.9A (1.3A) BDH53145 (BDH53155) 1.7A (2.5A) BDH53143 (BDH53153)
1.7A (2.2A) BDH53165 (BDH53175) 3.3A (4.2A) BDH53163 (BDH53173)
217
Other Products
Electrophoresis Systems Three systems for different sized gels, satisfying your need for a more detailed DNA/RNA analysis.
EP- 05
EP- 10
EP- 18
Feature t The electrophoresis system is a molded transparent polycarbonate product with superior shock-resistance, transparent, and durability to acrylic adhesives t Detachable electrode assembly allows for easy cleaning and maintenance. t Black & red cords are coupled together and can be inserted or extracted at the same time. t UV-transparent gel trays allow for viewing bands on the UV-transilluminator without removing gel tray. t Diverse-sized molded gel trays and casters for leak-free casting - EP-5 : 82x81mm(1ea) and 82x58mm(2ea) gel trays with one comb position. - EP-10 : 181x103mm (2ea) gel trays with max. four comb positions. - EP-18 : 181x206mm (1ea) gel tray with max. six comb positions.
t Double-sided combs are provided depending on each model. - EP-5 : 1mm thick 27-and 40-well comb(1ea) - EP-10, 18 : 1.5mm thick 20-and 31-well comb(2ea), 1mm thick 20-and 31-well comb(2ea), 1.5mm thick 16-and 20-well comb(2ea), 1mm thick 16-and 20-well comb(2ea) t 31-well comb and 16-well comb for matching multichannel pipettes. Suitable for large amounts of sample screening- up to 186 samples at once using 6 combs in EP-18 gel tray. t Comb-setting grooves in gel trays or caster prevents sliding of combs. t Adjustable Gel Length. t Flat, uniformly thick gels are formed by built in level maker on the gel tray and level bubble on the gel castor.
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Buffer capacity (L / cu ft) Electrophoresis tank, Lid Material Electrodes Electrophoresis tank (mm / inch)
Dimension
Gel caster (mm / inch)
(WĂ&#x2014;DĂ&#x2014;H)
Gel tray (mm / inch) Net Weight (Kg / lbs)1) Cat. No.
EP-05 0.5 / 0.02
219 x 134 x 70 / 8.6 x 5.3 x 2.8 254 x 87 x 17 / 10 x 3.4 x 0.7 82 x 81 x 17 / 3.2 x 3.2 x 0.7 82 x 57 x 17 / 3.2 x 2.2 x 0.7 390 / 0.39 AAAJ6011
1) Electrophoresis unit weight * Included Electrophoresis unit, Gel caster unit, Combs in one system. (power supply is not included)
218
EP-10
EP-18
1.0 / 0.04
1.8 / 0.07
PC (Polycarbonate) Platinum wire 219 x 214 x 70 / 8.6 x 8.4 x 2.8 167 x 264 x 30 / 6.6 x 10.4 x 1.2 180 x 102 x 29 / 7.1 x 4.0 x 1.1 600 / 0.60 AAAJ6021
387 x 214 x 70 / 15.2 x 8.4 x 2.8 167 x 264 x 30 / 6.6 x 10.4 x 1.2 180 x 205 x 29 / 7.1 x 8.1 x 1.1 930 / 0.93 AAAJ6031
Other Products
Accessories & Options
for Electrophoresis Systems
Electrophoresis Unit
Gel Caster Unit
Combs
Electrophoresis Unit Description
Suitable for
AAAJ6501
Cat. No.
Electrophoresis unit (Tank, Lid, Electrode assembly)
EP-05
AAAJ6502
Electrophoresis unit (Tank, Lid, Electrode assembly)
EP-10
AAAJ6503
Electrophoresis unit (Tank, Lid, Electrode assembly)
EP-18
Gel caster Unit Description
Suitable for
AAAJ6511
Cat. No.
Gel caster unit(Gel caster/tray)
EP-05
AAAJ6512
Gel caster unit(Gel caster/tray)
EP-10
AAAJ6513
Gel caster unit(Gel caster/tray)
EP-18
Combs Description
Suitable for
AAAJ6531
Cat. No.
Comb 27/40 well-1.0 (5each)
EP-05
AAAJ6532
Comb 20/31 well-1.0 (5each)
AAAJ6533
Comb 20/31 well-1.5 (5each)
AAAJ6534
Comb 16/20 well-1.0 (5each)
AAAJ6535
Comb 16/20 well-1.5 (5each)
EP-10/18
Electrode Assembly Description
Suitable for
AAAJ6521
Cat. No.
Electrode assembly
EP-05
AAAJ6522
Electrode assembly
EP-10
AAAJ6523
Electrode assembly
EP-18
219
O
Other Products Magnetic Drives
Magnetic drives are designed for agitating a fully vacuumed flask. Multi-functional easy to replace impeller.
Feature t Use of rare-earth elements which is Neodymium (Nd), Samarium (Sm-Co) magnet. t High-speed rpm, vibration free. t Specifically designed with permanent magnets which has a dynamic torque rating. t Small size and powerful rotating magnetic drive is useful both for laboratory and manufacturing applications.
Magnetic Drive
Application of Magnetic Drive
Specifications & Ordering Information Model
MD-T6-24
MD-T6-29
MD-T6-34
24 / 40
34 / 45
Body / Housing Bushing / Seal
29 / 42 SUS316L / CR-PLATE PTFE / Viton
Vacuum
Max. 1×10-4 mmHg
Ground Joint Material
Driving
Pressure
Max. 5kg / cm2
Temp Shaft Size (Ø, mm) Cooling in / out Size (Ø, mm) Dimension (Ø×L, mm) Weight (kg / lbs) Cat. No.
220
1.02 / 2.25 BEA511001
Max. 70Ⳅ (without cooling), Max. 300Ⳅ (with cooling) Ø8 Ø3.2 Ø50×200 1.04 / 2.29 BEA511002
1.08 / 2.38 BEA511003
Other Products
Clamp Holders
Clamp holders are ideal for use with overhead stirrers and hotplate stirrers.
Feature t Adjustable to fit support rods up to 5/8” in. diameter. t Lightweight, also selectable aluminum or polypropylene clamp holders.
C-20
C-10
C-7
C-5
t One-molded knob with fixing screw for strong support t Nonskid contact surface tightens stand rod stably. t C-20, C-10 for overhead stirrers and C-10, C-7, C-5 for hotplate stirrers.
Clamp Holders
Specifications & Ordering Information Model Dimension Material Cat. No.
Max. (Ø, mm) Open (Ø, mm) Body Knob Bolt
C-20
C-10
C-7
27 20
17 15 Aluminum
12 -
C-5 12 Polypropylene
AAA37513
AAA37514
Polypropylene Stainless Steel AAA37511
AAA37512
221
Appendix Lab Companion 2013 - 14 Product Catalog
Period
87
55
Ra
Radium
Fr
(226)
Francium
(223) 88
Ba
Barium
Cs
137.33
Cesium
132.91 56
Sr
Strontium
Rb
Sc
44.956 22
IIIB 4
Ac-Lr
89-103
La-Lu
57-71
yttrium
Y
Zr
Nb
Ta
Mo
Db
Sg
Th
Thorium
Ac
Pa
Bh
Nd
Osmium
Os
Uranium
Hs
Pm
M
Pu
Cu
(281) 111
Hg
200.59 81
(285)
Mercury
(272) 112
Gold
Au
Cd
112.41 49
Cadmium
196.97 80
Silver
Ag
107.87 48
Zinc
Zn
Am Amercium
Gd
Curium
Cm
Bk
In
Dy Cf
(289)
Lead
Pb
Ho
164.93 68
Es Einsteinium
Bi
Er Fm
Md Mendelevium
F
Yb No Nobelium
20.180
Kr
83.80
Argon
Ar
39.948
Neon
Uuo
(293)
Radon
Rn
(222)
Xenon
Xe
131.29
Lawrencium
Lr
(262)
Lutetium
Lu
174.97
Ununoctium
(259) 103
Ytterbium
He Helium
Ne
118
173.04 71
Astatine
At
(210) 86
Iodine
I
126.90 54
Bromine
Br
79.904 36
Chlorine
Cl
35.453 18
VIIA 4.0026
Krypton
18 2
18.998 10
VIIA
Fluorine
(258) 102
Thulium
Tm
168.93 70
Ununhexium
(257) 101
Fermium
(289)
Uuh
116
167.26 69
Erbium
Po
(209) 85
Tellurium
Te
127.60 53
Selenium
Se
78.96 35
Sulfur
S
32.065 17
Oxygen
O
15.999 9
VIA 17
Polonium
208.98 84
Bismuth
(252) 100
Holmium
Sb
121.76 52
Arsenic
As
72.922 34
Antimony 207.20 83
Tin
Sn
118.71 51
Ununquadium
(251) 99
Californium
Ge
P
30.974 16
Nitrogen
N
14.007 8
VA 16
Phosphorus
72.64 33
Uuq
114
162.50 67
Thallium
Tl
204.38 82
Indium
Si Silicon
Germanium
114.82 50
Gallium
Ga
69.723 32
Dysprosium (247) 98
Berkelium
(247) 97
Terbium
Tb
158.93 66
Ununbium
157.25 65
Gadolinium (243) 96
Europium
Eu
151.96 64
Unununium
Al
20.086 15
Carbon
C
12.011 7
IVA 15
RELATIVE ATOMIC MASS
26.982 14
Bprpn
B
10.811 6
Aluminum
65.39 31
Uun Uuu Uub
(244) 95
Plutonium
Pt
195.08 79
Ununnilium
150.36 63
Sm
Pd
106.42 47
Platinum
(268) 110
Samarium
(237) 94
Np
Ir lridium
Ni Nickel
IB 12 63.546 30
Copper
11
13
5
13
B Boron
ELEMENT NAME
IB
5
IIIA 14
IIIA 10.811
13
GROUP GAS
SYMBOL
58.693 29
Palladium
192.22 78
Rhodium
Rh
102.91 46
Cobalt
Co
Meitnerium
(145) 62
Hassium
10 58.933 28
VIIIB
SYNTHETIC
SOLID
109
190.23 77
Neptunium
238.03 93
U
Ru
Promethium
144.24 61
Bohrium
9
101.07 45
lrin
(264) 108(277)
Neodymium
231.04 92
Protactinium
232.04 91
Actinium
(227) 90
Pr
140.91 60
Praseodymium
ACTINIDE SERIES
89
Ce
Cerium
140.12 59
La
138.91 58
Lanthanum
57
Re
Tc
Li
55.845 27
Ruthenium
186.21 76
Rhenium
(266) 107
Seaborgium
(262) 106
Dubnium
W
Tc
(98) 44
Technetium
183.84 75
Tungsten
Mn
54.938 26
Fe
LIQUID
GAS
VIIB 8
Br
Manganese
95.94 43
Molybdenum
180.95 74
Tantalum
Cr
51.996 25
LANTHANIDE SERIES
Rutherfordium
Rf
VIIB 7
Chromium
92.906 42
Niobium
(261) 105
Hf
178.49 73
Hafnium
104
72
V
50.942 24
VB 6
Vanadium
91.224 41
Titanium
Ti
47.867 23
IVB 5
ACTINIDE SERIES
He
NOBLE GAS
TRANSITION METAL
STANDARD STATE
HALOGEN
ALKALINE EARTH METAL
LANTHANIDE SERIES
NONMETAL
ALKALI METAL
SEMIMETAL
PERIODIC TABLE OF THE ELEMENTS KEY
METAL
Zirconium
88.906 40
Scandium
87.62 39
Rubidium
85.468 38
Ca
Calcium
37
3
40.078 21
K
39.098 20
Mg
Magnesium
Na
Sodium
24.305
Beryllium
Lithium
22.990 12
Be
Li
9.0122
IIA
Potassium
19
2
6.941 4
Hydrogen
11
3
1.0079
1 1
H
IA
1
group
ATOMIC NUMBER
GROUP IU PAC
Appendix
Technical Data
Chemicals- Periodic Table
223
Appendix
A
Technical Data
Formulas, Conversions and Engineering Constants Conversion Factors To Convert To...
Multiply...
Atmospheres
(atm)
Bar
Atmospheres
(atm)
Inches Mercury
(in Hg)
Atmospheres
(atm)
Pounds/square inch
(psi)
Atmospheres
(atm)
Torr
0.03342 0.06805 0.001316
Bar
Atmospheres
(atm)
1.0133
Bar
Pounds/square inch
(psl)
0.06895
British Thermal Units
(BTU)
Joules
(J)
0.000948
British Thermal Units
(BTU)
Kilowatt-hours
(kWH)
3412
British Thermal Units
(BTU)
Watt-hours
(WH)
3.412
British Thermal Units/hour
(BTU/h)
Kilocalories/hour
(kcal/h)
3.969
British Thermal Units/hour
(BTU/h)
watts
(W)
3.412
British Thermal Units+inches hour-square foot-ⳅ
(BTU+in) (h-ft2-ⳅ)
watts/meter-Ⳅ
(W/m-Ⳅ)
6.933
British Thermal Units/pound
(BTU/Ib)
Kilojoules/kilogram
(kJ/kg)
0.4299
British Thermal Units/pound-ⳅ
(BTU/lb-ⳅ)
Kllojoules/kilogram-Ⳅ
(kJ/Kg-Ⳅ)
0.2388
Calories
(cal)
Joules
(J)
0.2388
Centimeters
(cm)
Feet
(ft)
30.48
Centimeters
(cm)
Inches
(in)
2.54
Centimeters/second
(cm/s)
Feet/minute
(FPM)
0.508
Cubic Centimeters
(cm3or cc)
Cubic feet
(ft3)
28.320
Cubic Centimeters
(cm3or cc)
Cubic inches
(in3)
16.39
Cubic Centimeters
(cm3or cc)
Milliliters
(ml)
1.0
Cubic feet
(ft3)
Cubic meters
(m3)
35.32
Cubic feet
(ft3)
Gallons, U.S.
(gal)
0.1337
Cubic feet
(ft3)
Liters
(I)
0.03532
Cubic feet/minute
(CFM)
Cubic meters/hour
(m3/h)
0.5885
Cubic feet/minute
(CFM)
Cubic meters/second
(m3/s)
2119
Cubic feet/minute
(CFM)
Liters/second
(I/s)
2.119
Cubic inches
(in3)
Cubic centimeters
(cm3 or cc)
0.061
Cubic meters
(m3)
Gallons, U.S.
(gal)
0.003785
Cubic meters
(m3)
Liters
(I)
0.001
Cubic meters
(m3)
Cubic feet
(ft3)
0.02832
Cubic meters/hour
(m3/h)
Cubic feet/minute
(CFM)
1.699
Cubic meters/hour
(m3/h)
Gallons/minute
(GPM)
0.2271
Cubic meters/second
(m3/s)
Cubic feet/minute
(CFM)
0.000472
Feet
(ft)
Centimeters
(cm)
0.03281
Feet
(ft)
Meters
(m)
3.281
Feet/minute
(FPM)
Centimeters/second
(cm/s)
1.969
Feet/minute
(FPM)
Meters/second
(m/s)
196.9
Gallons, U.S.
(gal)
0.8327 7.481
Gallons, imperial
224
By... 0.9869
Gallons, U.S
(gal)
Cubic feet
(ft3)
Gallons, U.S
(gal)
Cubic meters
(m3)
Gallons, U.S
(gal)
Gallons, imperial
Gallons, U.S
(gal)
Liters
(I)
0.2642
Gallons/minute
(gpm)
Cubic meters/hour
(m3/h)
4.403
Gallons/minute
(gpm)
Liters/second
(l/s)
15.85
Grams
(g)
Ounces
(oz)
28.35
Grams
(g)
Pounds
(lb)
453.6
Grams/cubic centimeter
(g/cm3)
Kilograms/cubic meter
(kg/m3)
0.001
Grams/cubic centimeter
(g/cm3)
Pounds/cubic fool
(lb/ft3)
0.01602
Grams/cubic centimeter
(g/cm3)
Pounds/cubic inch
(lb/in3)
27.68
Inches
(in)
Centimeters
(cm)
0.3937
Inches
(in)
Millimeters
(mm)
0.03937
Inches Mercury
(in Hg)
Atmospheres
(atm)
Inches Mercury
(in Hg)
Torr
264.2 1.201
29.92 25.4
Appendix
Technical Data
To Convert To...
Multiply...
By...
Joules
(J)
British Thermal Units
(BTU)
1055
Joules
(J)
Calories
(cal)
4.187
Joules
(J)
Watt-hours
(WH)
36.00
Joules/second
(J/s)
British Thermal Units/hour
(BTU/h)
0.2931
Joules/second
(J/s)
Watts
(W)
1
Kilocalories/hour
(kcal/h)
BTU/hour
(BTU/h)
0.252
Kilograms
(kg)
Pounds
(lb)
0.4536
Kilograms/cubic meter
(kg/m3)
Grams/cubic centimeter
(g/cm3)
1000
Kilograms/cubic meter
(kg/m3)
Pounds/cubic foot
(lb/ft3)
16.02
Kilograms/square centimeter
(kg/cm2)
Pounds/square inch
(psi)
0.07031
kilojoules
(kJ)
Watt-hours
(WH)
3.6
Kilojoules/kilogram
(kJ/kg)
British Thermal Units/pound
(BTU/lb)
2.326
Kilojoules/kilogram-Ⳅ
(kJ/kg-Ⳅ)
British Thermal Units/Pound-ⳅ (BTU/lb-ⳅ)
4.187
Kilometers/hour
(km/h)
Miles/hour
(MPH)
1.609
Kilopascals
(kPa)
Pounds/square inch
(p8l)
6.895
Kilowatts
(kW)
British Thermal Units/hour
(BTU/h)
0.0002931
Kilowatts
(kW)
Watts
(W)
0.001
Kilowatt-hours
(kWH)
British Thermal Units
(BTU)
0.0002931
Kilowatt-hours
(kWH)
Watt-hours
(WH)
0.001
Liters
(I)
Cubic Feet
(ft3)
28.32
Liters
(I)
Cubic Meters
(m3)
1000
Liters
(I)
Gallons, U.S.
(gal)
3.785
Liters/second
(I/s)
Cubic feet/minute
(CFM)
0.4719
Liters/second
(I/s)
Gallons/minute
(GPM)
0.06309
Meters
(m)
Feet
(ft)
0.3048
Meters/second
(m/s)
Feet/minute
(FPM)
0.00508
Miles/hour
(MPH)
Kilometers/hour
(km/h)
0.6215
Millimrters
(mm)
Inches
(in)
25.4
Newtons/square meter
(N/m2)
Pounds/square inch
(psi)
6.895
Ounces
(oz)
Grams
(g)
0.035274
Pounds
(lb)
Grams
(g)
0.002205
Pounds
(lb)
Kilograms
(kg)
2.205
Pounds/cubic foot
(lb/ft3)
Grams/cubic centimeter
(g/cm3)
62.43
Pounds/cubic foot
(lb/ft3)
Kilograms/cubic meter
(kg/m3)
0.06243
Pounds/cubic inch
(lb/in3)
Grams/cubic centimeter
(g/cm3)
0.03613
Pounds/square inch
(psi)
Bar
Pounds/square inch
(psi)
Kilograms/square centimeter
(kg/cm2)
14.22
14.504
Pounds/square inch
(psi)
Kilopascals
(kPa)
0.145
Pounds/square inch
(psi)
Newtons/square meter
(N/m2)
0.000145
Square centimeters
(cm2)
square feel
(ft2)
929
Square centimeters
(cm2)
Square inches
(in2)
6.452
Square feet
(tt2)
Square centimeters
(cm2)
0.001076
Square feet
(tt2)
Square meters
(m2)
10.76
Square inches
(in2)
Square centimeters
(cm2)
0.155
Square meters
(m2)
Torr Torr
Square feet
(ft2)
0.0929
Inches Mercury
(in Hg)
0.03937 51.71
Pounds/square inch
(psi)
Watts
(W)
British Thormal Units/hour
(BTU/h)
0.2931
Watts
(W)
Joules/second
(J/s)
1
Watt-hours
(WH)
British Thermal Units
(BTU)
0.2931
Watt-hours
(WH)
Joules
(J)
0.0002778
Watt-hours
(WH)
Kilojoules
(kJ)
0.2778
Watts/meter-Ⳅ
(W/m-Ⳅ)
British Thermal Units inches hour-square foot-ⳅ
(BTU+in) (h-ft2-ⳅ)
0.1442
Watts/square centimeter
(W/cm2)
Watts/square inch
(W/in2)
0.155
Watts/square inch
(W/in2)
Watts/square centimeter
(W/cm2)
6.452
225
Appendix
A
Technical Data
Formulas, Conversions and Engineering Constants
Volts
WR
Volts = Watts Y Ohms
E R
W I
Watts Volts = Amperes
Amperes Amperes = Volts Ohms
W R
Amperes = Watts Volts
Volts = Amperes Y Ohms
E
IR
E I Volts Amperes
2 Ohms = Volts Watts
Ohms =
Watts Amperes2
(Amps)
(Ohms)
(Watts)
R W
Ohms Ohms =
I
(Volts)
W E
W I2
Watts
E2 R
Wattage varies directly as ratio of voltages squared. W2 = W1 x E2 E1
2
3 Phase Amperes =
226
Total Watts Volts Y 1.732
Watts Ohms
EI
I2R E2 W
Amperes =
2 Watts = Volts Ohms
Watts = Amperes2 Y Ohms Watts = Volts Y Amperes
INDEX A
Cell Culture
Aspirator
Bench Top Fume Hoods
33 28
Aspirator [Water jet type]
92
Clean Bench
Electric Aspirator
92
Heating Shaker
132
Ice Pan & On-Ice rack
121
B Baths & Circulator Carboys
213
Incubator
56 - 57
Incubated Shaker
66 - 71
Low temperature Incubator
58 -63
Laboratory Refrigerator
108 - 111
18
Laboratory Freezer
116 - 119
General Heating Bath
12
Mini Incubator
Heating Bath Circulator
15
Shaker
122 - 132
Refrigerating & Heating Bath Circulator
16
Stirrer
146 - 151
Shaking Water Bath
13
Chamber
Chiller
96 - 103
Cold Trap Bath
Thermal Bath
10 - 12
Environmental Test Chamber
72
176 - 206
15
Fingerprint Development Chamber
195
Ultrasonic Cleaner
216
Growth Chamber
204
Viscometer Bath
14
Hybridization Oven
Thermal Bath Circulator
Incubator
73 56 - 57
Visible Bath
14
Water Bath
10 - 12
Laboratory Refrigerator
108 - 110
Water Bath Circulator
15 - 17
Laboratory Freezer
116 - 118
Bench Top Fume Hoods
33
C Cabinet Bench Top Fume Hoods
33
Carboys
213
Clean Bench
28
Mini Incubator Oven
80 - 90
Pharmacy Refrigerator
112 - 115
Pharmaceutical Stability Chamber
183
Plant Growth Chamber
204
Temperature & Humidity Chamber
34
Chiller
Electrophoresis System
218
Circulator
Low temperature Incubator Laboratory Refrigerator
176 - 201
Chiller
Ductless Fume Hood
Fume Hood
72
96 - 103
27 - 41
Heating Bath Circulator
15
58 -63
Refrigerated & Heating Bath Circulator
16
108 - 111
Clean Bench
Laminar Flow Cabinet
28
Bench Top Fume Hoods
33
Mini Incubator
72
Clean Bench
28
38
PCR Workstation
38
PCR Workstation Pharmacy Refrigerator Storage Cabinet UV Sterilization Cabinet
112 - 115 42 - 53 38
UV Sterilization Cabinet
38
Ultrasonic Cleaner
216
Cold Trap Bath
18
227
INDEX D
Forced Convection
Desiccator Vacuum Desiccator (Cubic)
23
Vacuum Desiccator (Round)
24
Vacuum Desiccator (Cylindrical)
24
Drying
Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, General
80 - 82
Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, Economy
86
Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, Large
82
Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, 4-chambers
86
Laboratory Refrigerator
108 - 110
86
Laboratory Freezer
116 - 119
Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, Large
82
Low Temperature Incubator (IL)
Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, 4 & 2-chambers
84
Low Temp. Incubator, 4-chambers
64
Natural(Gravity) Convection Oven, General
87
Low Temperature Incubator, Personal
63
Natural(Gravity) Convection Oven, Economy
88
Vacuum Oven
90
Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, General
80 - 82
Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, Economy
60 - 62
Shaking Incubator
Ductless Fume Hood
34
66 - 70
Pharmacy Refrigerator
112 - 115
Plant Growth Chamber
204
Freezer Laboratory Freezer
116 - 119
Fume Hood
E
Ductless Fume Hood
Enclosure
Funnel
Bench Top Fume Hoods
33
Clean Bench
28
Shaker
Electrophoresis System
218
Furniture
Fume Hood
28 - 40
PCR Workstation
38
UV Sterilization Cabinet
38
34
124 - 133
Storage Cabinet
42 - 50
Environmental Test (Chamber) 198
Fingerprint Development Chamber
195
Pharmaceutical Stability Chamber
183
Natural(Gravity) Convection Oven, General
87
Temperature & Humidity Chamber
176 - 201
Natural(Gravity) Convection Oven, Economy
88
General Incubator
56
Economy Incubator
57
Low Temperature Incubator(IL-A)
62
F Fingerprint Development Chamber
195
Flask Support
214
228
G
Clean Temperature & Humidity Chamber
Gravity Convection
Growth Chamber Plant Growth Chamber
204
INDEX H
I ICH (guideline) Chamber
Heating Bath
10 - 18
Bath Circulator
15 -17
Heating Block
140
Heating & Cooling Block
139
Hotplate
145
Hotplate & Magnetic Stirrer Incubator Mini Incubator Oven Heating Shaker Incubator Shaker
145 - 151 56 - 58 72 80 - 90
Incubator Air-jacket Incubator
62
Bench Top Incubator
56 - 57
General Purpose Incubator
56
Low Temperature Incubator
60 - 64
Low Temperature Incubator, 4-chambers
64
Mini Incubator
72
Personal Low Temperature Incubator
63
Shaking Incubator
66 - 70
Shaking Incubator, Chamber type
70
Plant Growth Chamber
204
132 66 - 70
HEPA Filtered Clean Bench
28
Clean Temperature & Humidity Chamber
198
Ductless Fume Hood
34
PCR Workstation
38
Hood Clean Bench
28
Ductless Fume Hood
34
Fume Hood
M Magnetic Hotplate & Magnetic
146
Magnetic Stirrer
148
Multi-Position Magnetic Stirrer
148
Mechanical Convection
28 -40
Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, General
80 - 82
PCR Workstation
38
Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, Economy
86
UV Sterilization Cabinet
38
Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, Large
82
Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, 4 & 2-chambers
Hotplate Hotplate
145
Hotplate & Magnetic Stirrer
146
108 - 110
Laboratory Freezer
116 - 118
Low Temperature Incubator (IL)
Humidity Plant Growth Chamber Temperature & Humidity Chamber
Low Temp. Incubator, 4-chambers 204 176 - 201
84
Laboratory Refrigerator
Low Temperature Incubator, Personal Pharmacy Refrigerator Shaking Incubator
60 - 64 64 63 112 - 115 66 - 70
Mixer Overhead Stirrer
150
Vortex Mixer
156
229
INDEX N
P
Natural Convection
PCR
Natural(Gravity) Convection Oven, General
87
PCR Workstation
38
Natural(Gravity) Convection Oven, Economy
88
UV Sterilization Cabinet
38
General Incubator
56
Pharmaceutical Stability Chamber
Economy Incubator
57
Low Temperature Incubator(IL-A)
62
Pharmacy Refrigerator
112 - 115
Pipette Pipette, Mechanical
208
Pipette, Electronic
208
Pipette Controller
208
Pipette Tip
210
Plant Growth Chamber Plasticware
204
Flask Support
214
Pump Aspirator
92
Rotary Vacuum Pump
93
O Orbital Shaker Advanced Orbital Shaker
R
124 - 129
Reciprocating Shaker Dual-action Shaker
126
Economy Shaker
127
Heating Shaker
132
Mini Shaker
128
Microplate Shaker
129
Shaking Incubator
66 - 70
Oven Forced Convection Oven Forced Convection Oven, 4 & 2-chambers
Economy Shaker Funnel Shaker Reciprocating Shaking Bath Shaking Heating Bath
124 - 133 127 133 126 - 129 13
Shaking Incubator
66 - 70
Recirculating Cooler
92 - 98
Refrigerated
84
Laboratory Refrigerator
108 - 110
Gravity Convection Oven
87 - 88
Low Temp. Incubator
60 - 64
High Temperature Oven
82
Low Temp. Incubator, 4&2-chambers
64
Hybridization Oven
73
Low Temp. Incubator, Personal
63
Large Forced Convection Oven
82
Refrigerated & Heating Bath Circulator
16 -17 66 - 70
Mechanical Convection Oven
80 - 86
Shaking Incubator
Natural Convection Oven
87 - 88
Pharmacy Refrigerator
Vacuum Oven
Overhead Stirrer
230
80 - 86
Shaker
90
Rocking Shaker Rotary Vacuum Pump
112 - 115 130
INDEX Desiccator
S Safety Flask Support
214
Ice Pan & On-Ice rack
121
Shaker
22 -25
Electric Aspirator
92
Fingerprint Development Chamber
195
Heating Shaker
132
Hotplate Stirrer
146
Incubator
56 - 73
Dual-action Shaker
126
Economy Shaker
127
Funnel Shaker
133
Heating Shaker
132
Pump
92
Mini Shaker
128
Shaker
124 - 133
Mixer
156
Shaking Incubator
Microplate Shaker
129
Temperature Test Chamber
Orbital/Reciprocating Shaker
126
Temperature & Humidity Chamber
Reciprocating Shaking Bath
13
Temperature & Humidity Chamber
130
Clean Temperature & Humidity Chamber
Rocking Shaker Shaking Incubator
66 - 70
Shaking Water Bath
13
Waving Shaker
131
Stirrer Magnetic Stirrer
148
Multi-Position Magnetic Stirrer
148
Hotplate-Magnetic Stirrer
146
Magnetic Stirrer Oven Overhead Stirrer
Fingerprint Development Chamber
150 - 151
Stirring Hotplate
146
176 - 201 198 195
Table top
188 - 194
Pharmaceutical Stability Chamber
183
Plant Growth Chamber
198
Thermal
Thermal Bath Circulator
10 - 12 15
Tissue Culture Freezer
Ice Pan & On-Ice rack
116 - 119 132 121
Incubated Shaker
66 - 70
Incubator
56 - 73
Shaker
124 - 133
Stirrer
146 - 151
Mixer
156
Multi-Position Magnetic Stirrer
148
Orbital/Reciprocating Shaker Overhead Stirrer
Table top
66 - 70 160 - 171
176 - 187
Heating Shaker
T
80 - 90 150 - 151
Floor Standing Model
Thermal Bath Overhead Stirrer
148
126 150 - 151
Bath
10 - 16
Pipette
Bath & Circulator
10 - 17
Pipette Controller
208
Rocking Shaker
130
Bench Top Fume Hoods Circulator Clean Bench (Vertical type Laminar Flow)
33 15 - 17 28
208
Tip
209
Waving Shaker
131
231
INDEX U
W
Ultrasonic
Washer
Ultrasonic Cleaner
216
Ultrasonic Cleaner
216
Water Bath
V Vacuum Cold Trap Bath Electric Aspirator
18 92
96 - 103
Circulator
15 - 17
General Bath
12
Shaking Water Bath
13
Desiccator
22 - 25
Viscometer Bath
14
Oven
80 - 90
Waving Shaker
131
Pump
92 - 93
Rotary Pump
93
Viscosity
Workstation Bench Top Fume Hoods
33
Clean Bench
28
Viscometer Bath
14
Ductless Fume Hood
34
Visible Bath
14
PCR Workstation
38
UV Sterilization Cabinet
38
Vortex Mixer
232
Chiller